Graphical User Interface
Use this manual in combination with the operating
guide displayed on the GUI screen.
GUI Menu Operation (vpage 23)
GUI Menu Map (vpage 24)
Language (vpage 42)
Remote Control Unit Operations (vpage 66)

AV SURROUND PRE-AMPLIFIER

AVP-A1HD
Owner’s Manualn SAFETY PRECAUTIONS• DECLARATION DE CONFORMITECAUTIONRISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE
COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE.
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.
The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateraltriangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence ofuninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosurethat may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric
shock to persons.
The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended
to alert the user to the presence of important operating
and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literatureaccompanying the appliance.

• DICHIARAZIONE DI CONFORMITÀ
Con la presente D&M Holdings Inc., Denon Brand Company dichiara
che questo AVP-A1HD è con-forme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre
disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE, e conforme alleseguenti normative:
EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2,
EN61000-3-3, EN300328, EN301489-01, EN301489-17 e EN50385.
La dichiarazione di conformità può essere consultata presso il nostro
rappresentante europeo, DENON Europe.
QUESTO PRODOTTO E’ CONFORME
AL D.M. 28/08/95 N. 548• DECLARACIÓN DE CONFORMIDAD

WARNING:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOTEXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.

R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC
This product may be operated in the following countries;
AT
BE
CZ
DK
FR
DE
GR
HU
IT
NL
PL
PT
ES
SE
GB
NO

FI
IE
SK
CH

• DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Hereby, D&M Holdings Inc., Denon Brand Company declares that thisproduct AVP-A1HD is in compliance with the essential requirements andother relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC, in conformity with thefollowing standards;
EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2,
EN61000-3-3, EN300328, EN301489-01, EN301489-17 and EN50385
The declaration of conformity may be consulted to our European
representative, DENON Europe.

• ÜBEREINSTIMMUNGSERKLÄRUNG
Hiermit erklärt D&M Holdings Inc., Denon Brand Company, dass sichdas Gerät AVP-A1HD in Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden
Anforderungen und den übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen derRichtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet, den folgenden Standards entspricht:
EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2,
EN61000-3-3, EN300328, EN301489-01, EN301489-17 und EN50385
Wenden Sie sich bei Fragen zur Konformitätserklärung an unseren
europäischen Vertreter, DENON Europe.

I

Par la présente, D&M Holdings Inc., Denon Brand Company déclare quel’appareil AVP-A1HD est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux
autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE, e conforme alleseguenti normative:
EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2,
EN61000-3-3, EN300328, EN301489-01, EN301489-17 e EN50385.
La déclaration de conformité pourra être consultée auprès de notre
représentant en Europe, DENON Europe.

Por la presente, D&M Holdings Inc., Denon Brand Company, declara queeste AVP-A1HD cumple con los requisitos esenciales y otras exigencias
relevantes de la Directiva 1999/5/EC, esta conforme con los siguientes
estandares:
EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2,
EN61000-3-3, EN300328, EN301489-01, EN301489-17 y EN50385.
Puede consultar a nuestro representante europeo, DENON Europe, acerca
de la declaración de conformidad.

• EENVORMIGHEIDSVERKLARING
Hierbij verklaart D&M Holdings Inc., Denon Brand Company dat het toestel
AVP-A1HD in overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere
relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG, in overeenstemming is met
de volgende normen:
EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2,
EN61000-3-3, EN300328, EN301489-01, EN301489-17 en EN50385.
De eenvormigheidsverklaring mag worden geconsulteerd aan onze
Europese vertegenwoordiger, DENON Europe.

• ÖVERENSSTÄMMELSESINTYG
D&M Holdings Inc., Denon Brand Company intygar härmed att denna
produkt, AVP-A1HD, uppfyller huvudkraven och relevanta bestämmelser
i Direktiv 1999/5/EG samt att produkten är i överensstämmelse med
följande standarder:
EN60065, EN55013, EN55020, EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2,
EN61000-3-3, EN300328, EN301489-01, EN301489-17 och EN50385.
EU-konformitetsintyget kan på begäran fås från DENON Europe, vårrepresentant i Europe.

DENON Europe
Division of D&M Germany GmbHAn der Landwehr 19, Nettetal,
D-41334 Germany

CAUTION:

To completely disconnect this product from the mains, disconnect
the plug from the wall socket outlet.
The mains plug is used to completely interrupt the power supply tothe unit and must be within easy access by the user.

VORSICHT:

Um dieses Gerät vollständig von der Stromversorgung abzutrennen,
ziehen Sie bitte den Stecker aus der Wandsteckdose.
Der Netzstecker wird verwendet, um die Stromversorgung zum
Gerät völlig zu unterbrechen; er muss für den Benutzer gut und
einfach zu erreichen sein.

PRECAUTION:

Pour déconnecter complètement ce produit du courant secteur,débranchez la prise de la prise murale.
La prise secteur est utilisée pour couper complètement
l’alimentation de l’appareil et l’utilisateur doit pouvoir y accéderfacilement.

ATTENZIONE:

Per scollegare completamente questo prodotto dalla rete dialimentazione elettrica, scollegare la spina dalla relativa presa a muro.
La spina di rete viene utilizzata per interrompere completamentel’alimentazione all’unità e deve essere facilmente accessibile
all’utente.

PRECAUCIÓN:Para desconectar completamente este producto de la alimentación
eléctrica, desconecte el enchufe del enchufe de la pared.
El enchufe de la alimentación eléctrica se utiliza para interrumpir por
completo el suministro de alimentación eléctrica a la unidad y debe
de encontrarse en un lugar al que el usuario tenga fácil acceso.

WAARSCHUWING:

Om de voeding van dit product volledig te onderbreken moet destekker uit het stopcontact worden getrokken.
De netstekker wordt gebruikt om de stroomtoevoer naar het toestel
volledig te onderbreken en moet voor de gebruiker gemakkelijk
bereikbaar zijn.

FÖRSIKTIHETSMÅTT:Koppla loss stickproppen från eluttaget för att helt skilja produktenfrån nätet.
Stickproppen används för att helt bryta strömförsörjningen tillapparaten, och den måste vara lättillgänglig för användaren.

n NOTE ON USE / HINWEISE ZUM GEBRAUCH / OBSERVATIONS RELATIVES A L’UTILISATION / NOTE SULL’USO /NOTAS SOBRE EL USO / ALVORENS TE GEBRUIKEN / OBSERVERA ANGÅENDE ANVÄNDNINGEN
CAUTION:•	The ventilation should not be impeded by covering the ventilation openings with items,
such as newspapers, tablecloths, curtains, etc.
• No naked flame sources, such as lighted candles, should be placed on the unit.
• Observe and follow local regulations regarding battery disposal.
• Do not expose the unit to dripping or splashing fluids.
• Do not place objects filled with liquids, such as vases, on the unit.

ACHTUNG:• Do not let foreign objects into the unit.
• Keep the unit free from moisture, water, and dust.
• Lassen Sie keine fremden Gegenstände in das Gerät kommen.
•
Halten
Sie
das
Gerät
von
Feuchtigkeit,
Wasserund
Staub• Ne pas laisser des objets étrangers dans l’appareil.
• Avoid high temperatures.
fern.
• Non inserite corpi estranei all’interno dell’unità.
Allow for sufficient heat dispersion when installed in a rack.
• Protéger l’appareil contre l’humidité, l’eau et la poussière.
• No deje objetos extraños dentro del equipo.
• Vermeiden Sie hohe Temperaturen.
Beachten Sie, dass eine ausreichende Belüftung gewährleistet • Tenete l’unità lontana dall’umidità, dall’acqua e dalla • Laat geen vreemde voorwerpen in dit apparaat vallen.
polvere.
• Se till att främmande föremål inte tränger in i apparaten.
wird, wenn das Gerät auf ein Regal gestellt wird.
• Mantenga el equipo libre de humedad, agua y polvo.
• Eviter des températures élevées.
Tenir compte d’une dispersion de chaleur suffisante lors de • Laat geen vochtigheid, water of stof in het apparaat
binnendringen.
l’installation sur une étagère.
• Utsätt inte apparaten för fukt, vatten och damm.
• Evitate di esporre l’unità a temperature elevate.
Assicuratevi che vi sia un’adeguata dispersione del calore
quando installate l’unità in un mobile per componenti audio.
• Evite altas temperaturas.
Permite la suficiente dispersión del calor cuando está
instalado en la consola.
• Vermijd hoge temperaturen.
Zorg er bij installatie in een audiorack voor, dat de door
• Do not let insecticides, benzene, and thinner come inhet toestel geproduceerde warmte goed kan wordencontact with the unit.
afgevoerd.
• Lassen Sie das Gerät nicht mit Insektiziden, Benzin oder
• Unplug the power cord when not using the unit for long
• Undvik höga temperaturer.
Verdünnungsmitteln in Berührung kommen.
periods of time.
Se till att det finns möjlighet till god värmeavledning vid• Ne pas mettre en contact des insecticides, du benzène et• Wenn das Gerät längere Zeit nicht verwendet werden soll,montering i ett rack.
un diluant avec l’appareil.
trennen Sie das Netzkabel vom Netzstecker.
• Assicuratevi che l’unità non entri in contatto con insetticidi,• Débrancher le cordon d’alimentation lorsque l’appareil n’est
benzolo o solventi.
pas utilisé pendant de longues périodes.
• No permita el contacto de insecticidas, gasolina y diluyentes• Scollegate il cavo di alimentazione quando prevedete di noncon el equipo.
utilizzare l’unità per un lungo periodo di tempo.
• Voorkom dat insecticiden, benzeen of verfverdunner met dit• Desconecte el cordón de energía cuando no utilice el equipo
toestel in contact komen.
por mucho tiempo.
• Se till att inte insektsmedel på spraybruk, bensen och• Neem altijd het netsnoer uit het stopkontakt wanneer het
thinner kommer i kontakt med apparatens hölje.
apparaat gedurende een lange periode niet wordt gebruikt.
• Koppla loss nätkabeln om apparaten inte kommer att
användas i lång tid.
• Handle the power cord carefully.
Hold the plug when unplugging the cord.
• Gehen Sie vorsichtig mit dem Netzkabel um.
Halten Sie das Kabel am Stecker, wenn Sie den Stecker
herausziehen.
• Manipuler le cordon d’alimentation avec précaution.
Tenir la prise lors du débranchement du cordon.
• Manneggiate il cavo di alimentazione con attenzione.
Tenete ferma la spina quando scollegate il cavo dalla presa.
• Never disassemble or modify the unit in any way.
* (For apparatuses with ventilation holes)• Maneje el cordón de energía con cuidado.
• Versuchen Sie niemals das Gerät auseinander zu nehmen
Sostenga el enchufe cuando desconecte el cordón de • Do not obstruct the ventilation holes.
oder zu verändern.
energía.
• Ne jamais démonter ou modifier l’appareil d’une manière ou• Decken Sie den Lüftungsbereich nicht ab.
• Hanteer het netsnoer voorzichtig.
d’une autre.
• Ne pas obstruer les trous d’aération.
Houd het snoer bij de stekker vast wanneer deze moet • Non coprite i fori di ventilazione.
• Non smontate né modificate l’unità in alcun modo.
worden aan- of losgekoppeld.
• Nunca desarme o modifique el equipo de ninguna manera.
• No obstruya los orificios de ventilación.
• Hantera nätkabeln varsamt.
• Dit toestel mag niet gedemonteerd of aangepast worden.
• De ventilatieopeningen mogen niet worden beblokkeerd.
Håll i kabeln när den kopplas från el-uttaget.
• Ta inte isär apparaten och försök inte bygga om den.
• Täpp inte till ventilationsöppningarna.

•	Die Belüftung sollte auf keinen Fall durch das Abdecken der Belüftungsöffnungen durch
Gegenstände wie beispielsweise Zeitungen, Tischtücher, Vorhänge o. Ä. behindert
werden.
•	Auf dem Gerät sollten keinerlei direkte Feuerquellen wie beispielsweise angezündete
Kerzen aufgestellt werden.
•	Bitte beachten Sie bei der Entsorgung der Batterien die örtlich geltenden
Umweltbestimmungen.
•	Das Gerät sollte keiner tropfenden oder spritzenden Flüssigkeit ausgesetzt werden.
•	Auf dem Gerät sollten keine mit Flüssigkeit gefüllten Behälter wie beispielsweise Vasen
aufgestellt werden.

ATTENTION:•	La ventilation ne doit pas être gênée en recouvrant les ouvertures de la ventilation avec desobjets tels que journaux, rideaux, tissus, etc.
• Aucune flamme nue, par exemple une bougie, ne doit être placée sur l’appareil.
• Veillez à respecter les lois en vigueur lorsque vous jetez les piles usagées.
• L’appareil ne doit pas être exposé à l’eau ou à l’humidité.
• Ne pas poser d’objet contenant du liquide, par exemple un vase, sur l’appareil.

ATTENZIONE:•	Le aperture di ventilazione non devono essere ostruite coprendole con oggetti, qualigiornali, tovaglie, tende e così via.
• Non posizionate sull’unità fiamme libere, come ad esempio candele accese.
•	Prestate attenzione agli aspetti legati alla tutela dell’ambiente nello smaltimento dellebatterie.
• L’apparecchiatura non deve essere esposta a gocciolii o spruzzi.
•	Non posizionate sull’unità alcun oggetto contenente liquidi, come ad esempio i vasi.

PRECAUCIÓN:•	La ventilación no debe quedar obstruida por haberse cubierto las aperturas con objetos
como periódicos, manteles, cortinas, etc.
•	No debe colocarse sobre el aparato ninguna fuente inflamable sin protección, como velas
encendidas.
•	A la hora de deshacerse de las pilas, respete la normativa para el cuidado del medio
ambiente.
• No exponer el aparato al goteo o salpicaduras cuando se utilice.
• No colocar sobre el aparato objetos llenos de líquido, como jarros.

WAARSCHUWING:•	De ventilatie mag niet worden belemmerd door de ventilatieopeningen af te dekken met
bijvoorbeeld kranten, een tafelkleed, gordijnen, enz.
• Plaats geen open vlammen, bijvoorbeeld een brandende kaars, op het apparaat.
• Houd u steeds aan de milieuvoorschriften wanneer u gebruikte batterijen wegdoet.
• Stel het apparaat niet bloot aan druppels of spatten.
• Plaats geen voorwerpen gevuld met water, bijvoorbeeld een vaas, op het apparaat.

OBSERVERA:•	Ventilationen bör inte förhindras genom att täcka för ventilationsöppningarna med föremål
såsom tidningar, bordsdukar, gardiner osv.
• Inga blottade brandkällor, såsom tända ljus, får placeras på apparaten.
• Tänk på miljöaspekterna när du bortskaffar batterier.
• Apparaten får inte utsättas för vätska.
• Placera inte föremål fyllda med vätska, t.ex. vaser, på apparaten.

IIA NOTE ABOUT RECYCLING:
This product’s packaging materials are recyclable and can be reused. Please dispose of any materials
in accordance with the local recycling regulations.
When discarding the unit, comply with local rules or regulations.
Batteries should never be thrown away or incinerated but disposed of in accordance with the local
regulations concerning battery disposal.
This product and the supplied accessories, excluding the batteries, constitute the applicable productaccording to the WEEE directive.

HINWEIS ZUM RECYCLING:
Das Verpackungsmaterial dieses Produktes ist zum Recyceln geeignet und kann wieder verwendet werden. Bitte
entsorgen Sie alle Materialien entsprechend der örtlichen Recycling-Vorschriften.
Beachten Sie bei der Entsorgung des Gerätes die örtlichen Vorschriften und Bestimmungen.
Die Batterien dürfen nicht in den Hausmüll geworfen oder verbrannt werden; bitte entsorgen Sie die Batterien gemäßder örtlichen Vorschriften.
Dieses Produkt und das im Lieferumfang enthaltene Zubehör (mit Ausnahme der Batterien!) entsprechen der WEEEDirektive.

UNE REMARQUE CONCERNANT LE RECYCLAGE:
Les matériaux d’emballage de ce produit sont recyclables et peuvent être réutilisés. Veuillez disposer des matériaux
conformément aux lois sur le recyclage en vigueur.
Lorsque vous mettez cet appareil au rebut, respectez les lois ou réglementations en vigueur.
Les piles ne doivent jamais être jetées ou incinérées, mais mises au rebut conformément aux lois en vigueur sur lamise au rebut des piles.
Ce produit et les accessoires inclus, à l’exception des piles, sont des produits conformes à la directive DEEE.

NOTA RELATIVA AL RICICLAGGIO:I materiali di imballaggio di questo prodotto sono riutilizzabili e riciclabili. Smaltire i materiali conformemente alle
normative locali sul riciclaggio.
Per lo smaltimento dell’unità, osservare le normative o le leggi locali in vigore.
Non gettare le batterie, né incenerirle, ma smaltirle conformemente alla normativa locale sui rifiuti chimici.
Questo prodotto e gli accessori inclusi nell’imballaggio sono applicabili alla direttiva RAEE, ad eccezione delle batterie.

ACERCA DEL RECICLAJE:
Los materiales de embalaje de este producto son reciclables y se pueden volver a utilizar. Disponga de estos materiales
siguiendo los reglamentos de reciclaje de su localidad.
Cuando se deshaga de la unidad, cumpla con las reglas o reglamentos locales.
Las pilas nunca deberán tirarse ni incinerarse. Deberá disponer de ellas siguiendo los reglamentos de su localidad
relacionados con los desperdicios químicos.
Este producto junto con los accesorios empaquetados es el producto aplicable a la directiva RAEE excepto pilas.

EEN AANTEKENING MET BETREKKING TOT DE RECYCLING:
Het inpakmateriaal van dit product is recycleerbaar en kan opnieuw gebruikt worden. Er wordt verzocht om zich van
elk afvalmateriaal te ontdoen volgens de plaatselijke voorschriften.
Volg voor het wegdoen van de speler de voorschriften voor de verwijdering van wit- en bruingoed op.
Batterijen mogen nooit worden weggegooid of verbrand, maar moeten volgens de plaatselijke voorschriften
betreffende chemisch afval worden verwijderd.
Op dit product en de meegeleverde accessoires, m.u.v. de batterijen is de richtlijn voor afgedankte elektrische enelektronische apparaten (WEEE) van toepassing.

OBSERVERA ANGÅENDE ÅTERVINNING:
Produktens emballage är återvinningsbart och kan återanvändas. Kassera det enligt lokala återvinningsbestämmelser.
När du kasserar enheten ska du göra det i överensstämmelse med lokala regler och bestämmelser.
Batterier får absolut inte kastas i soporna eller brännas. Kassera dem enligt lokala bestämmelser för kemiskt avfall.
Denna apparat och de tillbehör som levereras med den uppfyller gällande WEEE-direktiv, med undantag av
batterierna.

III

1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS PRODUCTThis product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets R&TTE directive
requirements. Modification of the product could result in hazardous Radio and EMC radiation.
2. CAUTION• Separation distance of at least 20 cm must be maintained between the antenna of this product and all persons.
• This product and its antenna must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.
1. WICHTIGER HINWEIS: NEHMEN SIE KEINE VERÄNDERUNGEN AN DIESEM PRODUKT VOR
Wenn dieses Produkt entsprechend dieser Bedienungsanleitung aufgebaut wird, entspricht es den Anforderungender R&TTE-Richtlinie. Veränderungen am Produkt können zu gefährlicher Funk- und EMV-Strahlung führen.
2. VORSICHT• Zwischen der Antenne dieses Produkts und Personen muss ein Schutzabstand von 20 cm eingehalten werden.
• Dieses Produkt und seine Antenne dürfen nicht neben anderen Antennen oder Sendern aufgestellt oderzusammen mit ihnen verwendet werden.
1. MISE EN GARDE IMPORTANTE : NE JAMAIS MODIFIER CE PRODUIT
Si toutes les consignes indiquées dans ce mode ont été respectées pendant son installation, ce produit est
conforme aux directives R&TTE. Toute modification du produit risquerait alors de générer des radiations radio et
EMC dangereuses.
2. ATTENTION• L’antenne de l’appareil devra être située à une distance de 20 cm au moins des personnes.
• Ce produit ainsi que son antenne ne devront en aucun cas être utilisés à proximité d’une autre antenne outransmetteur.
1. AVVERTENZA IMPORTANTE: NON MODIFICARE QUESTO PRODOTTO
Se installato come indicato nelle istruzioni del presente manuale, questo prodotto soddisfa i requisiti della direttiva
R&TTE. Eventuali modifiche apportate al prodotto potrebbero causare pericolose radiazioni radio ed EMC.
2. ATTENZIONE• È necessario mantenere una distanza minima di 20 cm tra l’antenna di questo prodotto e le persone.
• Questo prodotto e la relativa antenna non devono essere posizionati in prossimità di altre antenne o trasmettitori
e non devono essere utilizzati congiuntamente a questi ultimi.
1. NOTA IMPORTANTE: NO MODIFIQUE ESTE PRODUCTO
Este producto, si es instalado de acuerdo con las instrucciones contenidas en este manual, cumple los requisitos
de la directiva R&TTE. La modificación del producto puede producir radiación de Radio y EMC peligrosa.
2. PRECAUCIÓN
• Se debe mantener una separación de al menos 20 cm entre la antena del producto y las personas.
• Este producto y su antena no debe instalarse ni utilizarse conjuntamente con otra antena o transmisor.
1. BELANGRIJKE MEDEDELING: BRENG AAN DIT PRODUCT GEEN AANPASSINGEN AAN
Dit product, indien geïnstalleerd volgens de aanwijzingen in deze gebruiksaanwijzing, voldoet aan de vereisten van
de R&TTE-richtlijn. Aanpassing van dit product kan gevaarlijke radio- en EMC-straling tot gevolg hebben.
2. LET OP• Houd tussen antenne en personen altijd een afstand van tenminste 20 cm aan.
• Dit product en zijn antenne mogen niet in de buurt van een andere antenne of zender worden geplaatst of in
combinatie daarmee worden gebruikt.
1. VIKTIGT: APPARATEN FÅR INTE MODIFIERAS
Under förutsättning att apparaten installeras enligt anvisningarna i denna bruksanvisning, uppfyller denna kraven i
R&TTE-direktivet. Ev. modifiering av apparaten kan resultera i farlig radio- och elektromagnetisk strålning.
2. FÖRSIKTIGT• Se till att det finns ett avstånd på minst 20 cm mellan apparatens antenn och personer i omgivningen.
• Apparaten och dess antenn får inte placeras eller användas i närheten av andra antenner eller sändare.

Contents
Getting Started
Accessories······················································································3
Cautions on Handling······································································3
Cautions on Installation··································································3
About the Remote Control Unit·····················································3
Inserting the Batteries································································3, 4
Operating Range of the Remote Control Unit·································4Part Names and Functions·····························································4Front Panel··················································································4, 5
Display····························································································5Rear Panel·······················································································6Remote Control Unit·······································································7Connections
Preparations·····················································································8Cables Used for Connections·························································8Video Conversion Function·····························································9
Speaker Layout ············································································10Connecting to the Power Amp····················································· 10
POA-A1HD Connection and Operation································· 10 ~ 12
Connecting Equipment with HDMI connectors···················· 12, 13
Connecting the Monitor································································13
Connecting the Playback Components·······································13
DVD Player····················································································13
Record Player················································································14
CD Player······················································································14
iPod®· ···························································································14
TV/CABLE Tuner···········································································15
Satellite Receiver··········································································15
Connecting the Recording Components·····································16Digital Video Recorder··································································16Video Cassette Recorder······························································17
CD Recorder / MD Recorder / Tape Deck·····································17
Connections to Other Devices······················································18
Components Equipped with a DENON LINK connector···············18Video Camera / Game Console·····················································18
Component with Multi-channel Output connectors······················18
USB Port·······················································································19
Network Audio··············································································20
Multi Zone·····················································································21
External Controller········································································22
Connecting the Power Cord·························································22
Once Connections are Completed···············································22

GUI Menu Operations
Example of the Display of the GUI Mark at a Title·····················23
Example of Display of Default Values·········································23
Examples of GUI Screen Displays················································23
Example: Browse Menu (Top Menu)············································23
Example: Menus with Illustrations (Auto Setup)···························23
Cursor Position Display·································································23
Operations······················································································23
GUI Menu Map···············································································24
Auto Setup
Preparations···················································································25
Auto Setup·····················································································25
a Auto Setup·········································································25, 26
Error Messages·······································································27
s Option······················································································27
d Parameter Check·····································································27
Manual Setup
Speaker Setup···············································································28
a Speaker Configuration·····························································28s Subwoofer Setup·····································································28d Distance···················································································29
f Channel Level··········································································29
g Crossover Frequency·························································29, 30
h THX Audio Setup·····································································30
j Surround Speaker····································································30
HDMI Setup····················································································31
a Color Space··············································································31
s RGB Range··············································································31d Auto Lip Sync···········································································31
f Audio························································································31
g Monitor Out·············································································31h HDMI Control···········································································31
Audio Setup···················································································32
a EXT. IN Setup··········································································32
s 2ch Direct/Stereo·····································································32
d Downmix Option······································································33
f Auto Surround Mode·······························································33g Manual EQ···············································································33
Network Setup··············································································34
a Network Setup···································································34, 35
s Other························································································36d Network Information································································36
Zone Setup·····················································································36
a ZONE2···············································································36, 37
s ZONE3···············································································36, 37
d OSD·························································································37

Option Setup··················································································37
a Pre-out Assign·········································································38s XLR Out Polarity······································································38
d POA Setting·······································································38, 39
f Volume Control········································································39g Source Delete··········································································39h GUI···························································································39
j Quick Select Name··································································39k Trigger Out 1············································································40l Trigger Out 2············································································40
A0 Trigger Out 3············································································40
A1 Trigger Out 4············································································40
A2 Transducer Setup·····································································40
A3 Digital Out················································································40
A4 Remote ID···············································································40
A5 2Way Remote··········································································40
A6 Dimmer····················································································41
A7 Setup Lock···············································································41
A8 Maintenance Mode··································································41
A9 Firmware Update·····································································41
S0 Add New Feature·····································································41
Language························································································42
Source SelectInput Source Selection··································································42
Settings Related to Playing Input Sources·································43
a Play··························································································43s Playback Mode (iPod)······························································43
d Assign················································································43, 44
f Video··················································································44, 45
g Input Mode··············································································45h Rename···················································································45
j Source Level············································································45k Input Att.··················································································45l Playback Mode········································································46
A0 Still Picture···············································································46
Surround Mode
HOME THX CINEMA······································································46
Surround Playback of 2-channel Sources······································46
Playing Multi-channel Sources (Dolby Digital, DTS, etc.)··············46Standard Playback·········································································47
Surround Playback of 2-channel Sources······································47
Playing Multi-channel Sources (Dolby Digital, DTS, etc.)··············47
Dolby Headphone·········································································47
DSP Simulation Playback························································47, 48
Stereo Playback·············································································48
Direct Playback··············································································48
Playback in the PURE DIRECT Mode············································48Parameter
Audio······························································································48
a Surround Parameters·······················································48 ~ 50s Tone···················································································50, 51
d Room EQ·················································································51
f Dynamic EQ·············································································51
g RESTORER··············································································51h Night Mode··············································································51
j Audio Delay··············································································52
Picture Adjust················································································52
a Contrast···················································································52s Brightness················································································52
d Chroma Level···········································································52
f Hue··························································································52
g DNR·························································································52
h Enhancer··················································································52
j Sharpness················································································52
Information
Status·····························································································52
a MAIN ZONE·············································································52s ZONE2/3/4···············································································52
Audio Input Signal·········································································53
HDMI Information··········································································53
a Signal Information····································································53s Monitor1··················································································53d Monitor2··················································································53
Auto Surround Mode····································································53
Quick Select···················································································53
Preset Station················································································53
Playback
Preparations···················································································54
Turning the Power On···································································54
Operations During Playback··························································54
Playing Video and Audio Equipment···········································54
Basic Operation·············································································54
iPod® Playback··············································································55
Basic Operation·············································································55
Listening to Music········································································55
Viewing Still Pictures or Videos on the iPod·································56
Playing Network Audio, USB Memory Devices····················56, 57
Basic Operation·············································································58
Listening to Internet Radio····························································59
Playing Files Stored on a Computer··············································60
Playing Files Stored on USB Memory Devices·······················60, 61
Operating the AVP-A1HD Using a Browser (Web control)···········61

Other Operations and Functions
Other Operations···········································································62
Playing Super Audio CD································································62
Recording on an External Device (REC OUT mode)···············62, 63
Convenient Functions···································································63
HDMI Control Function···························································63, 64
Channel Level···············································································65
Fader Function··············································································65
Quick Select Function···································································65
Personal Memory Plus Function···················································65
Last Function Memory··································································65
Backup Memory············································································65
Resetting the Microprocessor······················································65
Remote Control Unit Operations
Main Remote Control Unit···························································66
Operating DENON Audio Components·········································66
Presetting······················································································66
Operating Preset Components·············································66 ~ 68
Setting the Remote ID··································································69
Learning Function·········································································69
System Call Function····································································70
Punch Through Function·······························································70
Setting the Time the Backlight Stays Lit·······································71
Adjusting the Backlight’s Brightness············································71
Resetting the Main Remote Control Unit·····································71
Sub Remote Control Unit Operations···································72, 73
Switching Zones···········································································74
Setting the Zone for Which the Sub Remote Control Unit is Used
(ZONE SELECT LOCK Mode)························································74
Setting the Remote ID··································································74
Resetting the Settings··································································74
Multi-Zone Connections and Operations
Multi-Zone Connections·······························································75
Multi-Zone Operations··································································76
Turning the Power On and Off······················································76
Selecting the Input Source····························································76
Adjusting the Volume····································································76
Turning off the Sound Temporarily···············································76
Other Information·································································77 ~ 91
Troubleshooting···································································92 ~ 95
Specifications·········································································· 95, 96
List of preset codes············································ End of this manual• Before turning the power switch on
Check once again that all connections are correct and that there are
no problems with the connection cables.

Getting Started(RC-1067)(RC-1070)• Cautions on using mobile phones
Using a mobile phone near this unit may result in noise. If so, movethe mobile phone away from this unit when it is in use.
• Moving the unit
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord from the power
outlet.
Next, disconnect the connection cables to other system units before
moving the unit.

(RC-1067)(RC-1070)
R03/AAA
LR6/AA

Information• Note that the illustrations in these instructions may differ from theactual unit for explanation purposes.
• Light Emitting Diodes (LED) are used in the AVP-A1HD circuit. Whenpowered on, a green light shows inside part of the AVP-A1HD,
however this is not a fault.

w Load the two batteries properly as indicated by the marks in thebattery compartment.

Troubleshooting

Q0

Cautions on Installatione Put the rear cover back on.

Note:
For proper heat dispersal, do not install this unit in a confined
space, such as a bookcase or similar enclosure.
b NotebMulti-Zoneotq Lift the clasp and remove the rear lid.

Remote Controlur

Inserting the Batteries

Playbackq Owner’s manual....................................................................... 1
w CD-ROM (Owner’s manual)...................................................... 1
e Service station list.................................................................... 1r Power cord (Cord length: Approx. 1.5 m).................................. 1t Main remote control (RC-1067)................................................ 1
y LR6/AA batteries (for RC-1067)................................................. 2u Sub remote control (RC-1070).................................................. 1
i R03/AAA batteries (for RC-1070).............................................. 2o Rod antenna for wireless LAN connection............................... 1
Q0 Setup microphone (Cord length: Approx. 7.6 m)....................... 1• About condensation
If there is a major difference in temperature between the inside of
the unit and the surroundings, condensation (dew) may form on
the operating parts inside the unit, causing the unit not to operateproperly.
If this happens, let the unit sit for an hour or two with the power
turned off and wait until there is little difference in temperature
before using the unit.

Setup

Accessories
Check that the following parts are supplied with the product.

• Power is supplied to some of the circuitry even when the unit is
set to the standby mode. When traveling or leaving home for long
periods of time, be sure to unplug the power cord from the power
outlet.

In addition to the AVP-A1HD, the included main remote control unit
(RC-1067) can also be used to operate the equipment listed below.
q DENON system components
w Non-DENON system components• By setting the preset memory (vpage 66 ~ 68)• By using the learn function (vpage 69)

Connections

Thank you for purchasing this DENON product. To ensure proper
operation, please read this owner’s manual carefully before using the
product.
After reading them, be sure to keep them for future reference.

w

About the Remote Control Unit

Getting Started

Cautions on Handling

b

b
Wall



Getting Started

NOTE

Connections
Setup
Playback
Remote Control• Replace the batteries with new ones if the set does not operate evenwhen the remote control unit is operated close to the unit.
• The supplied batteries are only for verifying operation.
• When inserting the batteries, be sure to do so in the proper direction,
following the “q” and “w” marks in the battery compartment.
• To prevent damage or leakage of battery fluid:• Do not use a new battery together with an old one.
• Do not use two different types of batteries.
• Do not attempt to charge dry batteries.
• Do not short-circuit, disassemble, heat or dispose of batteries inflames.
• If the battery fluid should leak, carefully wipe the fluid off the insideof the battery compartment and insert new batteries.
• Remove the batteries from the remote control unit if it will not be inuse for long periods.
• When replacing the batteries, have the new batteries ready andinsert them as quickly as possible.

Part Names and Functions
For buttons not explained here, see the page indicated in parentheses ( ).

Front Panel
Q0

Q1 Q2

o

i

u

y

Q3

Operating Range of the Remote Control
Unit

Multi-Zone

Point the remote control unit at the remote sensor when operating it.

Informationq

Troubleshooting(RC-1070)
30°
30°

or

Approx. 7 m(RC-1067)

NOTE
The set may function improperly or the remote control unit may not
operate if the remote control sensor is exposed to direct sunlight,
strong artificial light from an inverter type fluorescent lamp or infrared
light.

w e

r

q Power operation button (ON/STANDBY)·······························(54)w Power indicator·········································································(54)e Power switch (hON jOFF)···················································(54)r Doort QUICK SELECT buttons / indicators·······································(65)y MASTER VOLUME control knob··············································(54)u Master volume indicatorti Displayo Remote control sensor·······························································(4)Q0 SOURCE SELECT knob····························································(42)Q1 SOURCE button········································································(42)Q2 ZONE2/3/4 / REC SELECT button····································· (62, 76)
Q3 VIDEO SELECT button·····························································(44)GWith the door openH
W7

W6

W5 W4

W3

W2 W1 W0

Q9

Q8 Q7

Q6

Q5

Getting Started

W9 W8

Display
Q4 Q3
Q8

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2 Q0
Q1
o i

u

y

Connections
Setup

w

er t y

u

Q0

Q1

Q2

w

q Input signal indicators
w Input signal channel indicators
These light when digital signals are input.

e Information display
The input source name, surround mode, setting
values and other information are displayed here.

r Output signal channel indicatorst Surround speaker indicators
These light according to the settings of thesurround A and B speakers.

u Master volume indicatori AUDYSSEY DYNAMIC EQ indicator
This lights when the Dynamic EQ is selected.

o AUDYSSEY MULTEQ XT indicator
This lights when the room equalizer is selected.

Q0 Recording output source indicator

Q1 NIGHT indicator
This lights when the night mode is selected.

Q2 Multi zone indicators
These light when the power for the respective
zone is turned on.

Q3 RESTORER indicator
This lights when the RESTORER mode isselected.

Q4 ADVANCED AL24 indicator
This lights when Advanced AL24 Processing is
activated (vpage 81).

Q5 D.LINK indicator
This lights when playing using DENON LINK
connections.

Q6 Input mode indicators
Q7 HDMI indicator
This lights
connections.

whenplaying

using

HDMI

Q8 Decoder indicators
These light when the respective decoders areoperating.

This lights when the REC OUT mode isselected.

Troubleshooting

These light according to the HDMI monitor
output setting. When set to “Auto (Dual)”, theindicators light according to the connection
status.

r t

Informationy Monitor output indicatorseMulti-Zone

Q6 SCALE button·············································· (45)
Q7 USB port······················································· (19)Q8 ZONE4 ON/OFF button······························· (76)
Q9 ZONE3 ON/OFF button······························· (76)W0 ZONE2 ON/OFF button······························· (76)
W1 AUDIO DELAY button·································· (52)
W2 Cursor buttons (uio p)··························· (23)
W3 GAME button··············································· (47)
W4 INPUT MODE button··································· (45)
W5 7CH STEREO button···································· (47)
W6 DSP SIMULATION button··························· (48)
W7 HOME THX CINEMA button························ (46)
W8 STANDARD button······································ (47)
W9 PURE DIRECT button··································· (48)q

Remote Control

q DIRECT/STEREO button····························· (48)w Headphones jack (PHONES)················· (54, 63)
e CINEMA button············································ (47)r RESTORER button······································· (51)t MUSIC button·············································· (47)y NIGHT button··············································· (51)u MENU button··············································· (23)i CH SEL / ENTER button························ (23, 65)
o RETURN button··········································· (23)Q0 V.AUX INPUT connectors···························· (18)
Q1 ROOM EQ button········································· (51)
Q2 SETUP MIC jack··········································· (25)
Q3 DYNAMIC EQ button··································· (51)
Q4 STATUS button············································ (53)
Q5 DIMMER button··········································· (41)i oPlaybackqGetting Started

Rear Panel
Q8

u

Q7 Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0 o iu

Connections
Setup
Playback
Remote Control
Multi-Zone

Q9 W0 W1

Information
Troubleshootingqw

q CONTROL LINK connector···························(11)w RS-232C connector······································ (22)e Analog audio connectors (AUDIO)············· (14)r RCA PRE OUT connectors······················(11, 21)
t AC inlet (AC IN)············································ (22)y AC OUTLET·················································· (22)



e

r

u XLR PRE OUT connectors····························(11)i EXT. IN connectors······································ (18)o COMPONENT VIDEO connectors········· (13, 21)
Q0 Digital audio connectors(OPTICAL / COAXIAL / BNC)················ (13, 21)

Q1 HDMI connectors········································· (12)e
Q2 ETHERNET connector·································· (20)
Q3 USB port······················································· (19)
Q4 WLAN ANTENNA terminal·························· (20)
Q5 DENON LINK connector······························ (18)
Q6 TRIGGER OUT jacks···································· (22)
Q7 REMOTE CONTROL jacks··························· (21)ty

Q8 XLR audio connectors (CD)························· (14)Q9 DOCK CONTROL jack·································· (14)W0 SIGNAL GND terminal································ (14)W1 VIDEO / S-VIDEO connectors····················· (13)n Main remote control unit (RC-1067)
Q5

Q6
Q7

o

W2

W0
W1

HOME button········································· (31, 66)

Q3 Channel buttons (CH)···························· (55, 67)
Q4 Input source select / Number buttons··· (42, 54)
Q5 Remote control signal transmitter··············· (4)Q6 Device select indicators (DEV1 / DEV2)···· (66)Q7 ZONE3 / ZONE4 select indicators(Z3 / Z4)························································ (76)

W3
W4

W6

Q4
W7

ENTER button········································ (23, 65)

W4 Return button (RTN)···································· (23)
W5 Master volume control buttons (VOL)······· (54)
W6 Muting button (MUTE)·························· (54, 76)
W7 Main remote control unit setup button(VOLUME)··················································· (54)

r

Q3
Q4

(DIRECT PLAY) button································ (72)Q9		USB (DIRECT PLAY) button························ (72)

t
Q5

NOTE
The AUX-1, AUX-2, AUX-3, SAT TU, DTU, SHIFTand OPTION buttons cannot be used.

yu

Q4 Muting button (MUTE)·························· (54, 76)
Q5 ENTER button·············································· (23)
Q6 RETURN button··········································· (23)
Q7 System buttons··········································· (73)
Q8 ALL MUSIC/FAVORITES

Q6
Q7

i
o

Q8

(RC SETUP)·················································· (66)Q9
The time for which the backlight stays on can
be changed (vpage 71 “Setting the Time the
Backlight Stays Lit”).

NOTE
The SAT TU, DTU, ZONE2 mode QUICK SELECT (1~ 3), A. DL, RSTR, NGT, INPUT, SPKR, TEST andsurround mode buttons cannot be used.



Troubleshooting

W5

Q8 RESTORER button (RSTR)··························· (51)
Q9 Night button (NGT)····································· (51)
W0 Test tone button (TEST)······························ (29)
W1 Surround speaker select button (SPKR)···· (30)
W2 POWER buttons··········································· (54)
W3 Channel select (CH SEL) /Q3 Master volume control buttons

Information

Q0(ZONE ON / ZONE OFF)······························ (76)eMulti-Zone

Q8
Q9

Q3

Q2
w

Remote Control

Q2 Monitor select (M. SEL) /

t
y
u
i

Q2

Q1

(PARA / SRCH)······································· (48, 55)

r

Q1

q

Playbacke

Q0

q ZONE indicators···········································(74)w Advanced setup button································(74)e Input source select buttons························ (42)r CHANNEL buttons································· (55, 73)
t MENU button··············································· (23)y		Cursor buttons (uio p)·························· (23)u SEARCH button··········································· (55)i REPEAT button············································· (55)o RANDOM button········································· (55)Q0 Remote control signal transmitter··············· (4)Q1 ZONE SELECT button···································(74)Q2 Zone power on/off buttons

Setup

w

n Sub remote control unit (RC-1070)

Connectionsq

q Signal transmission indicator···················· (66)w Mode select buttons··································· (66)e Quick select / System call buttons······ (65, 70)r Surround mode buttons·····················(46 ~ 48)
t System buttons······································(67, 68)y Audio delay button (A. DL)························· (52)u Tuner system buttons································· (68)i Input mode button (INPUT)························ (45)o MENU button··············································· (23)
Q0 Cursor buttons (uio p)·························· (23)
Q1 Parameter / Search button

Getting Started

Remote Control Unit

Getting Started

Preparations

Connections

Connections
Setup

Connections for all compatible audio and video signal formats aredescribed in these operating instructions. Please select the typesof connections suited for the equipment you are connecting.
With some types of connections, certain settings must be madeon the AVP-A1HD. For details, refer to the instructions for therespective connection items below.

Cables Used for Connections
Select the cables according to the equipment being connected.

Audio cables
Coaxial digital connections

Component video connections(Green)(Orange)(Y)(Blue)

Coaxial digital (75 Ω/ohms pin-plug) cable

NOTE

Playback
Remote Control• Do not plug in the power cord until all connections have been
completed.
• When making connections, also refer to the operating instructions of
the other components.
• Be sure to connect the left and right channels properly (left with left,right with right).
• Do not bundle power cords together with connection cables. Doingso can result in humming or noise.

Video cables(PB/CB)(Red)

Optical digital connections(PR/CR)
Component video cable(Green)Optical cable(Y)(Blue)

BNC digital connections(PB/CB)(Red)(PR/CR)
BNC (75 Ω/ohms) cable

BNC (75 Ω/ohms) cable
S-Video connections

Multi-Zone

Analog connections (XLR)		
Balanced cable

S-Video cable

Information

Analog connections (stereo, RCA)

Video connections(White)

L

L

(Red)

R

R

(Yellow)
75 Ω/ohms pin-plug video cable

Troubleshooting

Stereo pin-plug cable
Analog connections (monaural, for subwoofer)(Black)Pin-plug cable

Audio and video cables
HDMI connections
		
19-pin HDMI cable

DENON LINK connections

Signal direction
DENON LINK cable
Network connections (wired LAN)

Audio signal:

Video signal:

OutputInput

Output

Input

Input

OutputInput

OutputEthernet cableZONE3• This function automatically converts various formats of video signals input to the AVP-A1HD into theformat used to output the video signals from the AVP-A1HD to a monitor.
• The AVP-A1HD’s video input/output circuitry is compatible with the following four types of video signals:
Digital video signals: HDMI
Analog video signals: Component video, S-Video and Video

High picture
quality playback

Video connector

Video inputs

Video outputs

Setup

HDMI connector

MonitorNOTE

Video connector

Video connector

Video inputs

Video outputs: When 480i/576i signals are input

Troubleshooting

GFlow of video signals for ZONE2H
ZONE2High picture
quality playback

Component video
connectors

Component video
connectors

S-Video connector

S-Video connector

Video connector

Video connector

Video inputs

Video outputs

Information

S-Video connector

Multi-Zone

S-Video connector• For optimum video performance, THX recommends that you set the conversion mode to “OFF” to use
video signals pass through system without up conversion.
Example: View video input from a component video on the component video monitor.
• HDMI signals cannot be converted into analog signals.
• 1080p component input video signals cannot be output to anything other than component video
connectors.
• 480p/576p, 1080i and 720p component video input signals cannot be converted into S-Video or Video
format.
• When a non-standard video signal from a game machine or some other source is input, the video
conversion function might not operate.

Remote Control

Component video
connectors• When not using this function, connect a monitor output with the same type of connector as the video
input connector.
• The resolution of the HDMI input-compatible monitor connected to the AVP-A1HD can be checked at GUI
menu “Information” – “HDMI Information” – “Monitor1” or “Monitor2” (vpage 53).

Playback

Component video
connectors

Video connector

Connections

MAIN ZONEHDMI connector

ZONE3
monitor
S-Video connector

GFlow of video signals inside the AVP-A1HDH

High picture
quality playback

Getting Started

GFlow of video signals for ZONE3H

Video Conversion Function

ZONE2
monitor: When 480i/576i signals are inputGetting Started

Connecting to the Power Amp

Speaker Layout
The illustration below shows a basic example of installation of the amplifier combined with 8 speakers anda monitor.
Subwoofer

Center speaker

Connections

Surround back speakers• Connect the AVP-A1HD pre-out terminal to the power amp (sold separately).
• AVP-A1HD has a RCA pre-out terminal and XLR pre-out terminal. Connect accordingly with the power
amp you want to use.
• The polarity of the XLR pre-out terminal can be switched using GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Option
Setup” – “XLR Out Polarity” (vpage 38).
• Connect the speakers to the power amp.
• Refer to the owner’s manual of each piece of equipment when making connections.

Setup

POA-A1HD Connection and Operation

Playback
Remote Control
Multi-Zone

Front speakers
Place the front speakers to thesides of the monitor or screen andas flush with the screen surface aspossible.

• When connecting the AVP-A1HD to the power amp POA-A1HD with a control link cable (included with
the POA-A1HD), you can perform the following control operations.
• POA-A1HD channel input selection and power amp settings• Link POA-A1HD to AVP-A1HD On/Standby control• Link POA-A1HD meter operation to AVP-A1HD display on/off control (vpage 41)• Updating POA-A1HD firmware (vpage 41)• Up to 2 POA-A1HD units can be connected. Refer to the POA-A1HD owner's manual for making
connections and POA-A1HD settings.

Surround speakers

Information

Two surround back speakers are required to use the THX Ultra2 Cinema,THX Music mode and THX Gamesmode.
Set the surround back speakers so that the distance to the listening position is the same for both the left
and right speakers. It is also recommended that the deviations of the distance from the listening position
to L and R channel speakers (front left (FL) and front right (FR), surround left (SL) and surround right (SR),surround back left (SBL) and surround back right (SBR)) is less than 60 cm.

Troubleshooting

The table below shows a typical speaker configuration for the AVP-A1HD.
FRONTCENTERSURROUND SURROUNDSURROUND BACK SUBWOOFER
A
B
(b)
L
R
L
R
L
R
1 onlyLR

9.1-channels

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

–

S

7.1-channels

S

S

S

S

S

–

–

S

S

–

S

6.1-channels

S

S

S

S

S

–

–

–

–

S

S

5.1-channels

S

S

S

S

S

–

–

–

–

–

S

3.1-channels

S

S

S

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

S

2.1-channels

S

S

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

S

2-channels

S

S

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

b The AVP-A1HD can be connected to a maximum of 3 subwoofers.

10• For instructions for connecting speakers, please refer to the POA-A1HD owner’s manual.
• When using just one surround back speaker, connect it to the left channel (SBL).

Connections
When using Subwoofer 2 or 3, set GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Speaker Setup” – “Subwoofer
Setup” (vpage 28).

n Connecting the RCA pre-out terminal (Example : 9.3-channels)

Subwoofer 3b L : Left
R : Right

Subwoofer 3*/*/

Connectionsb L : Left
R : Right

Subwoofer 2

Subwoofer 1

Subwoofer withbuilt-in amplifier*/

Subwoofer 1

Subwoofer 2

Getting Started

n Connecting the XLR pre-out terminal (Example : 9.3-channels)

AVP-A1HD

Setup

Subwooferwith built-in
amplifier*/*/Playback*/

AVP-A1HD

Remote Control

POA-A1HDPOA-A1HD

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

SPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERS

Multi-Zone

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

RCA

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

XLR

SPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERSSPEAKERS

Troubleshooting

RCA

(R)

(R)

w

Front
speaker (R)
(R)

(R)

w

Front
speaker (R)

q

(R)

(R)

(L)

w
w

SurroundspeakerB (R)

q

w

q w

SurroundspeakerA (R)q

Surroundback
speaker
(R)

(L)

(L)

(L)

q
w

Centerspeakerq

Surroundback
speaker
(L)

w

q

w

SurroundspeakerA (L)qw

SurroundspeakerB (L)Information

RCA

q

Front
speaker (L)

q

(R)

(R)

(L)

w
w

SurroundspeakerB (R)

q

w

q w

SurroundspeakerA (R)q

Surroundback
speaker
(R)

(L)

(L)

(L)

q
w

Centerspeakerq

Surroundback
speaker
(L)

w

q

w

SurroundspeakerA (L)qw

SurroundspeakerB (L)

q

Front
speaker (L)The default AVP-A1HD balance model XLR pre-out terminal pin alignment is as shown.
q : GROUND
w : HOTe : COLD

11

Getting Started

Operations

1

Connect AVP-A1HD and POA-A1HD with the control
link cable.

Connectionsb The control link cable is included with the POA-A1HD.
b AVP-A1HD can be connected and control to up to 2 POA-A1HD
units.
Refer to the POA-A1HD user’s manual for how to connect.

Setup
Playback

2
3

Set the POA-A1HD’s control selector switch to“AVP”.

Connecting Equipment with HDMI
connectors
With HDMI connections, the video and audio signals can be transferredwith a single cable.
DVD
playerMonitor

)%.*
065

)%.*
*/

Set the POA-A1HD’s mode select switch according to
the number of POA-A1HD units you are connecting.
When connecting 1 unit : “1”When connecting 2 units : 1st unit “1”, 2nd unit “2”Compatible audio
formatDetails

Discs(examples)

2-channel linear PCM

2ch 32-192 kHz
16/20/24 bits

CD, DVD-Video,
DVD-Audio

Multi-channel linear
PCM

8ch 32-192 kHz
16/20/24 bits

DVD-Audio

Dolby Digital, DTS

Bitstream

DVD-VideoDSD

2/5.1ch2.8224 MHz
1 bit

SACD

Dolby Digital Plus,
Dolby TrueHD,
DTS-HD

Bitstream

HD DVD,
Blu-ray Discb Refer to the POA-A1HD owner’s manual for details.

Remote Control
Multi-Zone
Information

4
5

Switch the AVP-A1HD and POA-A1HD power on.

6

Use GUI menu “Option Setup” – “POA Setting”– “LINK Check” to check the connection.

Copyright protection system (HDCP)In order to play the digital video and audio signals of a DVD- Video or
DVD-Audio disc using HDMI/DVI connections, both the connected
DVD player and monitor must be equipped for a copyright protection
system called “HDCP” (High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection).
HDCP is a copy protection technology consisting of data encoding
and mutual identification of the devices.
The AVP-A1HD is HDCP-compatible. For details on the DVD player ormonitor you are using, refer to its operating instructions.

Depending on the number of POA-A1HD units to beconnected, set GUI menu “Option Setup” – “POA
Setting” – “POA LINK” to either “ON (Single)” or“ON (Dual)” (vpage 38).

When connecting with an HDMI/DVI converter cable(adapter)Troubleshooting• By default, HDMI sound is output from the speaker of the power
amp connected to AVP-A1HD.
• To output the sound from the TV, make the settings at GUI menu
“Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “Audio” – “TV” (vpage 31).
b The AVP-A1HD is supported to the feature of HDMI listed below.
• 30 and 36 bit Deep Color• xvYCC• Auto Lipsync Correction

12• HDMI video signals are theoretically compatible with the DVI
format.
When connecting to a monitor, etc., equipped with a DVI-D
connector, connection is possible using an HDMI/DVI converter
cable, but depending on the combination of components in somecases the video signals will not be output.
• When connecting using an HDMI/DVI converter adapter, the video
signals may not be output properly due to poor connections withthe connected cable, etc.

• Connect the cables to be used (vpage 9 “Video Conversion
Function”).
• With HDMI connections, the video and audio signals can betransferred with a single cable.
• To output the audio signals to the monitor with HDMI connections,
set GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “Audio” to “TV”
(vpage 31).
Monitor47*%&0*/$0.10/&/57*%&0
*/
:
1# 13

)%.*
*/

Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and the inputs andoutputs, and be sure to interconnect correctly.

DVD Player• Connect the cables to be used.
• With HDMI connections, the video and audio signals can be transferredwith a single cable.

Setup

7*%&0
7*%&0
*/

Connecting the Playback Components

DVD player
7*%&047*%&0065$0.10/&/57*%&0
065
:
1# 13

"6%*0
)%.*
065

$0"9*"065

"6%*0
065
3

R

L

R

Remote Control

L

Playback

7*%&0
065

Connections
Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting• When the AVP-A1HD and DVD player are connected using an
HDMI cable, also connect the AVP-A1HD and monitor using an
HDMI cable.
• If the connected monitor or DVD player only has a DVI-D
connector, use an HDMI/DVI converter cable. When using a DVI
cable, no audio signals are transmitted.
• Use a Deep Color compatible cable for connection to Deep Color
compatible devices.

Connecting the Monitor

Getting Started

NOTE• Use a CPPM-compatible DVD player to play DVD-Audio discs thatare copyright-protected by CPPM.
• The audio signals output from the HDMI connector (sampling
frequency, bit rate, etc.) may be restricted by the connected
device.
• Video signals are not output properly when using devices that are
not HDCP-compatible.
• Video signals are not output if the input video signals do not matchthe monitor’s resolution. In this case, switch the DVD player’s
resolution to a resolution with which the monitor is compatible.
• If the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “Audio”
setting (vpage 31) is set to “Amp”, the sound may be interrupted
when the monitor’s power is turned off.
• Use a cable on which the HDMI logo is indicated (a certified HDMI
product) for connection to the HDMI connector. Normal playback
may not be possible when using a cable other than one on which
the HDMI logo is indicated (a non-HDMI-certified product).
• If the monitor or DVD player does not support Deep Color, Deep
Color signal transfer is not possible.
• If the monitor or DVD player does not support xvYCC, xvYCC
signal transfer is not possible.
• If the monitor does not support “Auto Lipsync Correction”
function, this function will not work.
• The AVP-A1HD is compatible with the HDMI’s CEC (Consumer
Electronics Control) function. Please note the following.
•	It may not work depending on the device it is connected to andits setup.
• It does not operate with televisions or players that are notcompatible with HDMI’s CEC.

NOTE
• The component video connectors may be indicated differently on
your monitor. For details, see the monitor’s operating instructions.
• The audio signals output from the HDMI connectors are only the
HDMI input signals.

• Connect an HDP (High-Definition Player) in the same way.
• When using an optical cable or a BNC cable for the digital audio
connection, make the settings at GUI menu “Source Select” – “DVD”– “Assign” – “Digital” (vpage 44).
• When using a BNC cable for the component video connection, makethe settings at GUI menu “Source Select” – “DVD” – “Assign” –“Component” (vpage 44).

13

Getting Started

Record Player

CD Player

Turntable (MM cartridge)

iPod®

Connect the cables to be used.
CD player"6%*0Connections

9-3
065
3

"6%*0
065
3

$0"9*"065

Use a DENON Control Dock for iPod (ASD-1R, sold separately) toconnect the iPod to the AVP-A1HD. For instructions on the Control
Dock for iPod settings, refer to the Control Dock for iPod’s operating
instructions.
Example :
iPod

L

Setup

"6%*0
065

R

(/%
"4%3

Playback

L

R
L

R

Remote Control

R

L

R

L

Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting• When connecting a record player with an MC cartridge, use acommercially available MC head amplifier or a step-up transformer.
• Induction humming (a booming sound) may be produced from the
speakers if the volume is raised with no record player connected.
• With some record players, noise may be generated when the groundwire is connected. If so, disconnect the ground wire.

NOTE
The AVP-A1HD’s SIGNAL GND terminal is meant to reduce noise whena record player is connected. This is not a safety ground terminal.

14• When using an optical cable or a BNC cable for the digital audio
connection, make the settings at GUI menu “Source Select” – “CD”
– “Assign” – “Digital” (vpage 44).
• The default analog audio input setting is “RCA”.When using a balanced
cable for the analog audio connection, make the settings at GUI menu
“Source Select” – “CD” – “Assign” – “Analog” (vpage 44).

NOTE
The default AVP-A1HD balance model XLR input connectors pinalignment is as shown.
q : GROUND
w : HOTe : COLD• With the default settings, the iPod can be used connected to the VCR(iPod) connector.
• To assign the iPod to a connector other than VCR (iPod), make thesettings at GUI menu “Source Select” – “(input source to which iPoddock assigned)” – “Assign” – “iPod dock” (vpage 44).

Satellite Receiver

Connect the cables to be used.

Connect the cables to be used.

TV tuner

DBS / BS tuner
7*%&0

47*%&0065$0.10/&/57*%&0
065
:
1# 13

7*%&0

"6%*0
015*$"065

"6%*0
065
3

7*%&0
065

47*%&0065$0.10/&/57*%&0
065
:
1# 13

"6%*0
)%.*
065

$0"9*"065

Connections

7*%&0
065

Getting Started

TV/CABLE Tuner

"6%*0
065
3

L

R

L

R

L

R

Playback

R

Setup

L

Remote Control
Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting• When using a coaxial digital cable or a BNC cable for the digital audio connection, make the settings at
GUI menu “Source Select” – “TV/CBL” – “Assign” – “Digital” (vpage 44).
• When using a BNC cable for the component video connection, make the settings at GUI menu “Source
Select” – “TV/CBL” – “Assign” – “Component” (vpage 44).

• When using an optical cable or a BNC cable for the digital audio connection, make the settings at GUI
menu “Source Select” – “SAT” – “Assign” – “Digital” (vpage 44).
• When using a BNC cable for the component video connection, make the settings at GUI menu “Source
Select” – “SAT” – “Assign” – “Component” (vpage 44).

15

Getting Started

Connecting the Recording Components
Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and the inputs and outputs, and be sure to interconnect correctly.

Connections

Digital Video Recorder
Connect the cables to be used.
Digital video recorder

Setup

7*%&0
7*%&0
065

47*%&0065"6%*0$0.10/&/57*%&0
065
:
1# 13

)%.*
065

015*$"065

7*%&0

"6%*0
065
3

47*%&0
*/

"6%*0
7*%&0
*/

"6%*0
*/
3

Playback
Remote Control

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

015*$"*/• Make analog connections if you wish to record analog audio signals.
• When recording to a digital video recorder, it is necessary that thetype of cable used with the playback source equipment be the same
type that is connected to the AVP-A1HD DVR-1 OUT connector.
Example: TV IN → S-Video cable : DVR-1 OUT → S-Video cable
TV IN → Video cable : DVR-1 OUT → Video cable• Connect a DVR-2 in the same way.
• When using a component video cable or a BNC cable for thecomponent video connection of DVR-2, make the settings at
GUI menu “Source Select” – “DVR-1” or “DVR-2” – “Assign” –“Component” (vpage 44).

NOTE

Multi-Zone• Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVPA1HD’s OPTICAL2 output connector to any input connector otherthan OPTICAL2.
• Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVPA1HD’s OPTICAL3 output connector to any input connector otherthan OPTICAL3.

Information
Troubleshooting

16

CD Recorder / MD Recorder / Tape Deck

Connect the cables to be used.

Make analog connections if you wish to record analog audio signals, or digital connections if you wish torecord digital audio signals, depending on the types of connectors on the components being used.

Video cassette recorder
7*%&0

"6%*0
7*%&0
065

"6%*0
065
3

R

47*%&0*/

CD recorder /MD recorder / Tape deck

"6%*0
7*%&0
*/

015*$"*/

"6%*0
*/
3

L

L

"6%*0
"6%*0
065
3

015*$"065

"6%*0
*/
3

015*$"*/

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

Playback

L

R

7*%&0
)%.*
065

Setup

L

015*$"065

Connections

47*%&0065

Getting Started

Video Cassette RecorderR

Remote Control
Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting• When recording to a VCR, it is necessary that the type of cable used with the playback source equipment
be the same type that is connected to the AVP-A1HD VCR OUT connector.
Example: TV IN → S-Video cable : VCR OUT → S-Video cable
TV IN → Video cable : VCR OUT → Video cable• When using a component video cable or a BNC cable for the video connection, make the settings at GUI
menu “Source Select” – “VCR” – “Assign” – “Component” (vpage 44).

NOTE
Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVP-A1HD’s OPTICAL4 output connector
to any input connector other than OPTICAL4.

NOTE
Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVP-A1HD’s OPTICAL4 output connector
to any input connector other than OPTICAL4.

17

Getting Started

Connections to Other Devices
Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and the inputs andoutputs, and be sure to interconnect correctly.

Video Camera / Game Console
Video camera / Game console
7*%&0Connections

47*%&0065

Components Equipped with a DENON
LINK connector

Setup

Multi-channel playback is possible with DVD-Audio discs, Super
Audio CD, etc.

Playback

DVD player

"6%*0
7*%&0
065

"6%*0
065
3

015*$"065

Component with Multi-channel Output
connectors
DVD player /Super Audio CD player / External decoder
"6%*0
46#
800'&3

L

L

'30/5

$&/5&3463306/%463306/%
#"$,

-

3

-

3

-

3

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

R

R

"6%*0
%&/0/-*/,Remote Control
Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting

To use with DENON LINK connections, make the settings at GUI menu
“Source Select” – “(input source)” – “Assign” – “Digital” – “DENON
LINK” (vpage 44).

18

• To play the analog input signals input to the EXT. IN connectors,press the INPUT MODE button on the main unit or INPUT buttonon the main remote control unit and select “EXT. IN” or make thesettings at GUI menu “Source Select” – “(input source)” – “Input
Mode” – “Input Mode” – “EXT. IN” (vpage 45).
• The video signal can be connected in the same way as a DVD player(vpage 13).
• To play copyright-protected discs, connect the AVP-A1HD’s EXT.
IN connector with the DVD player’s analog multi-channel output
connector.

n Front panel
USB memory device

Getting Started

USB Portn Rear panel
USB memory device

Connections
Setup
Playback
Remote Control
Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting• In the initial status, USB memory devices can be used by connecting them to the USB port on the front panel.
• To change the port to be used, see “USB Select” on page 46.
• For instructions on playing the files on a USB memory device, see page 60, 61.

NOTE• Set to the USB port you want to use.
• The AVP-A1HD is equipped with two USB ports, one each on the front and rear panels. It is not possible to use the set with USB memory
devices connected to both the ports at the same time. Select the USB port you want to use at the GUI menu “Source Select” – “NET/USB”– “Playback Mode” – “USB Select”.

• Do not use the extension cable for connecting the USB memory deveice to the AVP-A1HD’s USB port.
Use of the extension cable may cause harmful interference.

19

Getting Started

Required system

Network Audion Broadband Internet connection

A broadband line connection to the Internet is required in order to
use the AVP-A1HD’s Internet radio function and firmware update.

[Wired LAN]

Connections

Modem

ComputerInternet

n ModemThis is a device that is connected to the broadband line tocommunicate with the Internet. Some are integrated with therouter.

n Router

Setup

To WAN side

Playback

To LAN port
To LAN port

LAN port/Ethernet
connector

Remote Control

n Ethernet cable (CAT-5 or greater recommended)

RouterMulti-Zone

Use for wired LAN.
• The AVP-A1HD does not come with an Ethernet cable.
• Some flat type Ethernet cables are easily affected by noise.
We recommend using a normal type cable.
• For the Ethernet cable, used a shielded twisted pair (STP) cable. Do
not use an unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable, as it may exceed
noise standard limits.

Information[Wireless LAN]
ComputerTroubleshooting

Internet

Modem

To WAN side

Rod antenna(supplied)
Router with access point

20• When using the AVP-A1HD, we recommend you use a routerequipped with the following functions:· Built-in DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) serverThis function automatically assigns IP addresses on the LAN.
· Built-in 100BASE-TX switch
When connecting multiple devices, we recommend a switching
hub with a speed of 100 Mbps or greater.
• When using with a wireless LAN, prepare a broadband router withbuilt-in access point.

Turn clockwise.

n Computer

A computer with the following specifications is required to use a
media server:• OS
Windows® XP Service Pack2, Windows Vista• Software (Prepare one of the following.)· .NET Framework 1.1 and Windows Media Connect (Windows XP)· Windows Media Player ver.11· DLNA-compatible server software• Internet browser
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01 or later• LAN port
• 300 MB or more free disk spaceb Free disk space is required to store music and video files. The
following sizes are approximate.
Format

Bit rate
128 kbps
MP3 / WMA
192 kbps
MPEG-4 AAC 256 kbps
392 kbps
WAV (LPCM) 1400 kbps
1080 kbps
FLAC

Per minute
Approx. 1 MBApprox. 1.5 MB
Approx. 2 MBApprox. 3 MBApprox. 10 MB
Approx. 7.7 MB

Per hourApprox. 60 MB
Approx. 90 MB
Approx. 120 MB
Approx. 180 MB
Approx. 600 MB
Approx. 464 MB

For connections to the Internet, contact an ISP (Internet Service
Provider) or a computer shop.

NOTE• A contract with an ISP is required to connect to the Internet.
No additional contract is needed if you already have a broadband
connection to the Internet.
• The types of routers that can be used depend on the ISP. Contact an
ISP or a computer shop for details.
• Depending on the server, video files may be displayed, but theycannot be played on the AVP-A1HD.

n Others• If you have an Internet provider contract for a line on which network
settings are made manually, make the settings at GUI menu
“Manual Setup” – “Network Setup” (vpage 34, 35).
• With the AVP-A1HD, it is possible to use the DHCP and Auto IP
functions to make the network settings automatically.
• When using a broadband router (DHCP function), the AVP-A1HD
sets the IP address, etc., automatically.
When using the AVP-A1HD connected to a network with no DHCP
function, make the settings for the IP address, etc., at GUI menu
“Manual Setup” – “Network Setup” (vpage 34, 35).
• The AVP-A1HD is not compatible with PPPoE. A PPPoE-compatible
router is required if you have a contract for a line of the type withwhich the PPPoE is set.
• Depending on the ISP with which you have your contract, it may
be necessary to make proxy server settings to use the Internet
radio function. If you made proxy server settings on the computer
to connect to the Internet, make the proxy server settings on the
AVP-A1HD in the same way.

ZONE2 or ZONE3 Pre-out Connections

Monitor
7*%&0

"6%*0
7*%&0
*/

47*%&0*/$0.10/&/57*%&0
*/
:
1# 13

7*%&0

"6%*0

7*%&0
*/

"6%*0
*/
3

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

"6%*0

"6%*0

015*$"*/015*$"*/Multi-Zone

L

AV amplifier(ZONE4)

Remote Control

"6%*0
*/
3

MonitorPower
amplifierAV amplifier(ZONE2)

Playback

ZONE3

Power
amplifier

The AVP-A1HD is equipped with Optical output connectors for ZONE2 and ZONE4. If a bit-stream amp is
rigged-up, these zones can also be used to enjoy home theater.

Setup

ZONE2

ZONE2 or ZONE4 Optical Connections

Connections• If another power amplifier or pre-main (integrated) amplifier is connected, the ZONE2 or ZONE3 pre-out(variable or fixed level) connectors can be used to play a different program source in ZONE2 or ZONE3
the same time (vpage 75, 76).
• To the monitor output of ZONE2, various formats of video signals input by the video conversion function
are automatically converted and output (vpage 9).
• To the monitor output of ZONE3, video signals input from the S video terminal or video terminal is output(vpage 9).
• The ZONE2 (ZONE3) video out is only for ZONE2 (ZONE3).

• For the audio output, use high quality pin-plug cords so that no induction humming or noise is produced.
• For instructions on installing and operating separately sold devices, refer to the respective devices’operating instructions.
• To conduct multi-zone playback, see “Multi-Zone Connections and Operations” (vpage 75, 76).

Getting Started

NOTE

Multi Zone

Information
Troubleshooting

"69
065

Infrared
retransmitter

Input

OutputInfrared
sensorExtension jack for future use.

• Connect the monitor for ZONE2 the same as the “ZONE2 or ZONE3 Pre-out Connectors”. (vSee left
column).
• If the signal inputted to ZONE2 is analog, change to PCM(2-channel) signal, and output it from ZONE2
optical output connectors.

21

Getting Started

Connecting the Power Cord

External Controller

Wait until all connections have been completed before connecting the power cord.

Connections

Power cord(included)

To household
power outlet(AC 230 V, 50 Hz)

RS-232C connector

Setup

This connector is used for an external controller.

Playbackb If you use an external controller to operate
the unit via the RS-232C terminal, you must
confirm the following beforehand.
q Turn on the AVP-A1HD’s power.
w Turn off the AVP-A1HD’s power from theexternal controller.
e AVP-A1HD enters the standby status.

Remote Control
Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting• When using in combination with an RF Remote Controller (RC-7000CI, sold separately) and RF Remote
Receiver (RC-7001RCI, sold separately) two-way communication with an RF Remote Controller is possible.
The AVP-A1HD’s status information as well as iPod and Internet audio music files can be browsed
watching the RF Remote Controller’s display. For details, refer to the operating instructions of therespective devices.
• When used in combination with an RF Remote Controller and RF Remote Receiver, make the settings at
GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “2Way Remote” – “Used” (vpage 40).
• When using the 2-way remote control unit, connect to the Port 1 RS-232C connector.
• If GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “2Way Remote”is set to “Used”, you cannot use port 1of the RS-232C terminal for the external controller.

Trigger output jacks
The power of an external device equipped witha trigger input jack can be turned on and off inassociation with operations on the AVP-A1HD. For
details, see GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Option
Setup” – “Trigger Out 1”, “Trigger Out 2”, “Trigger
Out 3” or “Trigger Out 4” (vpage 40).
• Output level: 250 mA/12 V
Check the trigger input conditions of theconnected device.

22

Connection to the AC outlet• These outlets supply power to external audio
devices.
• The power supplied from this outlet turns on and off
together with the set’s power switch.
• Audio equipment with a total power consumptionof 100 W (0.43 A) can be connected.

NOTE• Insert the AC plugs securely. Incomplete connections could cause noise.
• Only use the AC outlet to plug in audio devices. Do not use them as power supplies for hairdryers or
anything other than audio equipment. In addition, do not connect audio devices such as high electricity
consumption power amplifiers (e.g. POA-A1HD).

Once Connections are Completed
Turning the Power On (vpage 54)

GUI Menu Operations

Switch to the next item

Selected item
name

Example: Menus with Illustrations(Auto Setup)
Operation guidance text

Operation step indicators

7.1

5.1

The same operation is possible on the main unit or remote control unit.

STEP1 Speaker Detection
Please place the microphone at ear
height at main listening position.

1 2 3 4 5Illustration

1

Press the MENU button.

The GUI menu is displayed.

b To operate from the main remote control unit, be sure to set the
remote control unit to the AMP mode.

Start
Config.
9.1
SW
1SP
Pre-out Assign
XLR Out Polarity
Start Auto Setup

Operations

Enter

Guidance text for item at cursor
position

RETURN

CancelOperation
button guidance

2

Press the u i p button to select the menu to be set
or operated.

3
4

Press the ENTER button to enter the setting.

b To return to the previous item, press the o or RETURN button.

Press the MENU button to finish.

23

Troubleshooting[Selectable items] 9.1

b Switch the selected item usingui.

Information

In lists of selectable items or adjustable ranges, the itemsurrounded by a border is the default value.

Switch to the next item

Multi-Zone

Example of Display of Default
ValuesSelected item

AssignVideo
Input Mode
RenameAUTO SETUPThis is the GUI icon for this setting item or for the menu series towhich this item belongs.

n ListRemote Control

Optimize settings for speakers in use.

Switch the selected item

Playback

Guidance text for item atcursor position

Selected item

Setup

List of subsequent items

Example of the Display of the GUI
Mark at a Title

Auto Setup

Switch the selected item

Example: Browse Menu (Top Menu)

The GUI cannot be superimposed when xvYCC signals and component
1080p signal, computer’s resolution (e.g.VGA) are input.

Items for which this mark is indicated at the title can be operated
from the GUI.
We recommend performing such operations from the GUI.

n IconConnections

With the AVP-A1HD, settings and operations for most functions canbe performed by operating while looking at the GUI menus displayedon the monitor screen.

Some typical examples are described below.

Cursor Position Display

Getting Started

Examples of GUI Screen Displays

Getting Started

GUI Menu Map

Source Select (vpage 42 ~ 46)

Connections
Setup
Playbackn DVD, HDP, TV/CBL, SAT, VCR, DVR-1, DVR-2, V.AUX, CD, TUNER• Video• Play (iPod)· Video Select• Playback Mode (iPod)· Video Convert• Assign(Excluding CD and TUNER)· HDMI· i/p Scaler· Digital· Resolution· Component· Progressive Mode
· Analog (CD only)(Excluding CD and TUNER)· iPod dock
· Aspect(Excluding CD and TUNER)• Input Mode
• Rename• Source Level• Input Att.

Information(vpage 52, 53)

n Status• MAIN ZONE• ZONE2/3/4
n Audio Input Signaln HDMI Informationn Auto Surround Moden Quick Selectn Preset Station

Parameter(vpage 48 ~ 52)

Remote Control
Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshootingn Audio• Surround Parameters· Mode· Decoder· Cinema EQ· DRC· D.COMP· LFE· Center Image· Panorama· Dimension· Center Width· Delay Time· Effect· Effect Level· Room Size
· AFDM· SB CH Out· Input Channel· Subwoofer Att.
· Subwoofer· Default• Tone· Tone Defeat· Bass· Treble· Front· Center· Surround· Surround Back
· Subwoofer• Room EQ• Dynamic EQ• RESTORER• Night Mode
• Audio Delayn Picture Adjust• Contrast• Brightness• Chroma Level
• Hue
• DNR
• Enhancer• Sharpness

24

Surround Mode(vpage 46 ~ 48)

n STEREO
n DIRECTn STANDARDn DOLBY HEADPHONE(When using headphones)n	DOLBY PLIIx, DOLBY PLII or
DOLBY PLn DTS NEO:6
n HOME THX CINEMA
n 7CH STEREO
n WIDE SCREENn SUPER STADIUM
n ROCK ARENAn JAZZ CLUBn CLASSIC CONCERTn MONO MOVIEn VIDEO GAMEn MATRIX

When “Screensaver” is set to “ON”, the screensaver
is activated if no operation is performed for about 3
minutes.

n NET/USB• Play• Playback Mode
• Still Picture• Video· Video Select· i/p Scaler· Resolution• Input Mode
• Rename• Source Leveln PHONO• Video· Video Select· i/p Scaler· Resolution• Input Mode
• Rename• Source Level• Input Att.

Auto Setup (vpage 25 ~ 27)
n Auto Setup• STEP1: Speaker Detection• STEP2: Measurement• STEP3: Calculation• STEP4: Check• STEP5: Storen Option• Room EQ• Direct Mode
• Mic Selectn Parameter Check• Speaker Configuration Check• Distance Check• Channel Level Check• Crossover Check• EQ Check• Restore

Manual Setup (vpage 28 ~ 42)n Speaker Setup (vpage 28 ~ 30)• Speaker Configuration• Subwoofer Setup• Distance• Channel Level• Crossover Frequency• THX Audio Setup• Surround Speakern HDMI Setup (vpage 31)• Color Space• RGB Range• Auto Lip Sync
• Audio• Monitor Out• HDMI Control
n Audio Setup (vpage 32, 33)• EXT. IN Setup· Mode· Surround Back Input· Surround Speaker· Subwoofer Level· Input Att.
• 2ch Direct/Stereo• Downmix Option• Auto Surround Mode
• Manual EQ

n Network Setup (vpage 34 ~ 36)• Network Setup• Other· Power Saving· Character· PC Language• Network Informationn Zone Setup (vpage 36, 37)• ZONE2, ZONE3· Bass· Treble· HPF· Lch Level· Rch Level· Channel· Volume Level· Volume Limit· Power On Level· Mute Level· Video Convert (ZONE2 only)• OSD

n Option Setup (vpage 37 ~ 41)• Pre-out Assign• XLR Out Polarity• POA Setting• Volume Control· Volume Limit· Power On Level· Mute Level• Source Delete• GUI· Screensaver· Wall Paper· Format· Text· Master Volume· NET/USB / iPod
• Quick Select Name
• Trigger Out 1• Trigger Out 2• Trigger Out 3• Trigger Out 4• Transducer Setup• Digital Out• Remote ID• 2Way Remote• Dimmer• Setup Lock
• Maintenance Mode
• Firmware Update• Add New Featuren Language (vpage 42)

1Auto Setup

Connect the included calibrated setup microphone to
the SETUP MIC jack on the main unit.
The “Auto Setup” screen appears automatically.

Auto Setup

Getting Started

Preparations

Optimize settings for speakers in use.

F Menu tree F
a Auto Setup

Sound
receptors Optiond Parameter Checka Auto Setup

Playback

2

Place the microphone at ear height on a tripod or standwith the microphone pointing directly up towards theceiling.

Setup

The settings are performed automatically.

GAuto setup flowH

Remote Control

Example q

Connections

Auto Setup• Audyssey MultEQ® XT automatically measures the acousticalproblems in the listening environment to create the best audio
experience for your home theater.
• It optimizes a large listening area where one or more listeners areseated.
Measurements are performed by placing the calibrated microphone(DM-A505Z) successively at multiple positions throughout thelistening area as shown in Example q. For best results, it isstrongly recommended to measure 6 or more positions so that themeasurements have the proper spatial weighting.
Even if the listening environment is small as shown in Example w,
measuring at multiple points throughout the listening environment
results in more effective correction.

STEP1: Speaker Detection

Example w

STEP2: Measurement (2 to 8 positions)

STEP3: Calculation( :Measuring positions)*Mb It is not recommended to hold it in your hand. Be sure that thepath from microphone to the speakers is not blocked by objects.
Avoid placing the microphone close to a seat back or wall as soundreflections may give inaccurate results.

Information*M

Multi-Zone

Setup
microphone

STEP4: Check

Troubleshooting

STEP5: Store

About the main listening position (*M)
The main listening position refers to the most central position where
one would normally sit within the listening environment.
MultEQ XT uses the measurements from this position to calculate
speaker distance, level, polarity, and the optimum crossover value
for the subwoofer.

To make manual adjustments to the settings, see pages 28 ~ 30.

When using a subwoofer, make the following settings before starting
the auto setup procedure:• Defeat the volume and crossover controls if possible• If this is not possible then set• Volume: “12 o’clock” position• Crossover frequency: “Maximum/Highest Frequency”• Low pass filter: “Off”• Standby mode: “Off”

NOTE• Do not disconnect the setup microphone until the auto setup
procedure is completed.
• When using headphones, unplug the headphones before starting
the auto setup procedure.

25

Getting Started

Start

Pre-out Assign

Connections

Start Auto Setup.
The Audyssey MultEQ XT Auto Setup process automatically calculates
the size, level, distance, bass management crossover frequency, andoptimal settings for each speaker and subwoofer. Audyssey MultEQ
XT corrects acoustical distortions within the listening area.
Before starting, connect and position all your speakers.
Once started, MultEQ XT will play a series of test tones through eachspeaker.

STEP2: Measurement

Change the pre-out assignment.

[Selectable items] Normal

Free Assign

XLR Out Polarity
Set to switch the XLR pre-out terminal polarity.

[Selectable items]

XLR

XLR (INV)

After completing a measurement position, move the microphone to
the next position.

Measure at least 6 positions (main listening position and at least 5 othersurrounding positions). For best results it is recommend measuring 6
or more positions (with a maximum of 8 positions).

STEP3: Calculation

Setup
Playback
Remote Control

If an error message appears during the measurements, check “Error
Messages” (vpage 27), take the advised action, then start themeasurements again.

Set each channel.

Configuration

The speaker connection and polarity are detected at the firstmeasurement position. The following attributes are also determinedat this time: “Speaker Size”, “Speaker Distance”, “Channel Level”,“Crossover Frequency”.
Once the measurements are completed, the results are displayed.

The speaker system to be measured can be selected ahead of time
here.
z1
z1
z1

[Selectable items] 9.1
9.2
9.3

7.1

z2
z3

7.2
7.3

5.1

z2
z3

5.2
5.3

z2
z3

Multi-Zone
Information

z1: This can be set when “Subwoofer” is set to “1SP”.
z2: This can be set when “Subwoofer” is set to “2SP L/R” or “2SPMIX”.
z3: This can be set when “Subwoofer” is set to “3SP L/R/LFE” or“3SP MIX”.

Troubleshooting

Setting the correct speaker configuration can reduce the time required
to measure during the auto setup procedure as the system will nothave to look for speakers that are not connected.

Subwoofer
The configuration of the measuring subwoofer can be selected
beforehand.

[Selectable items] 1SP

2SP L/R 2SP MIX

3SP L/R/LFE 3SP MIX

26

STEP1 : Speaker Detection

NOTE• Loud test tone may be played during Audyssey MultEQ XT Automatic
Speaker Setup. This is part of normal operation. If there is backgroundnoise in room, these test tones will increase in volume.
• Do not stand between the speakers and setup microphone or allow
obstacles in the path while the measurements are being made. This
will cause inaccurate readings.
• Quiet the listening environment before beginning measurements andrefrain from talking. Turn off air conditioning units or other devices
that emit noise if at all possible as measurements may be affectedby these sounds.
• Operating the MASTER VOLUME knob on the main unit or the VOL+/– buttons on the remote control unit during the measurements willcancel the measurements.
• Do not change the speaker connections or subwoofer volume after“STEP1”.

When “Calculate” is selected at “STEP2”, the measurements taken
are analyzed automatically to determine how the speaker systeminteracts with the room.

The time required for this analysis depends on the number of speakers
connected. The higher the number of speakers, the longer the timerequired for analysis.

STEP4: Check
Once the auto setup procedure is complete, a measuring result check
screen appears.
Select any item whose results you want to check to review theresults.

Values that are different from the actual distance may be set for
speakers with built-in filters (subwoofers, etc.). This is because filters
add electrical delay to the signal that should be compensated.

STEP5: StoreThe auto setup measurement results are stored in the AVP-A1HD.

NOTE
Do not turn the power off while the settings are being stored.

s Option

If the auto setup procedure could not be completed due to speaker installation, the measuring environment, etc., an error message isdisplayed. If this happens, check the relevant items, be sure to take the necessary measures, then perform the auto setup procedure overagain.

Select settings for room EQ, mic, etc.

Getting Started

Error Messages

Room EQ
No microphone or speaker

Cause• Included setup microphone is not connected.

Measures• Connect the included setup microphone to the SETUPMIC jack on the main unit.
• Check the speaker connections.

[Selectable items]

All

AssignDirect Mode
Select room EQ use for DIRECT or PURE DIRECT mode.

[Selectable items]

ON

OFF

Playback

Mic SelectRemote Control

Select the microphone type if not using supplied mic.
The microphone connected to V.AUX Lch is used.

[Selectable items]

Mic

V.AUX L

Only a professionally certified installer should ever connect a
professionally-calibrated microphone to the V.AUX L input on the front
panel.

Informationd Parameter Check

Troubleshooting

Check auto setup measurement results.
This is displayed after the auto setup procedure iscompleted.

[Selectable items]
Spkr Config Check

Distance Check

Crossover Check

EQ Check Restore

Ch. Level Check

The auto setup results can be reset to what was originally calculated
by MultEQ XT when “Restore” is selected.

Select “Retry” to make the measurements again.

NOTE

Multi-Zone• Sometimes due to the electrical complexities of subwoofers and the interaction with the room, THX recommends setting the level and the
distance of the subwoofer manually.
• Sometimes due to interaction with the room, you may notice irregular results when setting the level and/or distance of the main speakers. If
this happens, THX recommends setting them manually.
• Please note that any THX main speakers should be set to Small (80 Hz). If you set up your speakers using Auto Setup, please make suremanually that any THX speakers are set to Small with 80 Hz crossover.

Select room EQ setting method.

Setup• Not all speakers could be detected.
• The front L speaker was not properly detected.
Ambient noise is too high • Too much noise in the room for accurate • Either turn off any device generating noise or move it
or Level is too low
measurements to be made.
away.
• Try again when the surroundings are quieter.
• Speaker or subwoofer sound is too low for • Check the speaker installation and the direction in which
accurate measurements to be made.
the speakers are facing.
• Adjust the subwoofer’s volume.
None• Displayed speaker could not be detected.
• Check the connections of the displayed speaker.
· The front R speaker was not properly detected.
· Only one channel of the surround (A) andsurround (B) speakers was detected.
· Sound was output from the R channel when only
one surround back speaker was connected.
· The surround back or the surround (B) speaker
was detected, but the surround (A) speaker
was not detected.
· When the subwoofer configuration is set at“2SP L/R”, “2SP MIX”, “3SP L/R/LFE” or “3SPMIX”, the subwoofer could not be detected.
Phase• Displayed speaker connected with the polarities • Check the polarities of the displayed speaker.
reversed.
• If the XLR pre-out terminal is used, the polarity is • Check the polarity setting for the XLR output of thereversed.
displayed pre-set channel.
• For some speakers, this error message may be displayedeven if the speaker is properly connected. If you are surethat the wiring is correct, select “Skip”.

Connections

Error messages (examples)

Be sure to turn the power off before checking the speaker connections.

27

Getting Started

Subwoofers Subwoofer Setup

Select subwoofer use.

[Selectable items]

Manual Setup

Connections

Make detailed settings for various parameters

No

Surround A

Configuration

Select surround speakers A use and size.

Select number of subwoofers and configuration.

[Selectable items] Large[Selectable items]

Small

None

Use this procedure to set the speakers manuallyor if you wish to change the settings made withthe auto setup procedure.

Surround B

Playback

1SP

Setup

Speaker Setup

Yes

Select subwoofer output configuration and bass signal for
playback.

F Menu tree F[Selectable items] Large

Select surround speakers B use and size.

Small

None

Manual Setup

Surround Back

Remote Control

Speaker Setup
a Speaker Configuration

Select surround back speaker use and size.

s Subwoofer Setup[Selectable items] Large

Small

2spkrs

1spkr

d Distancef Channel Level

Multi-Zoneg Crossover Frequency
h THX Audio Setup

None

Information
Troubleshooting

Select speaker configuration and size.
(bass reproduction capability)

Front
Select front speaker size.

Small

Center
Select center speaker use and size.

28

None

When “2SP MIX” or “3SP MIX” is selected, “Subwoofer 1”,“Subwoofer 2” and “Subwoofer 3” are each displayed.

Mode

a Speaker Configuration

Small

Subwoofer Connector
SW1
SW1
SW2
SW1
SW2
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW1
SW2
SW3

reproduction.
reproduction.

[Selectable items] Large

Subwoofer Configuration
1SP
L
2SP L/R
R
1
2SP MIX
2L
3SP L/R/LFE
R
LFE
1
3SP MIX
2
3

Large : Select this for a large speaker with strong bass
Small : Select this for a smaller speaker with weaker bass

j Surround Speaker[Selectable items] Large

2SP L/R 2SP MIX 3SP L/R/LFE 3SP MIX• Select “Large” or “Small” not according to the physical size of the
speaker but according to the low frequency reproduction capabilities
based on the frequency set at “Crossover Frequency” (vpage 29,30).
• When “Front” is set to “Small”, “Subwoofer” is automatically set to“Yes”.
• If “Subwoofer” is set to “No”, “Front” is automatically set to“Large”.
• If “Surround A” is set to “None”, “Surround B” and “Surround Back”
are automatically set to “None”.
• When using just one surround back speaker, connect it to the leftchannel (SBL).
• To take full advantage of the performance of the Home THX certified
speaker systems, set the front, center and surround speaker size
parameters to “Small” and the subwoofer to “Yes”.

Select bass signal for playing with the subwoofer.

[Selectable items] LFE–THX–

LFE+Main• THX recommends LFE–THX– mode so that bass interference is lesslikely to occur in the room.
• This can be set when the GUI menu “Speaker Configuration” –“Subwoofer” is set to “Yes”.
• Play music or a movie source and select the mode offering thestrongest bass.
• Select “LFE+Main” if you want the bass signals to always be
produced from the subwoofer.

f Channel Level

Set distance from listening position to speakers.
Before making the settings, measure the distance from thelistening position to the different speakers.

Adjust channel levels to obtain equal volume from all speakers.

Mode[Selectable items] Auto

Step

SurroundSelect step. (smallest distance)

Select surround speaker from which test tone is output.

[Selectable items][Selectable items]

0.1m

0.01m : Can be selected when “Meters” is set.

1ft

0.1ft : Can be selected when “Feet” is set.

Distance measurement[Variable range]: Display when “Feet” is set.

NOTE

z

–12dB ~

0dB

~ +12dBz: “OFF” can be set by pressing o when the subwoofer’s volume isset to –12 dB.

Default
Resets the settings to the default values.

g Crossover Frequency
Select crossover frequency from which subwoofer handles low
range signal.

[Selectable items]

Operating from the main remote control unit

FIXED–THX– :Adjusting with the main remote control unit using the test tones isonly possible in the “Auto” mode and only effective in the STANDARD(Dolby/DTS Surround) and HOME THX CINEMA modes. The adjusted
levels for the different modes are automatically stored in thememory.

Setup when using a THX-certified speaker.

GAdjusting using test tonesH
q Press the TEST button.
		 Test tones are output from the various speakers.
w Use the o p button to adjust so that the volume is equal for all
speakers.
e When the adjustments are completed, press the TEST button
again.

Only the portion of the bass sound of the various speakers output
from the subwoofer that has a frequency below the frequency set
here is output.
Set this according to the low frequency reproduction capabilities of the
speakers you are using.

40Hz

60Hz

200Hz

250Hz :

80Hz

90Hz

100Hz

110Hz

120Hz

150Hz

Advanced :Specify crossover frequency for each speaker.

Set the distance between the listening position and the various
speakers to no more than 6.00 meters (20 ft).

29

Troubleshooting

Two surround back speakers are required to use the THX Ultra2
Cinema, THX Music mode and THX Games mode.
Set the surround back speakers so that the distance to the listening
position is the same for both the left and right speakers.
It is also recommended that the deviations of the distance from thelistening position to L and R channel speakers (front left (FL) and front
right (FR), surround left (SL) and surround right (SR), surround back left
(SBL) and surround back right (SBR) is less than 60 cm (2 ft).

OFF

Information

0.00m ~ 18.00m : Display when “Meters” is set.
0.0ft ~ 60.0ft

Output test tone.

Multi-Zone

Select the speaker you want to set, then set the distance.
Set the value closest to the measured distance.

A+B

Start
[Variable range]

Resets the settings to the default values.

B

Remote Control

DefaultA

ManualPlayback

Select unit for distance.

Setup

Select test tone playback method.

Connections

Meters / Feet

• The level of each channel should be adjusted to 75 dB (Cweighted,
slow meter mode) on a sound level meter at the listening position. If
a sound level meter is not available adjust the channels by ear so thesound levels are the same. Because adjusting the subwoofer level
test tone by ear is difficult, use a well known music selection andadjust for natural balance.
• When the GUI menu “Speaker Configuration” – “Surround Back”
setting (vpage 28) is set to “1spkr”, the surround back speakerdisplay is set to “Surround Back”.
• Speakers set to “None” in the “Speaker Configuration” settings are
not displayed.
• “Surround” can be set when GUI menu “Speaker Configuration”–“Surround B” is set to “Large” or “Small” (vpage 28).
• When using surround speakers, be sure to adjust the volume of thedifferent speakers.
• When “Channel Level” is adjusted, the adjusted values are set for
all the surround modes. To adjust the channel level separately for thedifferent surround modes, use the operation see page 65.

Getting Started

d DistanceGetting Started
Connections
Setup
Playback• Please set all THX Certified speakers, set the “Speaker Configuration”
for all speakers to “Small”. We recommend using with the crossover
frequency set to “FIXED–THX–”, but depending on the speaker,
setting it to a different frequency may improve frequency response
near the crossover frequency.
• The “Crossover Frequency” can be set when there are speakers
that have been set to “Small” at GUI menu “Speaker Configuration”
or when “Subwoofer” is set to “Yes” (vpage 28).
• At the “Advanced” settings, if the “Subwoofer Setup” (vpage28) setting is set to “LFE–THX–”, GUI menu speakers for which“Speaker Configuration” is set to “Small” can be set. If set to“LFE+Main”, the setting can be made regardless of the speakersize.
• For speakers set to “Small”, sound below the crossover frequency
is cut from the sound output. The cut bass sound is output from thesubwoofer or front speakers.

BGC (Boundary Gain Compensation)

THX/DOLBY GameIf bass sound feels big compensate by lowering volume.

[Selectable items][Selectable items]

ON

OFF

Remote Control

h THX Audio Setup
Set the speaker to play the optimal THX surround mode.

Multi-Zone

THX Ultra2 Subwoofer

Information[Selectable items]

Set when using a subwoofer compatible with THX Ultra2 standards ora subwoofer that can be properly played at low range.

Yes[Selectable items]

A+B

A

B

A+B

A

B

A+B

A

B

A+B

A

B

A+B

7CH STEREO[Selectable items]

DSP SIMULATION[Selectable items]

SB Speaker Position
Set the distance between the left and right surround back speakers.

0.3m – 1.2m

Over 1.2m• When two surround back speakers have been set in “Speaker
Configuration” (vpage 28), set the distance of the speakers. This
option is not available when “1spkr” is selected.
• This setting is necessary to achieve the optimum effect in the THXSurround EX, THX Ultra2 Cinema, THX Music mode and THX Gamesmode.

MULTI CH MODE
[Selectable items]

Operating from the main remote control unit
Press the SPKR button.
Surround A

Surround B

Surround A+B

No

j Surround SpeakerTroubleshooting

Make these settings when “Yes” is selected for the subwoofer in the“Speaker Configuration” settings. This option is not available when
“No” is selected (vpage 28).

Select surround speakers to use for each surround mode.

THX/DOLBY/DTS Cinema[Selectable items]

A

B

A+B

THX/DOLBY/DTS Music[Selectable items]

30

B

WIDE SCREEN• If the bass sound seems too strong:
Set “BGC” to “ON”. This activates a filter that gently reduces very
deep bass below 55 Hz to provide the flattest overall deep bass
response. Select “ON” or “OFF” according to how strong you prefer
the deep bass response to be.
• This can be set when the “THX Ultra2 Subwoofer” setting is set to“Yes”.

[Selectable items] Under 0.3m

A

A

B

A+B

• This can be set when GUI menu “Speaker Configuration” – “SurroundA” and “Surround B” are used (vpage 28).
• Make the surround speaker settings when the input mode is set to“EXT. IN” at GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Audio Setup” – “EXT. IN
Setup” (vpage 32).

About Speaker Type Setting when Using Both
Surround speakers A and B
If “Small” is set for either surround speakers A or B, the output is thesame as when “Small” is set for both A and B.

Make settings for HDMI video/audio output.

f Audioh HDMI Control

Select HDMI audio output device.

Make settings for HDMI control function.

[Selectable items] Amp

F Menu tree F

Getting Started

HDMI Setup

ControlTV

HDMI Setup

GUI menu “HDMI Control”- “Control” is “ON”, the “Amp” and “TV”
will switch with the operation of any television not related to thissetting.

a Color Spaces RGB Range

Playback

Make settings for HDMI monitor output.

Monitor 1

Monitor 2

This can be set when “Control“ is set to “ON“.

Remote Control[Selectable items] Auto (Dual)Power Off Control

a Color Space
Make settings for output color space.

[Selectable items] YCbCr

Control Monitor

Setup

h HDMI Control

OFF[Selectable items] Monitor1 Monitor2

g Monitor Out

g Monitor Out

ON

Select the interlocking monitor through the HDMI controls.

d Auto Lip Sync
f Audio[Selectable items]

Connections

Set HDMI control function to ON/OFF.

Manual Setup

RGB

Operating from the main remote control unit
Press the M.SEL button.
Auto (Dual)

Monitor 1

Interlock with the power off function through the HDMI controls.

[Selectable items]

ON

OFF

s RGB Range[Selectable items] Normal Enhanced

NOTE• When the “Control” setting has been changed, always turn off thepower to the connecting devices afterwards and then turn back on.
•The HDMI control function does not work when the power to theequipment is off.
• For details, see “HDMI Control Function” (vpage 63).

When “YCbCr” is selected under “Color Space”, “RGB Range” will
have no effect.

d Auto Lip Sync
Automatic compensation for timing shift in audio and video
output.

[Selectable items]

ON

OFF

31

Troubleshooting

Make settings for RGB output range.

• When “Monitor Out” is set to “Auto (Dual)”, connections with
the MONITOR 1 or MONITOR 2 connectors are recognizedautomatically.
• If both the MONITOR 1 and 2 connectors are connected and“Resolution” is set to “Auto” (vpage 45), the signals are output
with a resolution compatible with both monitors.
• If “Resolution” is set to something other than “Auto”, check theresolutions with which your monitor is compatible at GUI menu
“Information” – “HDMI Information” – “Monitor 1” and “Monitor 2”
and set accordingly (vpage 53).

• This can be set when “Control“ is set to “ON“.
• Please consult the operating instructions for each connected device
to check the settings.

Information

When connected to a monitor with a DVI-D connector (HDCP
compatible) using an HDMI/DVI converter cable, the signals are output
in RGB format, regardless of this setting.

Multi-Zone

Monitor 2

Getting Started

Surround Speaker

Audio Setups 2ch Direct/Stereo

Select the surround speakers to use.

Make settings for audio playback.

[Selectable items]

A

B

Make speaker settings for 2-channel mode playback.

A+B

Setting

F Menu tree F

Connections

Manual Setup•	This can be set when “Mode” is set to “Analog”.
•	This can be set when GUI menu “Speaker Setup” – “Speaker
Configuration” – “Surround A” and “Surround B” are used (vpage
28).

Audio Setup
a EXT.IN Setups 2ch Direct/Stereo

Setup

d Downmix Option

Playback

g Manual EQ[Selectable items]

Remote Control

Setup playback method for analog signals inputted from external
input connectors (EXT. IN).

0dB

+5dB

+10dB

+15dB

Multi-Zone

Select playback mode.

Setup when input level is too large and playback volume is distorted.

[Selectable items]

Information

Surround Back Input
Select surround back channel input in combination with the connected
player.

Troubleshooting[Selectable items] Not Used

SBL/SBR

This can be set when “Mode” is set to “DSP”.

SB(SBL)

Small

Subwoofer
Select subwoofer use.

We recommend setting to “+15 dB”.

Input Att.

Analogz: Use the same settings as in “Speaker Setup”.

[Selectable items] Large

Mode[Selectable items] DSP

CustomSelect front speaker size.

Set the subwoofer level for playback.
Select according to the player in use.

a EXT. IN Setup[Selectable items] Basic

Front

Subwoofer Levelf Auto Surround Mode

To change the settings, select “Custom”.
z

OFF

–6dB

This can be set when “Mode” is set to “DSP”.

[Selectable items]

Yes

No

Subwoofer Mode
Select low range signal to be reproduced by subwoofer.

[Selectable items] LFE–THX–

LFE+Main

CrossoverSelect crossover frequency from which subwoofer handles low range
signal.

[Selectable items]
THX

40Hz

60Hz

150Hz

200Hz

250Hz

80Hz

90Hz

100Hz

110Hz

Distance FL
Set distance from listening position to front left speaker.

[Variable range] 0.00m ~ 18.00m

Distance FR
Set distance from listening position to front right speaker.

[Variable range] 0.00m ~ 18.00m

32

120Hz

g Manual EQ

Set dynamic range for downmix playback of Dolby Digital sources.

Adjust tonal quality for each speaker using graphic equalizer.

[Selectable items]

ON

OFF

Getting Startedd Downmix Option

Adjust CH[Selectable items] Each[Selectable items]
125Hz

250Hz

[Variable range]

OFF

0dB

2kHz

4kHz

8kHz

~

+6dB

Curve Copy
Copy the Room EQ’s “Audyssey Flat” correction curve.

[Selectable items]

Yes

No

Multi-Zone“Curve Copy” is displayed after the auto setup procedure has been
performed.

Information• The auto surround mode function lets you store in the memory thesurround mode last used for playing the four types of input signals
listed below.
q Analog and PCM 2-channel signals
w Dolby Digital and DTS 2-channel signals
e Dolby Digital and DTS multi-channel signals
r Multi-channel signals other than Dolby Digital and DTS (PCM,
DSD, etc.)• When playing in the PURE DIRECT mode, the surround mode does
not change even if the input signal is changed.

–20dB ~

1kHz

Remote Control

16kHz

Make setting for memorizing surround mode setting for each input
signal type.

500Hz

Playback

f Auto Surround Mode

ON

All

Select the speaker and frequency band and adjust the level.

63Hz[Selectable items]

L/R

Setup

• Set this to “ON” if the sound from the front speakers seems
distorted.
• When not using the center speaker or surround speakers, theplayback sound is down-mixed and output from the front speakers.

Connections

Select speaker adjustment method.

Default
Resets the settings to the default values.

Troubleshooting

33

Getting Started

Network Setup
Make network settings.

F Menu tree F

Connections

Manual Setup

a Network Setup
Make settings for wired or wireless LAN.

Wired LAN settings
Make settings for wired LAN.

Network Setup

Turn on the AVP-A1HD’s power.

a Network Setups Other

If a Ethernet cable is connected

Setup

d Network Information

The mode automatically switches to “Wired”.

Playback
Remote Control

To acquire the IP address automaticallyusing the DHCP function

To enter the IP address manuallyMulti-Zone

At the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Network Setup”– “Network Setup” – “Detail” setting, set “DHCP” to“OFF” and enter the IP address, subnet mask, default
gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS.

Information

To not pass through the proxy server

When a proxy server is used

TroubleshootingThis setting is required when the network
is established via proxy servers.

At the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Network
Setup” – “Network Setup” – “Detail” – “Proxy”
setting, set “Proxy” to “ON” and enter theaddress or domain name and port numbers.

This completes the setting.
Recheck the connections and settings if you cannot connect to the Internet (vpage 20).

NOTE

34

Knowledge about networks is required to make the IP address and proxy settings. For details, consult a network administrator.

Getting Started

Wireless LAN settings
Make settings for wireless LAN.
Turn on the AVP-A1HD’s power.

Connection

Connections

If no Ethernet cable is connected
The mode automatically switches to “Wireless”.

Display GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Network Setup” – “Network Setup”.

To enter the IP address manuallySetup

To acquire the IP address automaticallyusing the DHCP function

Playback

Access point settings
To set manually

SearchIf searching is not possible

q Input the SSID.
w If there is security, selectthe encryption method.
e Input the encryption key.
r If “WEP” was selected instep w, select the default
key.
Normally select “1”.

To not pass through the proxy server

When a proxy server is used

Make the SSID setting at“Manual”.

At the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Network
Setup” – “Network Setup” – “Detail” – “Proxy”
setting, set “Proxy” to “ON” and enter theaddress or domain name and port numbers.
Without security

With security

This completes the setting.
Input the encryption key.
For WEP, also input thedefault key.

z: This is the flow for infrastructure type communications. For ad-hoc communications, set “Mode” at the“Detail” settings to “Ad-hoc”.

NOTE

Knowledge about networks is required to make the IP address and proxy settings. For details,
consult a network administrator.

Connection (continued on right page)35

TroubleshootingThis setting is required
when the network isestablished via proxy
servers.

Information

Select the access point tobe set.

“Detail” setting

Multi-Zone

If searching is possible, theaccess points are displayed.

At the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Network
Setup” – “Network Setup” – “Detail” setting,set “DHCP” to “OFF” and enter the IP address,
subnet mask, default gateway, primary DNS
and secondary DNS.

z

Remote Control

To search for the network automaticallyGetting Starteds Other
Make setting for amp power save mode and computer language
environment.

Lch Level

Zone Setup

Make settings for audio playback in a multi-zone
system.

–12dB ~

0dB

~ +12dB

Connections

Manual Setup

Make setting for power saving when not connected to network.

ON[Selectable items]

The “Lch Level“ and “Rch Level“ can be set when “Channel“ is set
to “Stereo“.

Zone Setup
a ZONE2

OFF

Setup

To use the web control function, set this setting to “OFF”.

s ZONE3

Rch Leveld OSD

Adjust the right channel output level.

Playbacka ZONE2

Set the character code type of the MP3 ID3-Tag played by USB.

Make settings for audio playback in a ZONE2 system.

Remote Control[Variable range]

Character[Selectable items] Autos ZONE3

Latin

JapaneseIf the characters are not properly displayed when set to “Auto”, set to“Latin” or “Japanese”.

Multi-Zone

PC Language

Information
Troubleshootingarachi (smpl) chi (trad)

fre

ger

por

por (BR)

gre

heb
rus

cze

hun
spa

dan
ita

swe

dut
jpn

eng
kor

fin
nor

tur

d Network Information
Display network information.

Adjust the main volume level.

–10dB ~

SSID

[Variable range]–10dB ~

0dB

~ +10dB

DHCP= ON or OFF IP Address

0dB~ +10dB

HPF
When using speakers that cannot satisfactorily play low frequencies,
distortion of the bass sound can be reduced by setting “HPF” to“ON”.

[Selectable items][Items to be checked]
Wired or Wireless

Adjust low frequency range (bass).

Adjust high frequency range (treble).

pol[Selectable items] Stereo

Volume Level

Treble[Selectable items]

0dB~ +12dB

ChannelBass[Variable range]

Select computer environment language.

–12dB ~

Switch between stereo and mono output.

Make settings for audio playback in a ZONE3 system.

36[Variable range]

F Menu tree F

Power Saving

MAC Address

Adjust the left channel output level.

ON

OFF

[Selectable items] Variable

Mono

–40dB

0dB

d OSD

Make a setting for maximum volume.

[Selectable items]

OFF

Set ZONE2 monitor as onscreen display Zone.

–20dB –10dB: Display only ZONE2 operations.

ZONE2/ZONE3 : Display ZONE2 and ZONE3 operations.

Power On Level– – –dB–70dB ~ 18dB

On-screen display appears only on the ZONE2 monitor.It does notappear on the ZONE3 monitor.

Manual Setup
Option Setup
a Pre-out Assign
s XLR Out Polarity
d POA Setting

Setup

Define the volume setting that is active when the power is turned on.

NOTE

F Menu tree F

Connections

ZONE2

This can be set when “Volume Level“ is set to “Variable“.

Last

Make various other settings.

0dB[Selectable items][Selectable items]

Option Setup

Getting Started

Volume Limitf Volume Control
h GUI

This can be set when “Volume Level“ is set to “Variable“.

j Quick Select Namek Trigger Out 1

Set the amount of attenuation when muting is on.

l Trigger Out 2

Full

A1 Trigger Out 4

A0 Trigger Out 3–40dB –20dB

A2 Transducer Setup

Automatically convert video input signal to ZONE2 monitor output
format.

[Input source]

Multi-Zone

Video Convert (ZONE2 only)

A3 Digital Out
A4 Remote ID
A5 2Way Remote
A6 Dimmer

TV/CBL

SAT

VCR[Selectable items]

ON

OFF

DVR-1

DVR-2

V.AUX

Information

DVD HDP

Remote Control

Mute Level[Selectable items]

Playback

g Source Delete

A7 Setup Lock
A8 Maintenance Mode
A9 Firmware Update

Troubleshooting

S0 Add New Feature

37

Getting Started

a Pre-out Assign

s XLR Out Polarity

Change the pre-out assignment.

Set to switch the XLR pre-out terminal polarity.

Connections

Setting “Free Assign” allows you to freely assign each pre-out to any channel, depending on the environment used.

[Selectable channels][Selectable items] Normal

Front L Front R CenterFree Assign

Surround A L Surround A R

Surround B L Surround B R Surround Back L
Preout terminal
Pre-out Assign

Setup

NormalPlayback
Remote Control

Free Assign

FL

FR

C

SL (A)SR (A)SL (B)SR (B)

SBL

SBR

SW1

SW2

SW3

FL

FR

C

SL (A)SR (A)SL (B)SR (B)

SBL

SBR

SW1

SW2

SW3

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FR

FR

FR

FR

FR

FR

FR

FR

FR

FR

FR

FR

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SL (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SR (A)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SL (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)SR (B)

Multi-Zone

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBL

SBR

SBR

SBR

SBR

SBR

SBR

SBR

SBR

SBR

SBR

SBR

SBR

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW1

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW2

SW3

SW3

SW3

SW3

SW3

SW3

SW3

SW3

SW3

SW3

SW3

SW3

Surround Back R

Subwoofer 1[Selectable items] XLR				XLR (INV)				

Subwoofer 2

Subwoofer 3

qGROUNDwHOTeCOLD
qGROUND
wCOLD
eHOTd POA Setting
Set when connecting the receiver to a POA-A1HD.

POA LINK

Information

Set when connecting the receiver to a POA-A1HD through a CONTROL
LINK.
• Channels that are set up in the GUI menu“Speaker Setup”-“Speaker Configuration” to “None” can be set up, but will not generate output.
• Pre-out terminals in ZONE2 and ZONE3 can not be allocated.

Troubleshooting

38[Selectable items]OFF

ON (Single) ON (Dual)Mute Level

Set POA-A1HD for which the MODE select switch is set to “1” or “2”.

This sets the amount of attenuation of the volume when the mutemode is set in the MAIN ZONE.

[Selectable items]

See the POA-A1HD operating instructions.

Operating from the main unit

Full

–40dB –20dB

Select the setup channel.

[Selectable items]

R1

L2

R2

L4

R4

L5

R5

L3

R3

L5/R5

R1/R2

R3/R4

BRIDGE (BTL)

LINK Checkh GUI[Selectable items]

ON

Volume Limit

Wall Paper

Make a setting for maximum volume.

Change the GUI background.

0dB[Selectable items] Picture

OFF

Black

Gray

Blue

FormatSelect the video output signal format to match the monitor.

–80dB ~ 18dB

[Selectable items]

OFF

PAL

This sets the time the on-screen display is displayed when an operationis performed.

[Selectable items] Always

30s

10s

OFF

Change “Quick Select” display name.
Up to 16 characters can be input.

This sets the volume set when the MAIN ZONE’s power is turned on.

– – –dBON

j Quick Select NamePower On Level
Last

Master Volume

Troubleshooting

Set the MAIN ZONE volume setting.

[Selectable items]

OFF

Informationf Volume Control–20dB –10dB

ON

NET/USB / iPod

Make screensaver settings.
Use the screensaver to prevent burn-in on the monitor screen.
When set to “ON”, the screensaver is activated if there is no activity
for about 3 minutes.

OFF[Selectable items][Selectable items]

Make GUI related settings.

Screensaver

Check CONTROL LINK.

[Selectable items]

Text information display.

Multi-Zone

BI-AMP• Input sources being used in the various zones cannot be deleted.
• Input sources set to “Delete” cannot be selected from GUI menu
“Source Select” or using the SOURCE SELECT knob on the main unit
or SOURCE SELECT button on the remote control unit.

Master volume display during adjustment.

Set the power amp usage for each channel.

[Selectable items] NORMAL

Text

Remote Control

Select the setup channel.

L3/L4

DeleteNOTE

OFFn Power Amp[Selectable items] L1/L2

ON

Playback

XLR

Remove input sources that are not used from the display.

[Selectable items]

Select the connector input to be used for each channel.

[Selectable items] RCA

g Source Delete

Setup

		

L1

q Press and hold the AUDIO DELAY and RETURN buttons for at least 3
seconds.
		 “Video Format” appears on the display.
w Use the o p button to make the setting.
e Press the ENTER, MENU or RETURN button to complete thesetting.

Connectionsn Input Selectorb The GUI menu is not displayed when performing this setting.

Getting Started

POA 1/POA 2[Input characters]
A ~ Z a ~ z 0 ~ 9 ! “ # % & ’ ( ) * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] (space)

NTSC

NOTE
When a format other than the video format of the connected monitor
is set, the picture will not be displayed properly. Use the proceduredescribed below to change the video format.

39

Getting Started

Setting with Respect to the Monitor

k Trigger Out 1

Connections

Select the conditions to turn on the trigger out 1 with respect tothe zone, input source, surround mode, HDMI monitor, etc.
For details about the trigger out function, see page 22.

When the HDMI monitor set to on is selected, the trigger out turnson.

l Trigger Out 2This is effective when the “MAIN ZONE” has been set to “ON” forthe “Setting with Respect to the Zone” and the input source which is
set to “ON” has been selected for the “Setting with Respect to the
Input Source”.

This sets the conditions to turn on the trigger out 2, in the same
way as “Trigger Out 1” above.

A3 Digital Out
Set usage of OPT4 OUT.

[Selectable items] ZONE4 Select Rec SelectNOTE
The ZONE4 operations cannot be performed when set to “Rec
Select”.

A0 Trigger Out 3

Setup

This sets the conditions to turn on the trigger out 3, in the same
way as “Trigger Out 1” above.

Playback

A1 Trigger Out 4

Remote ControlON

Set remote control ID.
Match the ID setting of the remote control unit and the receiver.

Set when using transducer.

This sets the conditions to turn on the trigger out 4, in the same
way as “Trigger Out 1” above.

[Selectable items]

A4 Remote ID

A2 Transducer Setup–––

The Transducer Setup can be accessed through GUI menu “Speaker
Setup” - “Subwoofer Setup” is “1SP”, “2SP L/R” or “2SP MIX”. The
transducer signal is outputted from “SW3”.

Multi-Zone

Setting with Respect to the Zone

Level

When the power of the zone turned on/off, the trigger out turns on.

[Variable range]–12dB ~ 0dB

Setting with Respect to the Input Source
When the input source set to on is selected, the trigger out turns on.

~ +12dB :34• When changing the remote ID, also change the AMP, iPod andNET/DTU modes of the main remote control unit at the same time
(vpage 69).
• When changing the remote ID, also change the sub remote control
unit at the same time (vpage 74).

Information

Set when using the 2-way remote control unit.

Troubleshooting

Turn the transducer output off.

Setting with Respect to the Surround Mode

When you adjust “Level”, the adjusted value is set for all surroundmodes. To adjust the level for individual surround modes, use “Channel
Level” (vpage 65).

[Selectable items] Used

LPF

40

2

A5 2Way Remote

Associated with respect to the input source for zones set to “ON” at“Setting with Respect to the Zone”.

This is effective when the “MAIN ZONE” has been set to “ON” forthe “Setting with Respect to the Zone” and the input source which is
set to “ON” has been selected for the “Setting with Respect to the
Input Source”.

1

Set the transducer level.

OFF :When the surround mode set to on is selected, the trigger out turnson.

[Selectable items]

Set the upper limit of the low frequency output to the transducer.

[Selectable items]
40Hz

60Hz

80Hz

150Hz

200Hz

250Hz

90Hz

100Hz

110Hz

120Hz

Not Used

When using a 2-way remote control unit (RC-7000CI and RC-7001RCI,
sold separately), set this to “Used”.

NOTE• When using the 2-way remote control unit, connect to the Port 1 RS232C connector.
• If GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “2Way Remote”is
set to “Used”, you cannot use port 1 of the RS-232C terminal for theexternal controller.

S0 Add New FeatureThis sets the function for maintenance by a DENON serviceperson
or installer. (For professional use only.)

Display the new functions which can be purchased for downloading
to the AVP-A1HD and upgrade.

This function allows a DENON serviceperson or installer to check the
AVP-A1HD’s status and make settings via the Internet.

When you purchase a new function and register your user information,“Registerd” is displayed on this menu and you can proceed with theupgrade.
Upon completion of the upgrade, you can start using the newfunction.

[Selectable items] Bright

Dim

Dark

OFF

Operating from the main unit
Press the DIMMER button.
BrightDim

UpgradeDark

If POA-A1HD is connected using the control link, POA-A1HD meter
operation is turned OFF when the AVP-A1HD display is turned “OFF”.

Protect settings from inadvertent change.

OFF

Start

• In order to use these functions, you must have the correct system
requirements and settings for a broadband Internet connection. For
details, see pages 34 ~ 36.
• Do not turn off the power until updating or upgrating is completed.
• Normally there is no need to use this function, aside from the cases
described below.
⋅ Firmware Update : In the case of applying the latest firmware
updates (free)⋅ Add New Feature : In the case of future upgrades to add newfunctions to the receiver (payment required)⋅ Information regarding the “Firmware Update” function and “Add
New Feature” will be announced on the DENON web site eachtime related plans are defined.
• Even with a broadband connection to the Internet, approximately
1 hour is required for the updating/upgrading procedure to becompleted.
Once updating/upgrading starts, normal operations on the
AVP-A1HD cannot be performed until updating/upgrading iscompleted.
Furthermore, updating/upgrading the firmware may reset the
backup data for the parameters, etc., set for the AVP-A1HD.
• When updating/upgrading the firmware, we recommend using
wired connections (Ethernet cable).

Execute the update process.
When updating starts, the power indicator becomes red and the GUI
screen is shut down.
The amount of update time which has elapsed is displayed during the
update process.
When updating is complete the power indicator becomes green andnormal status is resumed.
b If the display reads as shown below, check the settings and network
environment, then update again.

Display
Updating failed
Login failed
Server is busy
Connection failDescription
Updating failed.
Failure to log into server.
Server is busy. Wait a while then try again.
Failure connecting to server.

41

Troubleshooting

Notes concerning use of “Firmware Update” and“Add New Feature”

Information• When “Setup Lock” is set to “ON”, the settings listed below canno longer be changed. Also, “SETUP LOCKED!” is displayed if you
attempt to operate related buttons.
⋅ GUI menu operations⋅ RESTORER⋅ Night Mode
⋅ Parameter⋅ Room EQ⋅ Channel Level⋅ Audio Delay• To cancel the setting, press the MENU button to re-display the “Setup
Lock” screen, then change the setting to “OFF”.

You can check for firmware updates. You can also check approximately
how long it will take to complete an update.

Multi-Zone

ON

Check for Updateb If the upgrade is not successful, an error message identical to thosein “Firmware Update” will appear on the display.

Remote Control

If POA-A1HD is connected using the control link, POA-A1HD is updated
simultaneously with update of AVP-A1HD.

A7 Setup Lock
[Selectable items]

Update the firmware of the receiver.

Execute the upgrade process.
When upgrading starts, the power indicator becomes red and the GUI
screen is shut down.
The amount of upgrade time which has elapsed is displayed during the
upgrade process.
When upgrading is complete the power indicator becomes green andnormal status is resumed.

Playback

A9 Firmware Update

Setup

OFF

NOTE
Only use this function if so instructed by a DENON serviceperson or
installer.

Connections

A8 Maintenance Mode

Adjust display brightness of the receiver.

Getting Started

A6 Dimmer

Getting Started
Connections

Language

Operating from the main unit or main remotecontrol unit

F Menu tree F

GOperation on the main unitH
Turn the SOURCE SELECT knob.
b If “Rec Select” or “Video Select” is selected, press the SOURCE
button before turning the SOURCE SELECT knob.

Select the language displayed on the GUI screen.

Source SelectManual Setup
Use this procedure to select the input source and make the settings
related to playing input sources.

Language[Selectable items]

Setup

EnglishDeutschNederlandsFrançais

Italiano

Español

Svenska

Input Source Selection

GOperation on the main remote control unitH
Press the SOURCE SELECT button.
The desired input source can be selected directly.

F Menu tree F

Playback

Source SelectOperating from the main unit

Remote Control
Multi-Zoneb The GUI menu is not displayed when performing this setting.
q Press and hold the AUDIO DELAY and RETURN buttons for at least
3 seconds.
		 “Video Format” appears on the display.
w Use the ui button to set “GUI Language”.
e Use the o p button to make the setting.
r Press the ENTER, MENU or RETURN button to complete thesetting.

DVD
HDP
TV/CBL(Main unit)

SAT
VCR
DVR-1
DVR-2
V.AUX
NET/USB• To operate the AVP-A1HD using the main remote control unit, set the
remote control unit to the AMP mode (vpage 66 “Remote Control
Unit Operations”).
• Pressing the DVD/HDP button and the VCR/DVR button on the main
remote control will switch between the following.
DVD/HDP :Information

TUNER
PHONO
CD

Troubleshooting

42(Main remote control unit)

DVD

HDP

VCR/DVR :
VCR

DVR-1

DVR-2

F Menu tree F
Source Selecta Playd Assign

The playback screen is displayed.

Assign input sources to input connectors.

[Input source] NET/USB( iPod )HDMIs Playback Mode (iPod)zs Playback Mode (iPod)d Assign

Make settings for iPod playback.

g Input Mode

[Input source]

k Input Att.

DVD

HDP

TUNER

CD

l Playback Mode
A0 Still Picture

TV/CBL SAT[Selectable items]

VCR

All

One

Make settings for shuffle mode.

h Rename[Input source]

j Source Level

DVD

HDP

TUNER

CD

f Videog Input Mode

TV/CBL SAT

VCR

V.AUX

OFF

DVR-1

[Selectable items] Songs Albums

DVR-2

V.AUX

OFF

2

DVR-1
3

4

DVR-2
5

V.AUX

[Selectable items]

1

6

None

Input source
Default setting

DVD
HDMI1

HDP
HDMI2

TV/CBL
None

SAT
HDMI3

Input source
Default setting

VCR
HDMI4

DVR-1
HDMI5

DVR-2
HDMI6

V.AUX
None

• With an HDMI connection, video and audio signals are transmitted
simultaneously. To play the video signal assigned at “HDMI”
combined with the audio signal assigned at “Digital”, select “Digital”
at the GUI menu “Source Select“ – “Input Mode” (vpage 45).
• When the AVP-A1HD and monitor are connected with an HDMI cable,
if the monitor is not compatible with HDMI audio signal playback,only the video signals are output to the monitor.
• The audio signals input from the analog, digital and EXT. IN connectors
are not output to the monitor.

NOTE

h Renamej Source Level
k Input Att.

This can be selected for input sources for which “Assign” is assigned
at the “iPod dock” setting.

z : “Play” and “Playback Mode (iPod)” are displayed for input sources
for which “iPod dock” is assigned.

43

TroubleshootingThis cannot be set for input sources for which “iPod dock” is assigned.

Informationg Input Mode

DVR-2

VCR

Multi-Zonef Video

Shuffle

PHONO

DVR-1

SAT

Remote Control

j Source Level

TV/CBL

Playback

Make settings for repeat mode.

a PlayDVD HDP

Repeath Rename

NET/USB[Input source]

Setup

f Video

Connections

Select HDMI connector to assign to this source.

DVD, HDP, TV/CBL, SAT, VCR, DVR-1, DVR-2, V.AUX, TUNER, CD
a Playz

Getting Started

Settings Related to Playing
Input SourcesGetting Started

DigitalAnalogSelect digital input connector to assign to this source.

Select the analog connector using the CD input.

[Input source][Input source]

CD[Selectable items]

RCA

CD

VCR

DVR-1

DVR-2

V.AUX

[Selectable items]z: When a DENON DVD player and the DENON LINK have beenconnected, be sure to make a setting to “DENON LINK”.

Playback

TUNER

TV/CBL SAT

Setup

HDP

Connections

DVD

Input source
Default setting

Operating from the main unit

NOTE

Coaxial1 ~ 4

Optical1 ~ 5

DENON LINK z BNC1/2

None

Remote Control

DVD
HDP
TV/CBLSAT
VCR
Coaxial 1 Coaxial 2 Optical 1 Coaxial 3 Optical 4

Input source
Default setting

DVR-1
DVR-2
V.AUX
Optical 2 Optical 3 Optical 5

TUNER
None

CD
Coaxial 4

		
		

XLR

qGROUNDwHOTeCOLD

XLR (INV)qGROUND
wCOLD
eHOT

		
		

This cannot be set for input sources for which “iPod dock” isassigned.

When you assign “iPod dock,” you cannot select “XLR”, or “XLR(INV)”.

Assign Control Dock for iPod to this source.

Multi-Zone
Information

HDP

Select component video input to assign to this source.

TUNER

CD

[Input source][Selectable items] Assign
VCR

DVR-1

DVR-2

[Selectable items] 1 ~ 5 – RCA

6 – BNC

None

TV/CBL SAT

VCR

DVR-1

DVR-2

V.AUX

None

V.AUX

Troubleshooting

Input source
Default setting

DVD
1-RCA

HDP
2-RCA

TV/CBL
3-RCA

SAT
4-RCA

Input source
Default setting

VCR
None

DVR-1
5-RCA

DVR-2
None

V.AUX
None

NOTE
This cannot be set for input sources for which “iPod dock” is assigned.

• With the default settings, the Control Dock for iPod can be usedconnected to the VCR (iPod) connector.
• Even if “iPod dock” is set to “Assign”, if the set is not connected toa Control dock for iPod, the input source can be used as the normal
input source.

f Video
Setting the video source.

Video SelectSwitch video input source while listening to audio signal.

[Selectable items]
DVD HDP
SOURCE

44[Input source]

TV/CBL

TV/CBL

SAT

VCR[Selectable items]

ON

OFF

DVR-1

DVR-2

V.AUX

NOTE

[Input source]
DVD

SAT

Video Convert

DVD HDP

Component

TV/CBL• It is not possible to select HDMI input signals.
• When playing HDMI video input signals, the analog video signal ofanother input source cannot be selected for the HDMI video output.
• Input sources for which “Delete” is selected at “Source Delete”
cannot be selected.

Automatically convert video input signal to monitor output format.

NOTE

iPod dock

NOTE

DVD HDP

Press the VIDEO SELECT button, then turn the SOURCE SELECT knob
until the desired picture appears.
b To cancel, press the main unit’s VIDEO SELECT button, then turn themain unit’s SOURCE SELECT knob and select “SOURCE”.

SAT

VCR DVR-1 DVR-2 V.AUX• For optimum video performance, THX recommends that you set theconversion mode to “OFF” to use video signals pass through system
without up conversion.
Example: View video input from a component video on thecomponent video monitor.
• When a non-standard video signal from a game machine or someother source is input, the video conversion function might not
operate. If this happens, please set the conversion mode to “OFF”.

i/p Scaler
Make settings for i/p scaler function.

[Selectable items] A to H

A to H & H to H

OFF

• This can not be set when “Video Convert“ is set to “OFF”.
• The “A to H & H to H” can be set to the input source assigned to the
HDMI input connector.
• “A to H & H to H” setting:• Deep color (10 bit/12 bit) signals are converted into 8-bit signals.
• The i/p scaler function does not work if xvYCC or computer’s
resolution signals are input.

Set resolution for video signal output to HDMI.

[Selectable items] Auto480p/576p

1080i

720p

1080p

480p / 576p
1080p

1080i
720p

Make input mode and decode mode settings for this source.
The selectable input modes depend on the input source and“Assign” setting (vpage 43, 44).

HDP

Input Mode

TUNER

CD

Set the input mode for this source.

[Selectable items] Auto

PHONO

[Input source]( iPod )Select optimum progressive mode for video material.

TUNER

CD

[Selectable items] Auto

[Selectable items]

VCR

DVR-1

DVR-2

V.AUX

[Characters that can be input]

HDMI

DigitalA ~ Z a ~ z 0 ~ 9 ! “ # % & ’ ( ) * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] (space)
Analog

EXT. IN

Full

NormalThis can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything other than “OFF”.

j Source Level
When a digital signal is properly input, the “” indicator lights on
the display. If the “” indicator does not light, check the digital input
connector assignment and the connections.

Corrects the playback level of the selected input source’s audio
input.

[Variable range]

Operating from the main unit or main remotecontrol unit
Press the INPUT MODE button on the main unit or the INPUT buttonon the main remote control unit.
HDMI z1

Auto
EXT. IN–12dB ~

0dB

~ +12dB

For input sources for which “HDMI” or “Digital” are set at the GUI
menu “Assign” setting, the analog input level and digital input levelcan be set separately.

Digital z2
Analogz1: This can be selected for input sources for which the GUI menu
“Assign” setting is set to “HDMI” (vpage 43). Excluding CD
and TUNER.
z2: This can be selected for input sources for which the GUI menu
“Assign” setting is set to “Digital” (vpage 44).

k Input Att.
Set when replay sound is distorted because the input level is toolarge.

[Selectable items]

OFF

–6dB

45

Troubleshooting[Selectable items]

Change the display name for this source.
Names containing up to 8 characters can be input.

Information

This sets the aspect ratio when outputting 480i/576i or 480p/576p
input signals from the HDMI output connector.

DTS

h Rename

This can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything other than “OFF”.

AspectV.AUX

Multi-Zone

Auto

TV/CBL SAT

PCM

DVR-2

Remote Control

HDP

Video1 Video2

EXT. IN[Input source]
DVD

DVR-1

Playback[Selectable items] Auto

VCR

• This can be selected for input sources for which the GUI menu
“Assign” setting is set to “HDMI” or “Digital”.
• Only set “PCM” and “DTS” when playing the respective signals.

EXT. IN

NET/USB[Input source]

TV/CBL SAT

Setup

Progressive Mode

[Input source]DVD[Selectable items] Analog• This can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything other than“OFF”.
• When the “i/p Scaler” is set to “A to H & H to H”, the resolutions canbe setup to the analog video input signal and HDMI input signal.

Set the decode mode for this source.

Connections

Operating from the main unit
Press the SCALE button.
Auto

Decode Modeg Input Mode

Getting Started

Resolution

Getting Started

Input signall Playback Mode
Make settings for “NET/USB” playback.

Dolby
Digital
SourceSurround Mode

[Input source] NET/USB

Connections

USB Select

HOME THX CINEMA

Select USB port to use.

[Selectable items] Front

THX surround sound mode to recreate the authentic sound ofmovie soundtracks.

Rear

Setup
Playback

Match the port to be used and the setting.

Surround Playback of 2-channel Sources

Remote Control

Repeat[Selectable items]

Make settings for repeat mode.

PLgx CINEMA

All[Selectable items]

One

Multi-Zone

ON

OFF

Information

Set the folder to be played using the DIRECT PLAY button on the sub
remote control unit.

[Selectable items] Favorites

All Music

Troubleshooting

A0 Still Picture
Make settings for still picture (JPEG) playback.

[Input source] NET/USB

Slide Show
Make slideshow settings.

ON

OFF

Interval
Set the playback time per image.

[Variable range]

46

NEO:6 CINEMA[Selectable items]

DVDAudio,SACD

z1: This is displayed when the input signal is “DTS-ES Matrix 6.1” andthe AVP-A1HD’s “AFDM” setting is set to “ON”.
z2:	This is displayed when the input signal is “DTS-ES Discrete 6.1”.

HOME THX CINEMA :Direct Play

[Selectable items]

Pro Logic

Playing Multi-channel Sources(Dolby Digital, DTS, etc.)

Make random mode settings.

[Selectable items]

PLg CINEMA

OFF

RandomDTS
SurroundSourceDisplay

THX SURROUND EX
DOLBY DIGITALTHX Ultra2 Cinema(other than 2ch) /THX Music ModeDOLBY DIGITAL EX
THX Games ModeDOLBY DIGITAL Plus
THX Cinema
DOLBY TrueHD
PLgx C + THX
DTS (5.1ch) /ES MTRX6.1 + THX (z1)
DTS-ES Discrete 6.1 / ES DSCRT6.1 + THX (z2)
DTS-ES Matrix 6.1 / THX Ultra2 Cinema
DTS 96/24 /THX Music Mode
THX Games Mode
DTS-HD HighTHX Cinema
Resolution AudioDTS-HD Master Audio PLgx C + THX
THX SURROUND EX
THX Ultra2 Cinema
THX Music Mode
PCM (multi ch) /THX Games ModeDSD (multi ch)
PLgx C + THX
M CH 5.1 + THX
M CH 7.1 + THX

5s

~

60s

This mode is for decoding the input signals according to their format
and playing THX surround sound.
The display when the HOME THX CINEMA mode is selected depends
on the input signal and surround back output playback mode.

For details, see page 84.

Operating from the main unit or main remotecontrol unit
Press the HOME THX CINEMA button on the main unit or the THX
button on the main remote control unit.

This is the standard mode for enjoying surround sound according
to the program source.

Surround Playback of 2-channel Sources[Selectable items]
STANDARD :This mode is for decoding the input signals according to their format
and playing surround sound.
The display when the STANDARD mode is selected depends on the
input signal and surround back output playback mode.

Input signal[Selectable items] DOLBY PLgx DTS NEO:6[Selectable items]

DTS NEO:6

Cinema: This mode is suited for movie sources.

Music: This mode is suited for music sources.

Game: This mode is suited for games.

Pro Logic :	This is the Pro Logic playback mode. This can

DTS
SurroundSourceDTS NEO:6:	The signals are decoded in DTS NEO:6 forplayback.

Cinema: This mode is suited for movie sources.

Music: This mode is suited for music sources.

Operating from the main unit
The “Cinema” or “Music” modes can be directly selected with the
CINEMA button or MUSIC button on the main unit.

PCM (multi ch) /DSD (multi ch)[Selectable items]
7CH STEREO z1 :	This mode is for enjoying stereo sound fromall speakers.

DTS-HD HI RESWIDE SCREEN

DTS-HD MSTR:	This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere ofviewing a movie on a large screen.

SUPER STADIUM:	This mode is suited for viewing sports
programs.

ROCK ARENA:	This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of alive concert in an arena.

JAZZ CLUB:	This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of alive concert in a jazz club.

MULTI CH IN
MULTI IN+PLgx CINEMA
MULTI IN+PLgx MUSIC
MULTI CH IN 7.1

z1: This is displayed when the input signal is “DTS-ES Matrix 6.1” andthe AVP-A1HD’s “AFDM” setting is set to “ON”.
z2:	This is displayed when the input signal is “DTS-ES Discrete 6.1”.
z3:	This is displayed when the input signal is “DTS 96/24”.

For details, see page 84, 85.

The desired mode according to the program source and viewing
situation can be selected from among 9 DENON original surroundmodes.
The surround parameters can be adjusted (vpage 82, 83) toachieve an even more realistic, powerful sound field.

CLASSIC CONCERT :	This mode is for appreciating classical concert
programs.

MONO

z2:	This mode is for playing monaural movie
sources with surround sound.

VIDEO GAME

:	This mode is suited for achieving surroundsound with video games.

MATRIX:	This mode lets you add a sense of expansion
to stereo music sources.

z1:	Can also be set by pressing the 7CH STEREO button on the main
unit. However, the GUI menu is not displayed.

z2:	When playing sources recorded in monaural in the MONO MOVIE
Select the “Cinema”, “Music”, “Game” and “Pro Logic” modes at GUI
menu “Parameter” – “Audio” – “Surround Parameters” – “Mode”(vpage 48).

mode, the sound will be off balance with a single channel (left or
right), so input to both channels.

47

Troubleshooting

The “Cinema”, “Music”, or “Game” modes can be directly selectedwith the CINEMA, MUSIC or GAME button on the main unit.

DVDAudio,SACD

DOLBY TrueHD
DTS SURROUNDDTS+PLgx CINEMA
DTS+PLgx MUSICDTS+NEO:6
DTS ES MTRX6.1 (z1)
DTS ES DSCRT6.1 (z2)
DTS 96/24 (z3)DSP Simulation Playback

Information

DTS-HD High
Resolution AudioDTS-HD MasterAudio

be selected when playing with a DOLBY PLg
decoder. When this mode is selected, “DOLBY
PL” is displayed.

Operating from the main unit

DTS (5.1ch) /DTS-ES Discrete
6.1 /DTS-ES Matrix
6.1 /DTS 96/24

DOLBY DIGITAL +Multi-Zone:	The signals are decoded in DOLBY PLgx or
DOLBY PLg for playback.

Dolby
Digital
SourceWhen RECOUT mode is set to “SOURCE”, with this amplifier signals
encoded in the Dolby Headphone mode can be output from therecording output terminals and recorded on another recorder (vpage
63).

Remote Control

DOLBY PLgx
or DOLBY PLg

DOLBY PLg

Display
DOLBY DIGITALDOLBY DIGITAL EX
DOLBY DIGITAL+PLgx CINEMADOLBY DIGITAL+PLgx MUSIC[Selectable items] DOLBY HEADPHONE

Playbackn When not using a surround back speaker

DOLBY DIGITAL(other than 2ch) /DOLBY DIGITALEX
DOLBY DIGITALPlus
DOLBY TrueHD

The Dolby Headphone mode is set when headphones areconnected to the PHONES jack while in the STANDARD (DOLBY/DTS SURROUND) mode.

Setup

n When using a surround back speaker

Dolby Headphone

Connections

To select these surround modes pressing the STANDARD button on
the main unit or press the STD button on the main remote control unit.
The mode switches each time the button is pressed.

Playing Multi-channel Sources(Dolby Digital, DTS, etc.)

Getting Started

Standard Playback

Getting Started
Connections• Press the DSP SIMULATION button on the main unit or SIMU buttonon the main remote control unit to switch the surround mode. The
mode switches each time the button is pressed.
• Depending on the program source being played, it may not be
possible to achieve a satisfactory surround effect. In this case, try
other modes to achieve a sound field suited to your tastes.

For details, see page 85.

Playback in the PURE DIRECT Mode
This is the mode that recreates the original sound most faithfully,
providing extremely high quality sound.

Press the PURE DIRECT button on the main unit or the
PURE button on the main remote control unit.

Stereo Playback

Setup[Selectable items]

Playback

This is the mode for playing in stereo. The tone can be adjusted.
Sound is output from the front left and right speakers and subwoofer.

Parameter
Parameters can be called out directly by pressing the PARA button on
the main remote control unit.

Audio
Adjust various audio parameters.

STEREO :Remote Control

When the main unit’s DIRECT/STEREO button or the main remotecontrol unit’s D/ST button is pressed, DIRECT mode can be switchedto STEREO mode.

• To cancel, press the PURE DIRECT button on the main unit or the
PURE button on the main remote control unit.
• When in the PURE DIRECT mode, the GUI screen is not displayed
and the display on the main unit is turned off.
• If the HDMI input connector is selected, video outputs are output in
the PURE DIRECT mode.
• The channel level and surround parameters in the PURE DIRECT
mode are the same as in the DIRECT mode.

F Menu tree F
Parameter
Audioa Surround Parameterss Toned Room EQ
f Dynamic EQ

Multi-Zone

g RESTORER

Direct Playbackh Night Mode[Selectable items]

j Audio Delay

Information

DIRECT :Troubleshooting

In this mode the signals bypass the tone control circuitry for highquality sound.
The display when the DIRECT mode is selected depends on the input
signal.
For multi-channel sources, the display depends on the surround backoutput’s play mode.

Display

Input signal
Analog signal /PCM (2ch) /Dolby Digital source /DTS source /Other 2-channel digital signals
DSD (2ch)
PCM (multi ch)
DSD (multi ch)

DIRECT

DSD DIRECT (z)
MULTI CH DIRECTM DIRECT + PLgx CINEMA
M DIRECT + PLgx MUSICM DIRECT 7.1
DSD MULTI DIRECT (z)z: When DSD signals are converted to PCM signals as set by theaudio parameters and speaker settings, “DIRECT” or “MULTI CH
DIRECT” is displayed.

48

a Surround Parameters
Adjust surround sound parameters.
The adjustable parameters differ for the different surround modes(vpage 82, 83).

Mode
Select the mode according to the playback source.
n In the PLgx or PLg mode

[Selectable items]

CinemaMusic

Cinema

Music

Game

Pro Logicn In the DTS NEO:6 mode

[Selectable items]

The “Music” mode is also effective for movie sources including a lotof stereo music.

Dimension[Selectable items]

Compress dynamic range (difference between loud and soft sounds).

Shift sound image center to front or rear, to adjust playback balance.

Surround Back ON Surround Back OFF THX Games Mode[Selectable items] Auto

[Variable range]

Low

MiddleHigh

OFFn In the THX mode (for Multi-channel sources)

6

THX Music Mode

Surround Back OFF

This can be set in the Dolby TrueHD mode.

Assign center channel signal to front left and right channels for wider
sound.

D.COMP
Compress dynamic range (difference between loud and soft sounds).

[Selectable items]

OFF

Low

Middle

High

~

0

3

~

7

Delay Time

Playback

Decoder[Variable range]

Setup

THX Games Mode

THX Ultra2 Cinema~

Adjust delay time to control sound stage size.
When playing DTS sources, this is only displayed for compatible
software.

n In the THX mode (for 2-channel sources)

LFE[Selectable items]
Pro Logic

NEO:6 CINEMA[Variable range] –10dB ~NEO:6 MUSICOFF

NEO:6 CINEMA

Cinema EQ[Selectable items]

ON

OFF

OFF

Effect Level
For proper playback of the different program sources, we recommend
setting to the values below.
• Dolby Digital sources: “0 dB”• DTS movie sources: “0 dB”• DTS music sources: “–10 dB”

Assign center channel signal to front left and right channels for wider
sound.

~

0.3

~

1.0

1

~

10

~

15

b Only when the surround mode is “MONO”.

0

~

15

Set to a lower level if the positioning and sense of phase of thesurround signals seems unnatural.

Room Size

Panorama
Assign front L/R signal also to surround channels, for wider sound.

[Selectable items][Variable range][Variable range]

Center Image[Variable range] 0.0

Adjust effect signal level.

ON

OFF

Determine size of acoustic environment.

[Selectable items]
Small

Medium small

Medium Medium large

Large

NOTE
“Room Size” does not indicate the size of the room in which sources
are played.

49

Troubleshooting

Soften the treble range of movie soundtracks for better understanding.

ON

Information

PLII MUSIC~ 300 ms

Multi-Zone

PLII CINEMA

30 ms

Switch effect signal for multi-surround speakers on and off.

[Selectable items]

0dB

n In the DOLBY HEADPHONE mode

[Selectable items]

~

0 ms

EffectAdjust the low-frequency effects level (LFE).

PLIIx CINEMA PLII CINEMA[Variable range]

Remote Control

Select this when playing analog, PCM or other 2 channel sources.
The signals are converted into multichannel signals using the decoders
shown below and played in the Dolby Headphone mode.

Connections

ES DSCRT ES MTRX 7.1+THX

PLIIx Cinema + THX

3Center Width[Selectable items]
THX Surr. EX~

0Getting Started

DRC

n In the THX mode (for 2-channel sources)

Getting Started
Connections

AFDM

Input Channel

Bass

Auto-select surround mode by source.
This function only works for software containing a special identification
signal.
If the software being played is recorded in Dolby Digital EX or DTS-ES,
it is played in 6.1-channels. If not, it is played in 5.1-channels.

Select channel using external input connectors (EXT. IN) for source
being played.

Adjust bass for all channels together.

[Selectable items]

ON

OFF

Example : Playing Dolby Digital software (with EX flag)

Setup
Playback• When “AFDM” is set to “ON”, the surround mode is automatically
set to the DOLBY D + PLgx C mode.
• To play in the DOLBY DIGITAL EX mode, set “AFDM” to “OFF” and“SB CH Out” to “MTRX ON”.

[Selectable items]

Remote Control

SB CH Out (for Multi-channel sources)

Can be selected when GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Audio Setup”–“EXT. IN Setup”– “Mode” is set to “DSP” (vpage 32).

Attenuate subwoofer level when using EXT. IN input.

Information
Troubleshooting

Multi-Zone

z1: This can be selected when “Surround Back” is set to “2spkrs”
at the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Speaker Setup” – “Speaker
Configuration” setting (vpage 28).
z2: This can be selected when “Surround Back” is set to “2spkrs”
or “1spkr” at the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Speaker Setup”–“Speaker Configuration” setting.
z3: This can be selected when playing DTS sources.
z4: This can be selected when playing DTS sources including a
discrete 6.1-channel signal identification signal.

NON MTRX MTRX ON PLIIx CINEMAES MTRXz3

ES DSCRT

z4

DSCRT ON

PLIIx MUSIC

Determine whether to use surround back speakers.

[Selectable items]

50

ON

OFF

z2

OFF

SB CH Out (for 2-channel sources)

ON

OFF

Adjust treble for all channels together.

[Variable range] –6dB ~ +6dB

“Bass” and “Treble” can be set when “Tone Defeat” is set to “OFF”.

Front
Adjust each front channel tone.

Set this to “ON” if the subwoofer channel level seems too high whenplaying Super Audio CD.

Turn subwoofer output on and off.

[Selectable items][Variable range] –6dB ~ +6dB

Subwoofer Att.

Subwoofer

Select playback mode for surround back channels.
z1

2CH

Treble[Selectable items]
Some Dolby Digital EX sources do not include EX flags. If the playback
mode does not switch automatically even when “AFDM” is set to“ON”, set “SB CH Out” to “MTRX ON” or “PLgx CINEMA”.

8CH[Selectable items]

ON

OFF

Default
Resets the settings to the default values.

[Selectable items]

Bass

Treble[Variable range]–6dB ~ +6dB

CenterAdjust each center channel tone.

[Selectable items]

Bass

Treble[Variable range]–6dB ~ +6dB

SurroundAdjust each surround channel tone.

s ToneAdjust the tonal quality of the sound.

Tone Defeat
ON

Bass

Treble[Variable range]–6dB ~ +6dB

Surround Back

Turn tone adjustments off.

[Selectable items][Selectable items]

Adjust each surround back channel tone.

OFF

The tone cannot be adjusted when in the DIRECT, PURE DIRECT and
HOME THX CINEMA mode.

[Selectable items]

Bass

Treble[Variable range]–6dB ~ +6dB

Adjust each subwoofer channel tone.

[Selectable items]

Bass[Variable range]–6dB ~ +6dB

OFF

Audyssey Byp. L/R : Optimize frequency response of speakers
except front L and R speakers.

: Optimize frequency response of all speakers toflat response.

Manual: Apply frequency response set with “Manual
EQ” (vpage 33).
: Turn equalizer off.

Operating from the main unit or main remotecontrol unit

OFF
OFF

Audyssey
Audyssey
ManualManualWhen “Audyssey” is selected, “Audyssey Byp.
Byp. L/R
L/R
Audyssey
Audyssey
Audyssey Flat
Flat
” lights.

When “Audyssey Byp. L/R” or “Audyssey Flat” is selected, or when
the auto setup measuring results have changed, “” lights.

“

h Night Mode
Optimized setting for late-night listening.

g RESTORERThis function restores compressed audio signals to how they
were before compression and corrects the sense of volume of
the bass and treble to obtain richer playback sound.

[Selectable items]
OFF
Mode1 (RESTORER 64)
Mode2 (RESTORER 96)
Mode3 (RESTORER HQ)[Selectable items]

OFF

Low

MiddleHigh

Operating from the main unit or main remotecontrol unit
Press the NIGHT button on the main unit or the NGT button on themain remote control unit.
The “” indicator lights when “Low”, “Middle” or “High” isselected.
OFF

Low

MiddleHigh

The default setting for “NET/USB” and “iPod” is “Mode3”. All others
are set to “OFF”.

51

Troubleshooting

Press the ROOM EQ button on the main unit or the EQ button on themain remote control.

• When the audio setup measuring results have changed, “lights.

Information

OFF• “Dynamic EQ” is displayed when selecting “Audyssey”, “Audyssey
Flat” or “Audyssey Byp.L/R” in the “Room EQ” setup. When set to“ON”, the “” indicator is lit.

Multi-Zone

Audyssey Flat

Remote Control

Operating from the main unit
Press the DYNAMIC EQ button.

• Such compressed audio formats as MP3, WMA (Windows Media
Audio) and MPEG-4 AAC reduce the amount of data by eliminating
signal components that are hard for the human ear to hear. The
RESTORER function generates the signals eliminated upon
compression, restoring the sound to conditions near those of theoriginal sound before compression. It also corrects the sense ofvolume of the bass to obtain richer sound with compressed audio
signals.
• This is displayed on the GUI menu and can be set when the input
source is set to “NET/USB”, or when analog signals or PCM signals(fs = 44.1/48 kHz) are input.

Playback: Optimize frequency response of all speakers.

ON

Setup

[Selectable items][Selectable items]
Audyssey

Mode 2(RESTORER 96)

About the RESTORER function

Make Dynamic EQ settings.

Select room equalizer for current environment.

Mode 1(RESTORER 64)

OFF

Mode 3(RESTORER HQ)

f Dynamic EQ
d Room EQ

During playback, press the RESTORER button on the main unit or the
RSTR button on the main remote control unit.
When set to something other than “OFF”, “” is displayed.

Connections

This can be set individually for the separate surround mode other than
PURE DIRECT, DIRECT and Home THX Cinema mode.

• “Audyssey”, “Audyssey Byp. L/R” and “Audyssey Flat” can beselected after the auto setup procedure has been performed.
• If the settings of the speakers for which “None” has been determined
at “Auto Setup” are changed, “Audyssey”, “Audyssey Byp. L/R” and“Audyssey Flat” cannot be selected and measurements have to betaken again to include the newly-added speakers.
• When using headphones, “Room EQ” is always set to “OFF”.

Operating from the main unit or main remotecontrol unit

Getting Started

Subwoofer

Getting Started

j Audio Delays Brightness

Compensate for mismatched timing between video and audio.

Adjust picture brightness.

Delay audio.
This sets the delay time for audio signals.

Connections[Variable range][Variable range]0~

Information+12~ 200 ms

0 ms

d Chroma Level

Setup

Operating from the main unit or the main
remote control unit
b The GUI menu is not displayed when carrying out this setting.

Playbackq Press the AUDIO DELAY button on the main unit or A. DL button on
the main remote control unit.
w Use the o p button to set.

StatusAdjust picture chroma level (saturation).

[Variable range]

–6

~

~

0

Shows information about current settings.

+6
F Menu tree F
Information

f Hue

Statusa MAIN ZONE

Adjust color hue.

Remote Control
Multi-Zone• This cannot be adjusted when playing in the EXT. IN (when in analogmode), DIRECT or STEREO mode (with “Crossover Frequency” set
to “FIXED–THX–”, “Front” set to “Large”, “Tone Defeat” to “ON” and“Room EQ” to “OFF”).
• The adjustment range is 0 to 100 ms when the Auto Lipsync
Correction function is activated.

s ZONE2/3/4[Variable range]

–6

~

~

0

+6

a MAIN ZONE
Shows information about settings for MAIN ZONE.
The items displayed differ according to the input source.

g DNR
Reduces the overall level of noise on the picture.

[Items to be checked]
OFF[Selectable items]

Information

Picture Adjust
Adjust the picture quality.

Low

MiddleHighh Enhancer

Select Source

Name Surround Mode Input Mode

Dynamic EQ

Video Select

Rec SelectNight Mode

i/p Scaler Source Level
RESTORER etc.

Emphasize picture contours.

F Menu tree F

Troubleshooting

Parameter[Variable range]

Picture Adjust

0

~

+12

s ZONE2/3/4

a Contrast

Shows information about settings for multi-zone.

s Brightness
d Chroma Level

j Sharpness[Items to be checked]

f Hue

Adjust color definition.

Power

g DNR

[Variable range]h Enhancer

–6

~

0

~

+6

j Sharpness

a Contrast
Adjust picture contrast.

[Variable range]

52

–6

~

0

~

+6

• When the input signal is 1080p the “Picture Adjust” setting will beineffective.
• Adjusting the “Contrast”, “Brightness”, “Chroma Level” and “Hue”
settings does not affect the HDMI input signal.
• “Hue” can be adjusted for composite video and S-Video signals.
• The adjustment values are stored for the individual input sources.
• “DNR”, “Enhancer”, and “Sharpness” are each effective with HDMI
output. However, they are ineffective with 480i/576i output.

Select Source

Volume Level

Room EQHDMI Information

Quick SelectShows information about audio input signals.

Shows information about HDMI input/output
signals and monitor.

Shows information about “Quick Select” settings.

F Menu tree F

F Menu tree F

F Menu tree F

Information

Quick Select 2

d Monitor2

Setup

Quick Select 3: The input signal type is displayed.
: The input
displayed.

signal’ssampling

frequencyis: The dialogue normalization correction value isdisplayed.

Flag: “MATRIX” is displayed if the input signal has
undergone matrix processing, “DISCRETE” if the
input signal has undergone discrete processing.

Dialogue normalization function

Input Mode

Auto Surround Mode setting

Room EQ
Volume Level[Items to be checked] Resolution Color Space Pixel Depth
For instructions on storing settings at Quick Select 1 to 3, see page65.

s Monitor1
The HDMI monitor 1 information is displayed.

Preset Stationd Monitor2
The HDMI monitor 2 information is displayed.

[Items to be checked] Interface

Shows information about preset stations.

Supported resol.

Information

F Menu tree F
Information
Preset Station

Auto Surround Mode

A
B

Shows information about auto surround modesettings.
The surround mode for which the last memory
function was used for the different input signal
types is displayed.

C
D
E
F

F Menu tree FGInformation
Auto Surround Mode

[Input source][Items to be checked]
Analog/PCM 2ch

Troubleshooting

Dialogue Normalization (Dial Norm) is a feature of Dolby Digital,
which is used to keep the programs at the same average listening
level so the user does not have to change the volume control
between Dolby Digital programs. When playing back software
which has been encoded in Dolby Digital, sometimes you may see
a brief message in the front panel display which will read “Dial.
Norm X dB” (X being a numeric value). The display is showing how
the program level relates with THX calibration level. If you want toplay the program at calibrated theatrical levels, you may wish toadjust the volume. For example, if you see the following message:“Dial. Norm + 4 dB” in the front panel display, to keep the overall
output level at THX calibrated loudness, just turn down the volume
control by 4 dB. However, unlike a movie theater where the playback
loudness is preset, you can choose your preferred volume setting
for best enjoyment.

Select Source

Multi-Zone

OffsetThe HDMI input/output signal information is displayed.

Digital 2ch

Digital 5.1ch

Multi chRemote Control: The number of channels in the input signal (front,
surround, LFE) is displayed.

[Items to be checked]a Signal Information

Playback

FormatQuick Select 1

s Monitor1

Surround Mode : The currently set surround mode is displayed.
fs

Quick Selecta Signal Information[Items to be checked]
SignalInformation

HDMI Information

Audio Input Signal

Connections

Information

Getting Started

Audio Input Signal

NET/USB[Items to be checked] A1 ~ G8

When the STATUS button on the main unit is pressed, the set’s status
can be checked on the display.

53

Getting Started

SOURCE SELECT<PHONES>MASTER VOLUME

Turning Off the Sound Temporarily (Muting)

Playback

Connections

Preparations
Turning the Power On

Setup

1

Playback<ON/STANDBY> <POWER> ENTER uio p[

AMP]

Remote Control[ iPod](Multi-Zone[POWER ON][POWER OFF]

Information

MASTER
VOLUME[POWER OFF]
ENTER
uiop

Turning the Power Off

Troubleshooting(AMP mode)[REPEAT][RANDOM](Sub remote control unit)
About the button names in these explanations< > : Buttons on the main unit[]
: Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

Listening with Headphones
Plug the headphones into <PHONES>.

The sound from the pre-out connectors is automatically cut.

NOTE
Be careful not to set the volume too high when using headphones.

Playing Video and Audio Equipment
To operate the AVP-A1HD using the main remote control unit, set the
remote control unit to the AMP mode (vpage 66 “Remote Control
Unit Operations”).

(Main remote control unit)

54

Press <ON/STANDBY> or [POWER ON].

To cancel, press [MUTE] again. Muting can also be canceled by adjusting
the master volume.

The power indicator flashes green and the power turns on.

[8],[9],[6],[7],[1],[2][iPod]SOURCE
SELECT

The power indicator lights red and the power is set to the standby
mode.

mode)

[CHANNEL +/–]

[MUTE]

2

Press <POWER>.

Press [MUTE].

q Press <ON/STANDBY> or [POWER OFF].
The power is set to the standby mode.
w Press <POWER>.
The power indicator turns off, and so does the power.

NOTE
Power continues to be supplied to some of the circuitry even when the
power is in the standby mode. When leaving home for long periods oftime or when traveling, either press <POWER> to turn off the power,
or unplug the power cord from the power outlet.

Operations During Playback
Adjusting the Master Volume
Either turn <MASTER VOLUME> or press [MASTER
VOLUME].

Basic Operation1

Prepare the equipment.

2

To operate using the main remote control unit, set the
remote control unit to the AMP mode.

3

Use SOURCE SELECT to select the input source.

q Load the DVD, CD or other software in the player.
(vSee the operating instructions of the respective devices.)w To play a video device, switch the monitor input.
(vSee the monitor’s operating instructions.)(vpage 66 “Remote Control Unit Operations”): “Source Select” (vpage 42)4Start playback.
(vSee the operating instructions of the respective devices.)The music on an iPod can be played by using the Control Dock for
iPod (ASD-1R, sold separately).
The operation can also be performed using the buttons on the main
unit or remote control unit while watching the GUI menus.

q Set the iPod in the DENON Control Dock for iPod.
(vSee the Control Dock for iPod’s operating instructions.)
w Assign the Control Dock for iPod’s input.

: ”Source Select” – “(input source)” – “Assign”–

Use ui to select the menu, then press ENTER or p
to select the music file to be played.

To switch between the Browse and Remote modes
Either press and hold [SEARCH].

• The title name, artist name and album name can be checked bypressing <STATUS> during playback.
• On the AVP-A1HD, folder and file names can be displayed as titles.
Any characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with “ .
(period)”.
• The time for which the GUI are displayed can be set at GUI menu
“Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “GUI” – “iPod” (vpage 39).

Press ENTER or p.
Playback starts.

Information

2

Either turn <SOURCE SELECT> or press [iPod] (AMPmode) to select the input source assigned in step 1-w
above.

1
2

Searching up or down pages
Press [SEARCH], then press o (down) or p (up).
To cancel, press ui or [SEARCH].

Multi-Zone”iPod dock” (vpage 44)

Listening to Music”Playback Mode (iPod)” – “Shuffle” (vpage 43)

To pause

During playback, press ENTER or [1].
Press again to resume playback.

Fast-forwarding or fast-reversing(iPod screen)b If the screens above are not displayed, the iPod may not beproperly connected. Try connecting again.

: ”Source Select” – “(input source)” – “Play”(vpage 43)

3

To cue to the beginning of a track
During playback, either press u (to cue to the previous track) or i (tocue to the next track), or press [8] or [9].
To stop

During playback, either press and hold ENTER or press [2].

Playing repeatedly
Press [CHANNEL –] or [REPEAT] on the sub remote control unit.
[Selectable items] All

To operate using the main remote control unit, set the
remote control unit to the iPod mode.
(vpage 66 “Remote Control Unit Operations”)

Troubleshooting

During playback, either press and hold u (to fast-reverse) or i (tofast-forward), or press [6] or [7].
OK to disconnect

Remote Control

1

Make the necessary preparations.

• Depending on the type of iPod and the software version, somefunctions may not operate.
• DENON will accept no responsibility whatsoever for any loss of iPoddata.

: ”Source Select” – “(input source)” –Playback

Basic Operation

NOTE

OFF

Setup

b The iPod may only be used to copy or play contents that are notcopyrighted or contents for which copying or playback is legallypermitted for your private use as an individual. Be sure to comply
with applicable copyright legislation.

[Selectable items] Albums Songs

Connections

iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.
and other countries.

• With the default settings, the iPod can be used connected to the VCR(iPod) connector.
• Use the RESTORER mode to expand the low and high frequency
components of compressed audio files and achieve a richer sound.
The default setting is “Mode3”.
• Press <ON/STANDBY> or [POWER OFF] and set the AVP-A1HD’s
power to the standby mode before disconnecting the iPod. Also
switch the input source to one to which the GUI menu “iPod dock”
is not assigned before disconnecting the iPod.

Shuffling playback
Press [CHANNEL +] or [RANDOM] on the sub remote control unit.

Getting Started

iPod® Playback

One

OFF

: ”Source Select” – “(input source)” –”Playback Mode (iPod)” – “Repeat” (vpage 43)55

Getting Started

uio p ENTER<STATUS>

Viewing Still Pictures or Videos on the
iPodPhoto and video data on the iPod can be viewed on the monitor.
(Only for iPod equipped with slideshow or video functions.)

Connections

1
2
3

Press and hold [SEARCH] to set the Remote mode.
“Remote iPod” is displayed on the AVP-A1HD’s display.

Setup

Watching the iPod’s screen, use ui to select“Photos” or “Videos”.

Playback

Press ENTER until the image you want to view isdisplayed.

Remote Control“TV Out” at the iPod’s “Slideshow Settings” or “Video Settings” must
be set to “On” in order to display the iPod’s photo data or videos on
the monitor. For details, see the iPod’s operating instructions.

Multi-Zone
Information

ENTER
uiop
[SEARCH]

Playing Network Audio, USB
Memory Devices

This procedure can be used to play Internet radio stations or musicor still picture (JPEG) files stored on a computer or USB memory
device.

n About the Internet radio function• Internet radio refers to radio broadcasts distributed over theInternet. Internet radio stations from around the world can betuned in.
		 The AVP-A1HD is equipped with the following Internet radio
functions:· Stations can be selected by genre and region.
· Up to 56 Internet radio stations can be preset.
· Internet radio stations in MP3 and WMA (Windows Media Audio)
format can be listened to.
· Your favorite radio stations can be registered by accessing an
exclusive DENON Internet radio URL from a Web browser on acomputer.
b The function is managed for individual users, so you must
provide your MAC or e-mail address.
		 Exclusive URL: http://www.radiodenon.com
b The radio station database service may be suspended without
notice.
• The AVP-A1HD’s Internet radio station list is created using a radio
station database service (vTuner). This database service provides alist edited and created for the AVP-A1HD.

n Media server

TroubleshootingThis function lets you play music files and playlists (m3u, wpl)
stored on a computer (media server) connected to the AVP-A1HD
via a network.
With the AVP-A1HD’s network audio playback function, connection
to the server is possible using one of the technologies below.
· Windows Media Player Network Sharing Service· Windows Media DRM10

GAlbum art functionH
About the button names in these explanations< > : Buttons on the main unit[]
: Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

56

When a WMA (Windows Media Audio), MP3 or MPEG-4 AAC fileincludes album art data, the album art can be displayed while themusic files are playing.

For music files in WMA (Windows Media Audio) format, the album art
is only played when using Windows Media Player ver. 11.

GSlide show functionH

Still picture (JPEG) files stored on USB memory devices can beplayed as slide shows.
The time for which each picture is displayed can be set.

When still picture (JPEG) files are played on the AVP-A1HD, they areplayed in the direction in which they are stored in the folder, so store
in them in the direction in which you want them to play.

S

S

S

–
–

S
Sz

S
Sz

–

S

S

–

S

S

A server or server software compatible with distribution in thecorresponding formats is required to play music files via a network.
z: Only files that are not protected by copyright can be played on the
AVP-A1HD.
Contents downloaded from pay sites on the Internet are copyrightprotected. Also, files encoded in WMA format when ripped from a
CD, etc., on a computer may be copyright protected, depending on
the computer’s settings.
b Media server and USB• The AVP-A1HD is compatible with MP3 ID3-Tag (Ver. 2) standards.
• The AVP-A1HD is compatible with WMA META tags.

[Playable formats]

WMA (Windows
Media Audio)
MP3 (MPEG-1
Audio Layer-3)
WAV
MPEG-4 AAC
FLAC (Free
Lossless Audio
Codec)

Sampling
frequency

Bit rate

Extension

32/44.1/48 kHz

48~192 kbps

.wma

32/44.1/48 kHz

32~320 kbps

.mp3

32/44.1/48 kHz
32/44.1/48 kHz–
16~320 kbps

.wav
.aac/.m4a/.mp4

32/44.1/48 kHz

–

.flac

Troubleshooting

GSlide show functionH

Sz

Information

When an MP3 music file includes album art data, the album art canbe displayed while playing the file.

S

Multi-Zone

GAlbum art functionH

S

Remote Control

A USB memory device can be connected to the AVP-A1HD’s USB
port to play music and still picture (JPEG) files stored on the USB
memory device.
· Only USB memory devices conforming to mass storage class and
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) standards can be played on the
AVP-A1HD.
· The AVP-A1HD is compatible with USB memory devices in“FAT16” or “FAT32” format.

USBb

Playbackn USB memory devices

Media serverb

Setup

Installing Windows Media Player ver. 11
q If Windows XP Service Pack 2 has not yet been installed, either
download it free of charge from Microsoft or install it via aWindows update installer.
w Download the latest version of Windows Media Player ver.
11, either directly from Microsoft or using a Windows update
installer.
b When using Windows Vista, there is no need to download a newversion of Windows Media Player.

WMA (Windows
Media Audio)
MP3 (MPEG-1
Audio Layer-3)
WAV
MPEG-4 AAC
FLAC (Free
Lossless Audio
Codec)
JPEG

Internetradio

Connections

When still picture (JPEG) files are played on the AVP-A1HD, they areplayed in the direction in which they are stored in the folder, so store
in them in the direction in which you want them to play.

[Compatible formats]Getting Started

Still picture (JPEG) files stored in folders on a media server can beplayed as slide shows.
The time for which each picture is displayed can be set.

WAV format Quantization bit rate: 16 bits.

57

Getting Started<SOURCE SELECT> ENTER uio p <STATUS>

To pause

Basic Operation

1

Make the necessary preparations.

Connections

q Check the network environment, then turn on the AVP-A1HD’s
power. (vpage 20 “Network Audio”)
w If settings are required, make the network settings.
(vpage 34 ~ 36 “Network Setup”)
e Prepare the computer. (vComputer’s operating instructions)
Install “Windows Media Player ver. 11”.

Setup
Playback2

Either turn <SOURCE SELECT> or press [NET/USB](AMP mode) to select “NET/USB”.
: “Source Select” –“NET/USB” –“Play”(vpage 43)

Remote Control[

NET/DTU](

mode)[A ~ G]

Multi-Zone[MEMO]

Information

uiop[SEARCH]

ENTER

3

To operate using the main remote control unit, set the
remote control unit to the NET/DTU () mode.

4
5

Use ui to select the menu, then press ENTER or p
to select the file you want to play.
Press ENTER or p.
Playback starts.

Press [REPEAT] on the sub remote control unit.

Troubleshooting[NET/USB](AMP mode)(Main remote control unit)[Selectable items] All

One

OFF

: “Source Select” – “NET/USB” – “Playback Mode” –“Repeat” (vpage 46)

Playing in random order

Press [RANDOM] on the sub remote control unit.

[REPEAT][RANDOM][Selectable items]

ON

OFF

: “Source Select” – “NET/USB” – “Playback Mode” –“Random” (vpage 46)(Sub remote control unit)
About the button names in these explanations< > : Buttons on the main unit[]
: Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

58

To stop

During the play or pause mode, press and hold ENTER.

Searching up or down pages

Press [SEARCH], then press o (down) or p (up).
To cancel, press ui or [SEARCH].

Searching by first letter (Character search)

This operation is convenient for choosing items from the menu screensfor Internet radio stations or files stored on the computer.
q When the menu screen is displayed, press [SEARCH] twice.
w Use o p to select the first letter you want to search for.
If there are multiple items starting with the selected letter, they aredisplayed in alphabetical order.
If it is not possible to search the list, “unsorted list.” is displayed.
To cancel, press or ui or [SEARCH].

(vpage 66 “Remote Control Unit Operations”)

Playing repeatedly[1 ~ 8]During playback, press ENTER.
Press again to resume playback.

The repeat mode and random mode can only be used when playing
tracks recorded in USB/Media Server.

• Use the RESTORER mode to expand the low and high frequency
components of compressed audio files and achieve a richer sound.
The default setting is “Mode3”.
• The time for which the GUI are displayed can be set at GUI menu
“Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “GUI” – “NET/USB” (vpage
39).
• Use <STATUS> to switch between displaying the title name, artist
name or album name.

The station list is displayed.

Playback starts once buffering reaches “100%”.

Preset Internet radio stations can be selected directly.

Favorites are listed at the top of the menu screen, so when a stationis registered as a favorite it can be tuned in easily.

12
3

While the Internet radio station you want to preset isplaying, press [MEMO].
Use ui to select “Preset”, then press ENTER.
Press [A ~ G], then press [1 ~ 8] to select the desiredpreset number.
The Internet radio station is now preset.

1
2
3

Press [MEMO] while the Internet radio station you
want to register is playing.
Use ui to select “Favorites”, then press ENTER.
Press o to select “Yes”.

Setup

3

Use ui to select the station, then press ENTER orp.

Use ui to select the item you want to play, thenpress ENTER or p.

Registering Internet Radio Stations as Your Favorites

The Internet radio station is registered.
If you do not want to register it, press p.

n Listening to Preset Internet Radio Stations
Press [A ~ G], then press [1 ~ 8].

1
2

Use ui to select “Favorites”, then press ENTER orp.
Use ui to select the Internet radio station, thenpress ENTER or p.

The AVP-A1HD automatically connects to the Internet andplayback begins.

n Recently Played Internet Radio Stations1
2

Use ui to select “Recently Played”, then press
ENTER or p.
Use ui to select the item you want to play, thenpress ENTER or p.

1
2
3

Use ui to select “Favorites”, then press ENTER orp.
Use ui to select the Internet radio station you want
to clear, then press [MEMO].
Press o to select “Delete”.
The selected Internet radio station is cleared.
To cancel the operation without clearing the station, press p.

NOTE
Up to 20 stations stored in “Recently Played”.

59

Troubleshooting

Recently played internet radio stations can be selected from“Recently Played” in top menu.

Informationn Clearing Internet Radio Stations from Your Favorites

Multi-Zone

The AVP-A1HD automatically connects to the Internet and playback
begins.

n Listening to Internet Radio Stations Registered inYour Favorites

Remote Control• There are many Internet radio stations on the Internet, and thequality of the programs they broadcast as well as the bit rate of the
tracks varies widely.
Generally, the higher the bit rate, the higher the sound quality, but
depending on the communication lines and server traffic, the music
or audio signals being streamed may be interrupted.
Inversely, lower bit rates mean a lower sound quality but lesstendency for the sound to be interrupted.
• “Server Full” or “Connection Down” is displayed if the station isbusy or not broadcasting.
• On the AVP-A1HD, folder and file names can be displayed as titles.
Any characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with “ .
(period)”.

Playback

NOTE
If registered at a number that has already been preset, the previously
registered setting is cleared.

Connections1
2

Use ui to select “Internet Radio”, then press ENTER
or p.

Presetting Internet Radio Stations

Getting Started

Listening to Internet Radio

Getting Started

Playing Files Stored on a Computer
Use this procedure to play music files, image files or playlists.

Connections

1
2

Setup

3
4

uio p ENTER

Playback
Remote Control[

NET/DTU](

Use ui to select “Media Server”, then press ENTERor p.
Use ui to select the host name of the computer onwhich the music file you want to play is located, thenpress ENTER or p.
Use ui to select the search item or folder, then press
ENTER or p.
Use ui to select the file, then press ENTER or p.
Playback starts once buffering reaches “100%”.

Selecting tracks

Multi-Zone

mode)

During playback, either press u (previous track) or i (next track).

[df]• When playing still picture (JPEG) files, files can also be selectedusing the operation described below.
During playback, either press [d] (previous file) or [f] (next file).
• Connections to the required system and specific settings must be
made in order to play music files (vpage 20).
• Before starting, you must launch the computer’s server softwareand set the files as server contents. For details, see the operating
instructions of your server software.
• Depending on the size of the still picture (JPEG) file, some time may
be required for the file to be displayed.

Information

uio p

ENTER

Troubleshooting(Main remote control unit)

Playing files that have been Preset or Registered inYour Favorites[USB]

Files can be preset, registered in your favorites and played using thesame operations as for Internet radio stations.

NOTE(Sub remote control unit)
About the button names in these explanations< > : Buttons on the main unit[]
: Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

60

• Presettings are erased by overwriting them.
• When the operation described below is performed, the media
server’s database is updated and it may no longer be possible to playpreset or favorite music files.
• When you quit the media server and then restart it.
• When music files are deleted or added on the media server.

Playing Files Stored on USB Memory
Devices
Only USB memory devices conforming to mass storage class and
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) standards can be played on the
AVP-A1HD.

Basic Operation

1

Make the necessary preparations.
• Set the USB port to be used.
: “Source Select” – “NET/USB” – “Playback Mode” –“USB Select” (vpage 46)• Connect the USB memory device to the set USB port.

2 ui
3 ENTERui
4 ui
Useto select “USB”, then press ENTER or p.

Use

to select the search item or folder, then press
or p.

Use

to select the file, then press ENTER or p.

Playback starts once buffering reaches “100%”.

• By default, the front panel’s USB port will be used.
• Depending on the size of the still picture (JPEG) file, some time may
be required for the file to be displayed.

Selecting tracks

During playback, either press u (previous track) or i (next track).

• When playing still picture (JPEG) files, tracks can also be selectedusing the operation described below.
During playback, either press [d] (previous file) or [f] (next file).
• If the USB memory device is divided into multiple partitions, only the
top partition can be selected.
• The AVP-A1HD is compatible with MP3 files conforming to “MPEG-1
Audio Layer-3” standards.
• When [USB] is pressed, playback starts from the first track on the
USB memory device.

Operating the AVP-A1HD Using a Browser(Web control)

Getting Started

NOTE

This function lets you operate the AVP-A1HD using Internet
Explorer.

1

Check the AVP-A1HD’s IP address.

2

Input the AVP-A1HD’s IP address in Internet
Explorer.

Connections: “Manual Setup” – “Network Setup” –“Network Information” (vpage 36)

Setup
Playback• The AVP-A1HD is equipped with two USB ports, one each on thefront and rear panels. It is not possible to use the set with USB
memory devices connected to both the ports at the same time.
Select the USB port you want to use at the “Source Select” – “NET/USB” – “Playback Mode” – “USB Select” menu.
• DENON will accept no responsibility whatsoever for any loss ordamage to data on USB memory devices when using the USB
memory device connected to the AVP-A1HD.
• USB memory devices will not work via a USB hub.
• DENON does not guarantee that all USB memory devices will operateor receive power. When using a USB connection type portable harddisk of the type for which power can be supplied by connecting an
AC adapter, we recommend using the AC adapter.
• It is not possible to connect and use a computer via the AVP-A1HD’s
USB port using a USB cable.
• The AVP-A1HD is not compatible with the iPod shuffle.

Example : “http://192.168.x.x/“ (The “x“ is digits.)

Remote Control

The AVP-A1HD can be operated in the same way as with regularInternet browsing.

To use the web control function, set the GUI menu “Manual Setup”–“Network Setup” – “Other” – “Power Saving” setting to “OFF”(vpage 36).

Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting

61

Getting Started

SOURCE SELECT

Surround mode

INPUT MODE

Other Operations andFunctions

Connections

Other Operations

Setup

Playing Super Audio CD

Playback

1<ZONE2/3/4 / <PHONES>REC SELECT>

Remote Control[

Either turn <SOURCE SELECT> or press [SOURCE
to select the input source assigned in step 1.

The “

Multi-Zone

Surround mode

INPUT MODE

Information
Troubleshooting

SOURCE
SELECT

About the button names in these explanations< > : Buttons on the main unit[]
: Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

62

3
4
5

You can listen to one program source while recording a different
program source.

1
2” or “” indicator lights on the display.

Select “AUTO” for the INPUT MODE (vpage 45).
Select the surround mode (vpage 46 ~ 48).
We recommend playing in the DIRECT mode.

Start playing the Super Audio CD.
The “” indicator lights on the display.
For operating instructions, refer to the respective equipment’s
operating instructions.

• When playing DSD signals in the DIRECT or PURE DIRECT mode,
the DSD signals are converted as such into analog signals. When
playing in other surround modes, the DSD signals are first converted
into PCM format, then into analog signals.
• “DSD DIRECT” is shown on the display when playing DSD 2-channel
signals in the DIRECT mode. “DSD MULTI DIRECT” is shown on
the display when playing DSD multi--channel signals in the DIRECT
mode.
• The DSD signal may not be output depending on the equipmentthat is connected.For further details, refer to the user manual for theequipment being used.

Press <ZONE2/3/4 / REC SELECT>.

“ZONE3 SOURCE” is shown on the display.

Turn <SOURCE SELECT> until “RECOUT SOURCE”
is displayed.
The “” indicator lights.

ZONE3 SOURCE

Assign “DENON LINK” with the “Digital” setting or
assign “HDMI” with the “HDMI” setting (vpage
43, 44).

2 SELECT]AMP]

Recording on an External Device(REC OUT mode)

ZONE3 TUNER

RECOUT NET/USB

····

····

ZONE3 NET/USB
RECOUT SOURCE

3
4

Turn <SOURCE SELECT> to choose the input source
to be recorded.

5

Start recording.

Play the program source.
For operating instructions, refer to the respective equipment’s
operating instructions.

For operating instructions, refer to the respective equipment’s
operating instructions.

• To cancel, press <ZONE2/3/4 / REC SELECT>, then turn <SOURCESELECT> until “ZONE3 SOURCE” is displayed.
• Make a test recording before starting the actual recording.
• Signals are only output to the analog REC OUT connectors when
the digital signals input to the digital input connectors (OPTICAL/
COAXIAL) are PCM (2-channel) signals.
• Digital audio signals input to the DENON LINK or HDMI connectors
are not output to the REC OUT connectors, so connect using the
OPTICAL or COAXIAL connectors.
• Sources selected with the REC OUT mode are output from ZONE3
as well.
• In the REC OUT mode, the remote control unit’s ZONE3 mode
buttons cannot be operated.
• When the “Digital Out” setting is set to “ZONE4 Select”, theOPTICAL4 output connector becomes the ZONE4 output. Whenusing for recording, set to “Rec Select”.
• Copyright protected network audio (Internet radio, media server andUSB) signals cannot be output from the digital output connectors(OPTICAL).

Convenient Functions
HDMI Control Function

Setup

Dolby Headphone recording

)%.*
065

Television compatible withHDMI control function
"6%*0

"6%*0
065
3

L

R

L

R

015*$"065)%.**/

Select the parameters and set the desired mode.
Start recording.
Refer to the “Dolby Headphone” (vpage 47).

Information

2

Player compatible
with HDMI
control function

Multi-Zone

When this is done, signals encoded in the Dolby Headphonemode are automatically output from the recording output
terminals (analog and digital) and can be recorded.

Connections

Remote Control

1

The Dolby Headphone play mode is set when
headphones are connected to <PHONES> during
playback in the STANDARD (DOLBY/DTS Surround)mode.

• When using these functions set as follows: GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “HDMI Control” (vpage 31).
• When using these functions do not assign the “HDMI” to “TV/CBL”.

Playback

When REC OUT mode is set to “SOURCE”, with the AVP-A1HD it ispossible to output signals encoded in the Dolby Headphone mode
from the recording output terminal and record them on a separate
recorder.

Connections

When connecting the AVP-A1HD to a television or player compatible with the HDMI control function, the following operations are
possible.
• Turn power ON/OFF (Synchronize with television)• Switch to sound output equipment (TV and AVP-A1HD)• Adjust volume• Switch input source

Getting Started

NOTE• Recordings you make are for your personal enjoyment and should
not be used for other purposes without permission of the copyrightholder.
• When “DENON LINK” is assigned at the GUI menu “Assign” setting,the PCM signals, network audio signals (Internet radio, media serverand USB), input from the digital input connectors cannot be output
from the analog REC OUT connectors.
• Input sources for which “Delete” is selected at “Source Delete”
cannot be selected.

Troubleshooting

NOTE
Do not disconnect the headphones during recording.

63

Getting Started

Operations<STANDARD> <HOME THX CINEMA>QUICK SELECT

Connections
Setup
Playback<POWER>CH SELECT uio pRemote Control
Multi-Zone

QUICK SELECT

Informationuio pTroubleshooting

CH SELECT

About the button names in these explanations< > : Buttons on the main unit[]
: Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

64

1
2
3

Connect the HDMI to the AVP-A1HD with equipment
compatible with the HDMI control function.
Put the power on for all the equipment connected to
the HDMI.
Check the settings for all the equipment connected to
the HDMI and make HDMI available to them.

b Please consult the operating instructions for the connected
equipment to check the settings.
b Operations 1 ~ 3 do not have to be repeated once started.
b Carryout Operations 2 and 3 should any of the equipment be
plugged out.

4
5
6

Switch the television input to the HDMI connected to
the AVP-A1HD.
Switch the AVP-A1HD input to the HDMI input
source and check if the picture from the player is ok.
Put the television power on standby and check if the
AVP-A1HD goes into standby.

If the AVP-A1HD does not work please check the following.
• Is the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “HDMI Control”– “Control” (vpage 31) set to “ON”?
• Is the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “HDMI Control”– “Control Monitor” (vpage 31) set for the monitor output
connected to television?
• Is the GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “HDMI Control”– “Power Off Control” (vpage 31) set to “ON”?
• Is the control function used for the television HDMI properly set?
(Check the television operating instructions for details.)• Should any of the operations below be performed, the interlocking
function may be reset, in which case, repeat Operation's 2 and 3.
• GUI menu “Source Select” – (input source) – “Assign” – “HDMI”(vpage 43) setting has changed• There is a change to the connection between the equipment andthe HDMI, or an increase in equipment.
• Change of HDMI monitor output in AVP-A1HD setup.

Channel Level

Quick Select Function

Last Function Memory

You can adjust the channel level either according to the playbacksources or to suit your taste, as described below.

With this function, the currently playing input source, input mode,surround mode, room EQ settings and volume can be stored in
the memory.

This stores the settings as they were directly before the standby
mode was set.
When the power is turned back on, the settings are restored to as
they were directly before the standby mode was set.

Getting Started

Backup Memory

Connections1
2

Use ui or CH SELECT to select the speaker.

The speaker that can be set switches each time one of the
buttons is pressed.

Use o p to adjust the volume.

Set the input source, input mode, surround mode,room EQ settings and volume to the conditions you
want to store.

2

Press and hold the desired QUICK SELECT.

Keep pressing the button until the quick select indicator lights.

[Quick Select Defaults]
Input Source
DVD
TV/CBL
VCR

Volume–40 dB–40 dB–40 dB

Press CH SELECT.

NOTE

Press ui or CH SELECT to select “Fader”.

(o: front, p: rear)• The fader function does not affect the subwoofer.
• The fader can be adjusted until the volume of the speaker adjusted
to the lowest value is –12 dB.

Turn off the power using
Press

and

.

while simultaneously pressing.

Once the display starts flashing at intervals of about 1
second, release the two buttons.

If in step 3 the display does not flash at intervals of about 1 second,
start over from step 1.

This function sets the settings (input mode, surround mode,
HDMI output mode, Picture Adjust, Audio Delay etc.) last selected
for the individual input sources.
When you switch to an input source, the settings are automatically
set to the ones that were set the last time that input source wasused.

The surround parameters, tone control, room EQ settings and thevolumes of the different speakers are stored for the individual surroundmodes.

65

Troubleshooting

Personal Memory Plus Function<POWER>
1<POWER>
2 <STANDARD><HOME THX CINEMA>
3

Information

Use o p to adjust the volume of the speakers.

Input sources stored with the quick select function cannot be selected
if they have been deleted at GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Option
Setup” – “Source Delete” (vpage 39). In this case, store themagain.

Perform this procedure if the display is abnormal or if operations
cannot be performed.
All settings are reset when the microcomputer is reset.

Multi-Zone

1
2
3• To call out the settings, press QUICK SELECT at which the desired
settings were stored.
• The Quick Select name can be changed (vpage 39).

Resetting the Microprocessor

Remote Control

Quick Select 1
Quick Select 2
Quick Select 3

Fader Function
This function lets you adjust (fade) the sound from all the front orrear speakers at once.

The various settings are backed up for about 1 week, even if thepower is turned off or the power cord is disconnected.

Playbackb ”OFF” can be set by pressing o when the subwoofer’s volume
is set to –12dB.

1

Setup

3

Press CH SELECT.

Getting Started

Operating DENON Audio Components

Remote Control Unit Operations

1

Connections

Main Remote Control Unit

Setup
Playback•	On the main remote control unit, the display switches according
to the device being operated and the mode.
•	In modes other than iPod, the mode switches between“”
and “” each time the [MODE SELECTOR] is pressed.
•	In the AMP, NET/DTU () and iPod modes, when the remote
ID is set, the AVP-A1HD can be used independently even in anenvironment containing multiple DENON amplifiers.

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the component to be
operated.
The indicator for the component to be operated flashes.
: AMP / ZONE2 / ZONE3 / ZONE4 /SYSTEM CALL

: iPod: TUNER (FM/AM): DVD player (recorder) /CD player (recorder): NETWORK/USB /DIGITAL TUNER: VCR / TAPE

: Satellite Receiver / Cable TV: TV

Presetting
The included main remote control unit can be preset to operate
devices of various brands.

1
2
3

b The mode switches each time [AMP] is pressed.
GAMP modeH

GZONE2 modeH

GZONE3 modeH

Remote Control

AMP]

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [NUMBER] and input the 5-digit number of thebrand of the component to be preset. The numbers
are shown in the Preset Code Table (vEnd of thethis manual).
When the code is registered, the signal transmission indicator
flashes twice.
When the preset code is transmitted, the mode indicator for thecomponent to which that code belongs flashes.

Signal transmission
indicator[

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want topreset.

b The input mode is canceled if no button is operated for 10
seconds.

[MODE SELECTOR]

Multi-Zone

Some brands have more than one preset code. If the component does
not operate, try inputting a different code.

Information

GSYSTEM CALL modeH

GZONE4 modeH

Troubleshooting[HOME]

1

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the component to be
operated.
Operate the component.

[NUMBER]2[RC SETUP]

2

Depending on the model and year of manufacture of your equipment,
some buttons may not operate.

NOTE
The device mode (“setting is being made.

” or “”) cannot be changed while the

The mode indicator of the device to be operated flashes.

b For details, refer to the component’s operating instructions.

Operate the component.

b For details, refer to the component’s operating instructions.

66

Operating Preset Components[HOME] is used to return to the AMP mode (AMP, ZONE2, ZONE3,
ZONE4 or SYSTEM CALL) when in any mode other than AMP.

Getting Started

Functions of Buttons by Component
EL Display
EL Display

Device operated
1
8 9
6 7

DVD
(Default setting)
Playback
Auto search(cue)Manual search(fast-reverse/
fast-forward)

CD Recorder

VCR

TAPE

iPod

Playback
Auto search(cue)Manual search(fast-reverse/
fast-forward)

CD(Default setting)
Playback
Auto search(cue)Manual search(fast-reverse/
fast-forward)

Playback
Auto search(cue)Manual search(fast-reverse/
fast-forward)

Playback
Auto search(cue)Manual search(fast-reverse/
fast-forward)

Playback
Auto search(cue)Manual search(fast-reverse/
fast-forward)

Playback/Pause
Auto search(cue)Manual search(fast-reverse/
fast-forward)

DVD Recorder

Pause

Pause

Pause

Pause

–

Stop
Power onPower off

Stop
–
–

Stop
–
–

Stop
Power onPower off

Stop
–
–

Stop
–
–

MENU
u i o p
ENTER

Menu/guide
CursorEnter setting

Menu/guide
CursorEnter setting

–
–
–

–
–
–

Menu/guide
CursorEnter setting–––

SETUP/SEARCH

Set upSet up––Set up–

RETURN

ReturnReturn––Cancel–CH + / SHUFFLE

–

–

–

–

Switch channels–

CH - / REPEAT

–

–

–

–

Switch channels–

0 ~ 9, +10
Special Remarks

Select track

Select track

Select track

Select track

–
q

–
q

Menu
CursorEnter
Page forward
screen / Browse/
Remote modeswitching (Press
and hold)
Return1-track/album
shuffle play
1-track/all-track
repeat play––

Buttons[0 ~ 9, +10]

q, w

q

GSpecial RemarksHq Only one component can be preset for each mode. If a new code is preset, the previous code is automatically cleared.
w The names of the functions for the DVD remote control buttons differ from brand to brand. Check beforehand.

NOTE• Preset a DVD player or DVD recorder for the “DVD” () mode. Preset a CD player or CD recorder for the “DVD” (• Preset a VCR for the “VCR” () mode. Preset a tape deck for the “VCR” () mode.

) mode.

67

Troubleshooting

Pause

Stop
Power onPower off

Information

Pause

Multi-Zone

3
2
SOURCE ON
SOURCE OFF

Remote Control

Buttons

iPod

Playback[SETUP/
SEARCH][CH + /SHUFFLE],[CH – /REPEAT][ENTER][uiop][RETURN]

VCR

Device Mode

Setup

[MENU][1],[8 9],[6 7], [3],[2],
[SOURCE ON],
[SOURCE OFF]DVD

Connections[MODE
SELECTOR]

MODE SELECTOR

Getting Started

EL Display
EL Display[MODE
SELECTOR]

Connections
Setup[MENU]

Playback[SETUP]

MODE SELECTOR[1],[8 9],[6 7], [3],[2],
[SOURCE ON],
[SOURCE OFF][ENTER][uiop][DISPLAY]

Remote Control[CH +/–][0 ~ 9, +10]
[TV/VCR]

Multi-Zone

Buttons

Information[MODE
SELECTOR]

Device operated
1
8 9
6 7
3
2
SOURCE ON
SOURCE OFF

TV (HITACHI)

TV (SONY)

SAT

SAT

Punch throughPunch throughPunch throughPunch throughPower onPower off

Power onPower off

Power onPower offMENU
u i o pENTERSETUPDISPLAY
CH + / –0 ~ 9, +10
TV/VCR
Special Remarks

Menu/guide
CursorEnter setting
Set up
Display
Switch channels
Channel selection
Switch inputs
q, ePower onPower off
Buttons
Menu/guide
CursorEnter setting
Set up
Display
Switch channels
Channel selection
Switch inputs
q, e

Menu/guide
CursorEnter setting
Set up
Display
Switch channels
Channel selection–
q, eMenu/guide
CursorEnter setting
Set up
Display
Switch channels
Channel selection–
q, e

EL Display

Troubleshooting[A ~ G], [d f],[BAND],[MODE],[MEMO][ENTER][uiop][SEARCH]

MODE SELECTOR[0 ~ 9]NET / DTU

Analog tuner
NET / USB
Preset memory block selection
Preset memory block selection
Tuning + / ––AM/FM switching–
Switch search modes–
Preset memory registration
Preset memory registration
Buttons–
Cursor–Enter, Playback/Pause

DAB–
Channel selection–
Switch search modes–––

SEARCHRDS search

SearchStation order selection

CH + / –Preset channel selection
Preset channel selection(1 ~ 8)Switch memory block

Preset channel selection
Preset channel selection(1 ~ 8)–Preset channel selection
Preset channel selection(1 ~ 8)Switch memory block

0~9
SHIFT

68

TU

Device Mode
Device operated
A~G
d f
BAND
MODE
MEMO
u i o pENTER

[CH +/–]

Buttons

Satellite Receiver / Cable TV

Device Mode

GSpecial RemarksHq Only one component can be preset for each mode. If a new code is preset, the previous code is automatically cleared.
e The CD, VCR or DVD buttons (one only set) can be assigned to the TV, satellite receiver and cable TV mode (vpage 70 “Punch Through
Function”).

EL Display[SHIFT]TV

[

NET/DTU]

NET/DTU
AMP (MAIN)[MODE SELECTOR]

iPod(Net Audio)

Remote ID[ iPod]5

1(Default)

81001

72815

62865

2

82001

72816

62837

3

83001

72817

62838

4

84001

72818

62839

Point the main remote control units directly at eachother and press and hold the button on the otherdevice’s remote control unit that you want to learn.
Once learning is completed normally, the display lights and thesignal transmission indicator flashes twice.
Other device’s
remote control unit

Setup

NOTE

[RC SETUP]

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Refer to the table at the right, and use [NUMBER] to
input the 5-digit number corresponding to the remote
ID to be changed.

4

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to
set.
Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [5], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice and the learningmode is set.

Press the button to be set.
The main remote control unit’s display turns off.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice and the setting
is completed.

• With some remote control units, the signals cannot be learned or thedevice will not operate properly even when the signals have beenlearned. In this case, use the device’s own remote control unit.
• Learned buttons have priority over the preset memory. If you nolonger need the learned setting, reset the learning function (vpage
71).

NOTE
• [HOME] cannot be learned.

• Do not learn any remote control signals at [RC SETUP].
• The AMP, ZONE2, ZONE3, ZONE4 and SYSTEM CALL modes cannot
be learned.

b If a button that cannot be learned is pressed, the signal transmission
indicator lights but the signal is not learned.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

4
5

Press [iPod] or [NET/DTU] to select the mode to be
set.
Repeat steps 2 to 4 to set the remote IDs for all modes.

69

Troubleshooting

1
2
3

Press [AMP] to set the main remote control unit to the
AMP mode.

1
2
3

6

Information

When using multiple DENON AV receivers in the same room,
make this setting so that only the desired AV receiver operates.

If your AV devices are of a brand other than DENON or if theycannot be operated with the preset memory function, theirremote control signals can be transfered to stored in the AVPA1HD’s main remote control unit.

Multi-Zone

Setting the Remote ID

Learning Functionb If you want to learn other buttons, repeat steps 4 and 5.
b The mode can be switched by pressing [MODE SELECTOR].
b	The signal transmission indicator lights once for a long time if
learning was not possible

Remote Control[NUMBER]

AVP-A1HD’s main remotecontrol unit (RC-1067)

Playback• When changing a setting, be sure to set the same remote ID as the
AVP-A1HD’s (vpage 40).
• When changing the AMP mode’s remote ID, also change the “iPod”
and “NET/DTU” remote ID at the same time.

Connections

[

AMP]

MODE SELECTOR

Getting Started

Signal transmission
indicator

System Call Function

Getting Started

Signaltransmission
indicator[

AMP]

Connections[MODE
SELECTOR][SYSTEM CALL]

This function lets you register a series of operations at a single
button.
For example, the amplifier can be turned on, the input source
selected, the monitor’s power turned on, the source device’s
power turned on and the play mode set all by pressing a single
button.
Up to 32 signals each can be registered at [SYSTEM CALL] (1, 2
or 3).

Setup

Registering[POWER ON]

Playback
Remote Control[CHANNEL+/–][NUMBER]Multi-Zone[RC SETUP]

Information
Troubleshooting[8], [9],[1],[6], [7],[3], [2]

70

1
2
3
4
5

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want toregister.
Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [8], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice and the systemcall registration mode is set.

Press [SYSTEM CALL] (1, 2 or 3) at which you want toregister the signals.
Press the buttons you want to register in the same
sequence as the operations you want to perform.

The signal transmission indicator lights when a button ispressed.
Example : Press [POWER ON].
		↓
Press [MODE SELECTOR] – [DVD].
		↓
Press [1].
b The mode can be switched by pressing [MODE SELECTOR].
b Perform the registration procedure for all the buttons you want toregister.

6

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice and the setting
is completed.

Calling out

1
2

Press [AMP], to select “SYSTEM CALL”.
Press [SYSTEM CALL] (1, 2 or 3) at which the signals
were registered.
The registered signals are transmitted in the registeredsequence.

Punch Through Function
CD, DVD or VCR mode buttons can be stored at unused TV or
SAT/CBL mode buttons.
For example, when DVD mode buttons are assigned to the TV
mode, the DVD mode operations can be performed while in the
TV mode.

1
2
3

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want topunch through (CD, DVD or VCR).

4
5
6

Press the button you want to punch through (1, 2,
6, 7, 8, 9 or 3).

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [9], [8] and [4], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice and the punchthrough setting mode is set.

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want topunch through (TV or SAT/CBL).
Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice and the setting
is completed.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [3], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice and the backlighton time setting mode is set.

Set the light on time.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

GResetting button by buttonH

1
2
3
4

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want toreset.
Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [6], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press the button you want to reset twice.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Adjusting the Backlight’s Brightness
The display’s brightness can be adjusted in 5 steps.
(Default: Step 3)

The display gets one step brighter when [+] is pressed.
The display gets one step darker when [–] is pressed.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

All settings
Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

1
2

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [9], [8] and [1], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator flashes 4 times.
All the settings are restored to their defaults.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [6], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want toreset twice.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Troubleshooting

Press [RC SETUP] to complete the setting.

Press [CHANNEL +] or [CHANNEL –].

Press [9], [8] and [4], in that order.

Information

3

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Multi-Zone

1
2

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

1
2
3
4

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want toreset.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

Remote Control

GResetting by device modeH

1
2
3
4

System call function
Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

1
2
3
4

Playback[Settable times] : [1] : 5 sec.
[2] : 10 sec. (Default)[3] : 15 sec.
[4] : 20 sec.
[5] : 25 sec.

Learning Function

Setup

3

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

Punch-through function
Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want toreset (TV or SAT/CBL).

Connections

1
2

Resetting the Main Remote Control Unit

Getting Started

Setting the Time the Backlight Stays Lit

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [8], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

Press [SYSTEM CALL] (1, 2 or 3) you want to reset.
Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

71

Getting Started

Sub Remote Control Unit Operations

Connections
Setup
Playback•	The sub remote control unit is equipped with frequently usedbuttons, so it can be used for simple remote control unit
operations.
•	The sub remote control unit can also be used for multi-zone, so
you can use it to control the AVP-A1HD from other rooms.
•	The operations listed below can be performed with the sub
remote control unit.
•	Switching the input source•	Adjusting the volume•	iPod operations•	NET/USB direct play•	GUI menu and ZONE2 on-screen display operations•	Zone power on/off•	It is not possible to operate devices other than the amplifier.

Remote Control[ZONE OFF][ZONE SELECT][ZONE ON]

Multi-Zone[SOURCE SELECT]

Functions of Buttons by Component
Device operated
Zone selection
ZONE SELECTZONE OFFZONE ON
SOURCE SELECTVOLUME + / –
MUTE
MENU
USB
ALL MUSIC *(Media server only)
FAVORITES *DVD, HDP, TV / CBL, DVR-1, DVR-2, VCR,
V.AUX, SAT, TUNER, CD, PHONO
M
Z2
Z3
Z4
Zone operation mode selection
Power turned off (b1)Power turned on (b1)
Input source selection (b2)–
Adjustment of volume (b1)–Muting (b1)
Selected zone menu
–
b3
–
b4

–

b5

–

b1: Affects the currently selected zone.
b2: In ZONE4, it is not possible to select sources with no digital input
signals (“PHONO”, “iPod”, etc.).
Network audio signals (Internet radio, media server, USB) can beplayed as long as they are not copyright-protected.
b3: The input source switches to “NET/USB” and the files on the USB
memory device are played.
b4: The input source switches to “NET/USB” and the files in “AllMusic” on the media server are played.
b5: The input source switches to “NET/USB” and the files in“Favorites” are played.
*: Whether “All Music” or “Favorites” is selected depends on the“Direct Play” setting (vpage 46).

DIRECT PLAY button• Playback is possible in the mode selected at GUI menu “Source Select” – “NET/USB” – “Playback Mode” – “Direct Play”.
FAVORITES: Playback starts from the first track registered in the favorites.
ALL MUSIC: Playback starts from the first track registered in the “All Music” folder.
• When [USB] is pressed, playback starts from the first track on the USB memory device.

NOTE
When the media server is stopped or restarted, it may no longer be possible to play tracks stored in the favorites.

Information
Troubleshooting[CHANNEL +/–]
[MUTE][MENU][uiop][SEARCH][REPEAT][RANDOM]

72[VOLUME +/–][SHIFT][ENTER][RETURN][8 9], [2], [1/3],[TUNING d f]
[ALL MUSIC], [FAVORITES]
[USB]

–
–
–
–
–

File operations

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Stop
Play/pause
1-track/all-track repeat play (USB / Media server)
Random play (USB / Media server)
b3

Stop
Play/pause
1-track/all-track repeat play
Song/album shuffle play
b3

–
–
–
–
–

b4

b4

–

b5

b5

–

Information

Track searchMulti-Zone

Track search

Remote Control–

Z4

Playback

Page forward screen /Character search

iPod
Z2
Z3
Zone operation mode selection
Power turned off (b1)Power turned on (b1)
Input source selection–
Adjustment of volume (b1)Muting (b1)
Selected zone menu
File operations
File operations
Page forward screen /Browse/Remote mode switching (press
and hold)
File operations
M

Setup

RETURN
8 9,
TUNING d f
2
1/3
REPEATRANDOMUSB
ALL MUSIC *(Media server only)
FAVORITES *Z4Connections

SEARCH

NET / USB
Z2
Z3
Zone operation mode selection
Power turned off (b1)Power turned on (b1)
Input source selection (b2)
Preset channel selection
Adjustment of volume (b1)Muting (b1)
Selected zone menu
File operations
File operations

M

Getting Started

Device operated
Zone selection
ZONE SELECTZONE OFFZONE ON
SOURCE SELECT
CHANNEL + / –VOLUME + / –
MUTE
MENU
u i o p
ENTER

Troubleshooting

b1: Affects the currently selected zone.
b2: In ZONE4, it is not possible to select sources with no digital input signals (“PHONO”, “iPod”, etc.).
Network audio signals (Internet radio, media server, USB) can be played as long as they are not copyright-protected.
b3: The input source switches to “NET/USB” and the files on the USB memory device are played.
b4: The input source switches to “NET/USB” and the files in “All Music” on the media server are played.
b5: The input source switches to “NET/USB” and the files in “Favorites” are played.
*: Whether “All Music” or “Favorites” is selected depends on the “Direct Play” setting (vpage 46).

73

Getting Started

Multi-zone indicator

Connections[ZONE OFF][ZONE SELECT][ADVANCED SETUP]

Setting the Zone for Which the Sub
Remote Control Unit is Used (ZONE
SELECT LOCK Mode)
We recommend always using the sub remote control unit for thesame room. When this is done, the unit can be set so that thezone does not switch when buttons are operated.

Setup

1
2

Playback
Remote Control
Multi-Zone[ALL MUSIC/FAVORITES][USB]

Information

Switching Zones

Troubleshooting

Use this procedure to select the zone to be operated by the sub
remote control unit.

1
2 SELECT]

Press [ZONE SELECT].

The currently selected multi-zone indicator lights.

While the multi-zone indicator is light, press [ZONE
to select the zone to be operated.
The currently selected multi-zone indicator lights.

74

3

Select the multi-zone to be set.
The selected multi-zone indicator lights.

Use the tip of a pen to press [ADVANCED SETUP].

The multi-zone indicator turns off.

To Cancel

1
2
3

When using multiple DENON AV receivers in the same room,
make this setting so that no AV receiver other than the desired
one operates.

1

While pressing [MENU], press [ADVANCED SETUP]
with the tip of a pen.

2

Select the remote ID to be set.

3

While pressing [MENU], press [ADVANCED SETUP]
with the tip of a pen.

All the multi-zone indicators light.

q To set to “MAIN ZONE” : Press [REPEAT].
w To set to “ZONE2”: Press [RANDOM].
e To set to “ZONE3”: Press [USB].
r To set to “ZONE4”: Press [ALL MUSIC/FAVORITES].

[MENU][RANDOM][REPEAT]Use the tip of a pen to press [ADVANCED SETUP].

Setting the Remote ID

Use the tip of a pen to press [ADVANCED SETUP].
The currently selected multi-zone indicator lights.

Press [ZONE SELECT].

All the multi-zone indicators light.

The multi-zone indicator corresponding to the currently selected
remote ID flashes.

q To set to 1 : Press [REPEAT].
The “M” indicator flashes.
w To set to 2 : Press [RANDOM].
The “Z2” indicator flashes.
e To set to 3 : Press [USB].
The “Z3” indicator flashes.
r To set to 4 : Press [ALL MUSIC/FAVORITES].
The “Z4” indicator flashes.

The multi-zone indicator turns off.

NOTE
When changing a setting, be sure to set the same remote ID as the
AVP-A1HD’s (vpage 40).

Use the tip of a pen to press [ADVANCED SETUP].

The multi-zone indicator turns off.

Resetting the Settings
While pressing [ZONE OFF], press [ADVANCED SETUP]
with the tip of a pen.
All the multi-zone indicators flash 4 times, then all the settings arerestored to their defaults.

Getting Started

Multi-Zone Connections and Operations

Connections

Multi-Zone Connections

Audio signals

Connectors for video output

ZONE2 PRE OUT

StereoBit-stream

ZONE3

ZONE3 PRE OUT

Stereo

ZONE3 VIDEO OUTZONE4

ZONE4 OPTICAL4 OUT

Bit-stream–

Remote Control

ZONE2 OPTICAL OUT

ZONE2 VIDEO OUT,ZONE2 S-VIDEO OUT,ZONE2 COMPONENT VIDEO OUTZONE2Playback

Connectors for audio output

Setup• For ZONE2, it is necessary to set in sequence with the signal connected to either the power amplifier or bit stream amps.
The amp should be the power amplifier in the case of ZONE3, and the bit-stream for ZONE4.
• If the signal inputted to ZONE2 is analog, change to PCM(2-channel) signal, and output it from ZONE2 optical output connectors.

Multi-Zone

ZONE2
Monitor

MAIN ZONE (7.1-channel system)

Information

ZONE4

Monitor
''-

48

'3

AVP-A1HD

Input
Power amplifier

ZONE2 video
output
ZONE3 video
output

ZONE2 audio
output

'3
'-

4-

48

$

'3

Troubleshooting

DVD player$

AV amplifierorPower amplifier$48

AV amplifier

43

ZONE2 digital output

ZONE3

43

4-

MonitorRemotecontrol unit
43

4-

4#
-

Power amplifier

4#
3

ZONE3 audio output

ZONE4
digital output: Video cable: Audio cable• When only using one speaker for ZONE2 or ZONE3, set to “Mono”.
In this case, the ZONE2 (ZONE3) monaural output is output fromthe ZONE2 (ZONE3) pre-out L and R connectors, so connect asdesired.
• Separate power amplifiers are needed for ZONE2 and ZONE3.

75

Getting Started

SOURCE SELECT <ZONE2/3/4/ REC SELECT> VOLUME

Multi-Zone Operations
Turning the Power On and Off
GOperation on the main unitH

Connections

Press <ZONE2 ON/OFF>, <ZONE3 ON/OFF> or <ZONE4 ON/OFF> forthe zone to be operated.
When the power turns on, the multi-zone indicator lights on the display.

GOperation on the remote control unitH

Setup

In the zone mode you want to operate, press [ON] or [OFF].

<ZONE2 ON/OFF> <ZONE3 ON/OFF> <ZONE4 ON/OFF>

Playback[

Selecting the Input Source

AMP]

Remote Control

GOperation on the main unitH[Z2 ON]

[ON]
[OFF]

[OFF]

Multi-Zone(ZONE3 or
ZONE4 mode)

VOLUME[MUTE][MENU]

Information

SOURCE
SELECT

GOperation on the remote control unitH

In the zone mode you want to operate, press [SOURCE SELECT].

Adjusting the Volume
GOperation on the main unitH(Main remote control unit)

Troubleshooting

Multi-zone
indicator[OFF][ZONE SELECT][ON]
SOURCE SELECTVOLUME[MUTE][MENU](Sub remote control unit)
About the button names in these explanations< > : Buttons on the main unit[]
: Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit76

q Press <ZONE2/3/4 / REC SELECT> and select the zone to be adjusted.
w Turn <SOURCE SELECT>.

q Press <ZONE2/3/4 / REC SELECT> and select the zone to be adjusted.
w Turn <VOLUME> to adjust.

GOperation on the remote control unitH

In the zone mode whose volume you want to adjust, press [VOLUME].

[Variable range] – – ––70dB ~ –40dB ~ 18dB

• The volume can be adjusted when GUI menu “Manual Setup”– “Zone Setup” – “(select the zone)” – “Volume Level” is set to“Variable”. The volume can be increased up to the value set at
GUI menu “Manual Setup” – “Zone Setup” – “(select the zone)”– “Volume Limit” (vpage 37).
• The volume for ZONE2 and ZONE3 can be adjusted with the remotecontrol unit.

Turning off the Sound Temporarily
In the zone mode for which you want to mute the sound, press[MUTE].
The sound is reduced to the level set at GUI menu “Manual Setup”– “Zone Setup” – “(select the zone)” – “Mute Level” (vpage 37).
To cancel, either adjust the volume or press [MUTE] again.
The setting is canceled when the zone’s power is turned off.

• The source selected for ZONE3 is also output from the recording
output connectors.
• When the [MENU] is selected, it is possible to carryout “Zone Setup”
looking at the on-screen display in ZONE2. Also, when the “OSD” isset as “ZONE2/ZONE3”, the on-screen display comes on the ZONE2
monitor when ZONE3 has been operated so it is possible to operate
it looking at this.
ZONE2 MENUZONE2 MENUINPUT :DVD
SIGNAL:ANALOG
VOL. :-40dB>Bass
TrebleHPF
Lch Lev.
Rch Lev.

0dB
0dB
OFF
0dB
0dB

>Channel
Vol.Lev.
Vol.Limit
P.On Lev.
Mute Lev.

STEREO
VAR
OFF
LAST
FULL

NOTE
• The digital signal from the digital input connectors (OPTICAL/
COAXIAL) are output to the analog audio connectors in ZONE2 andZONE3 in the case of PCM (2-channel) signals only.
• Digital audio signals input from the DENON LINK or HDMI connectors
cannot be played in multi-zone.
• The digital output (OPTICAL) from ZONE2 and ZONE4 cannot be
copyrighted network signals (internet radio, media server, andUSB).
• When certain digital signals are being input, noise may be output
from the ZONE2 and ZONE3 audio output connectors.

'-Other Information

$

4-DI

'3

43DI

Surround back speakers$'3

Number of surround back speakers
43DI

Movement of acoustic image from SR to SL

With THX Surround EX, the surround back channel consists of one
channel of playback signals, but we recommend using two speakers.
The modes that use the new ASA technology from THX (vpage 80)
are most effective when using two monopole type surround backspeakers placed close together.
Using two speakers results in a smoother blend with the sound of thesurround channels and better sound positioning of the surround backchannel when listening from a position other than the center.

Below we introduce examples of speaker layouts. Refer to these toarrange your speakers according to their type and how you want to
use them.

G1H For THX surround EX systems(Using surround back speakers)
q When mainly playing movies
Recommended when your surround speakers are single or 2-way
speakers.
Front speakers
Center speakerTroubleshooting

4-DI

Examples of speaker layouts

Monitor
Subwoofer
60°
Surroundspeaker

Surroundspeakers

Surround backspeaker

Front speaker
60 to 90 cm

Point slightly
downwards

60°
Surround back speakers
GAs seen from aboveH

Information

Speaker(s) for one or two channels are required in order to achievea THX Surround EX system with the AVP-A1HD. Adding these,
however, allows you to achieve stronger surround effects not onlywith sources recorded in THX Surround EX, but also with conventional
2- to 5.1 channel sources. The WIDE SCREEN mode is a mode forachieving surround sound with up to 7.1 channels using surround backspeakers, for sources recorded in conventional Dolby Surround as well
as Dolby Digital 5.1 channel and DTS Surround 5.1 channel sources.
Furthermore, all the DENON original surround modes (vpage 47“DSP Simulation Playback”) are compatible with 7.1 channel playback,so you can enjoy 7.1 channel sound with any signal source.

Multi-Zone

48

In addition to sources recorded in 6.1-channels, the surround effect ofconventional 2- to 5.1-channel sources can also be enhanced.

Remote Control'-

Movement of acoustic image fromSR to SB to SL

Playback

Change of positioning and acoustic image
with 5.1-channel systems

4#DI

Setup

The THX Surround EX format adds new “Surround Back” (SB)channels to the conventional 5.1 channel system. This makes it easy
to achieve sound positioned directly behind the listener, somethingthat was previously difficult with sources designed for conventional
multi surround speakers. In addition, the acoustic image extending
between the sides and the rear is narrowed, thus greatly improving
the expression of the surround signals for sounds moving from thesides to the back and from the front to the point directly behind thelistening position.

Using surround back speakers greatly improves the positioning of thesound at the rear. Because of this, the surround left and right channels
play an important role in achieving a smooth transition of the acoustic
image from the front to the back. As shown on the diagram above, in amovie theater the surround signals are also produced from diagonallyin front of the listeners, creating an acoustic image as if the soundwere floating in space.
To achieve these effects, we recommend placing the speakers for thesurround left and right channels slightly more towards the front thanwith conventional surround systems. Doing so sometimes increases
the surround effect when playing conventional 5.1 channel sources in
the THX Surround EX mode. Check the surround effects of the various
modes before selecting the surround mode.

Connections

About Speaker Installation

48

Placement of the surround left and right channels
when using surround back speakers

Getting Started

Change of positioning and acoustic image
with 6.1-channel systems

GAs seen from the sideH

77

Getting Started
Connections

w Setting for primarily watching movies using diffusion typespeakers for the surround speakers
For the greatest sense of surround sound envelopment, diffuse
radiation speakers such as bipolar (THX) types, or dipolar types,
provide a wider dispersion than is possible to obtain from a direct
radiating speaker (monopolar). Place these speakers at either sideof the prime listening position, mounted above ear level.

Front speakers
Center speaker

The AVP-A1HD is equipped with a digital signal processing circuit thatlets you play program sources in the surround mode to achieve thesame sense of presence as in a movie theater.

Monitor
Subwoofer
45° ~ 60°
Surroundspeaker A

Surroundspeaker A

Path of the surround sound from the
speakers to the listening position

Surround120°

Surround backspeaker

Front speaker
60 to 90 cm

Setup

Point slightly
downwards
Surroundspeaker B

Playback

Surroundspeaker

Surroundspeakers

Surround backspeaker

Remote Control

Front speaker
60 to 90 cm

Surround backspeaker
Surround speaker B
GAs seen from aboveH

Point slightly
downwards

GAs seen from the sideH

G2H When not using surround back speakers
Front speakers
Center speaker

60°

Multi-Zone

GAs seen from the sideH

Information
Troubleshootinge When playing movies and music
To activate the appropriate speakers for movies and music, wesuggest that during setup, choose Dolby Digital/DTS with THX andSurround Speakers A (the bipolar or dipolar speakers mounted at
the sides of the listening position).
Choose Dolby Digital/DTS without THX and Surround Speakers B(the direct radiating speakers mounted at the rear corners of thelistening room). Then, by simply activating the THX function (usedduring movie playback, the Surround A speakers are automatically
activated. For multi-channel music listening (Dolby Digital or DTS
music programs), turn off the THX enhancements by touching the
THX button on the remote control, and the Surround B speakers
will be automatically activated.
Example: Movie sources (Dolby, DTS Surround, etc.)“THX” or “THX Cinema” mode … Speakers AMusic sources (DVD video, DTS CD, etc.)“Dolby/DTS Surround” … Speakers B
The speakers can be switched at the touch of a button by turning
HOME THX CINEMA on when playing movies and off when playing
multi-channel music.

78

Dolby Digital
Dolby Digital is a multichannel digital signal format developed by Dolby
Laboratories.
A total of 5.1-channels are played: 3 front channels (“FL” , “FR” and“C”), 2 surround channels (“SL” and “SR”) and the “LFE” channel for
low frequencies.
Because of this, there is no crosstalk between channels and a realistic
sound field with a “three-dimensional” feeling (sense of distance,
movement and positioning) is achieved.
A real, overpowering sense of presence is achieved when playing
movie sources in AV rooms as well.

Dolby Digital Plus

Surround back speakers
GAs seen from aboveH

Dolby Surround

Monitor
Subwoofer
60°
Surround speaker
Front speaker
60 to 90 cm

120°
Surround speakers
GAs seen from aboveH

GAs seen from the sideH

Dolby Digital Plus is an improved Dolby Digital signal format that iscompatible with up to 7.1-channels of discrete digital sound and also
improves sound quality thanks to extra data bit rate performance. It
is upwardly compatible with conventional Dolby Digital, so it offers
greater flexibility in response to the source signal and the conditionsof the playback equipment.

Dolby TrueHD
Dolby TrueHD is a high definition audio technology developed by Dolby
Laboratories, using lossless coding technology to faithfully reproduce
the sound of the studio master.
This format is compatible with a maximum sampling frequency of 96
kHz and up to 7.1-channels, so it is used for applications particularly
prioritizing sound quality.

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
“Dolby”, “Pro Logic” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.

DTS-ES™ Discrete 6.1
DTS-ES™ Discrete 6.1 is a 6.1-channel discrete digital audio format
adding a surround back (SB) channel to the DTS digital surround sound.
Decoding of conventional 5.1-channel audio signals is also possible
according to the decoder.

DTS-ES™ Matrix 6.1
DTS-ES™ Matrix 6.1 is a 6.1-channel discrete digital audio format
inserting a surround back (SB) channel to the DTS digital surroundsound through matrix encoding. Decoding of conventional 5.1-channel
audio signals is also possible according to the decoder.

DTS NEO:6™ Surround
DTS NEO:6™ is a matrix decoding technology for achieving 6.1channel surround playback with 2-channel sources. It includes “DTS
NEO:6 CINEMA” suited for playing movies and “DTS NEO:6 MUSIC”
suited for playing music.

Re-EQ™ (Re-Equalization)
The tonal balance of a film soundtrack will be excessively bright andharsh when played back over audio equipment in the home because
film soundtracks are designed to be played back in large movie
theaters using very different professional equipment. Re-Equalization
restores the correct tonal balance for listening to a movie soundtrackin a normal home environment.

79

Troubleshooting

Sources recorded in Dolby Surround are indicated with the following
logo marks.
Dolby Surround support mark :DTS-HD Master Audio is DTS, Inc’s lossless audio format compatible
with up to 96 kHz/7.1-channels. The lossless audio coding technology
faithfully reproduces the sound of the studio master. It is fullycompatible with conventional products, including conventional DTS
digital surround 5.1-channel data.

THX is an exclusive set of standards and technologies establishedby the world-renowned film production company, Lucasfilm Ltd. THX
grew from George Lucas’ personal desire to make your experience ofthe film soundtrack, in both movie theaters and in your home theater,
as faithful as possible to what the director intended.
Movie soundtracks are mixed in special movie theaters called dubbing
stages and are designed to be played back in movie theaters with similarequipment and conditions. The soundtrack created for movie theaters
is then transferred directly onto Laserdisc, VHS tape, DVD, etc., and is
not changed for playback in a small home theater environment.
THX engineers developed patented technologies to accuratelytranslate the sound from the movie theater environment into thehome, correcting the tonal and spatial errors that occur. On the AVPA1HD, when the Home THX Cinema mode is on, THX post-processing
is automatically added after the Dolby Pro Logic, Dolby Digital or DTS
decoder:

Informationb Sources recorded in Dolby Surround

DTS-HD Master Audio

Home THX Cinema Surround

Multi-Zone

This is a three-dimensional sound technology developed jointly by
Dolby Laboratories and Lake Technology Ltd. of Australia for achieving
surround sound using regular headphones.
Previously, when using headphones all the sounds resonated inside
the head and it was uncomfortable to listen with headphones for long
periods of time. Dolby Headphone simulates speaker playback in aroom and places the sound at the front or the sides, outside the head,to achieve a powerful sound like the sound of movie or home theaters.
This technology is mainly for multichannel audio/video equipment with
Dolby Digital or Dolby Pro Logic Surround decoding functions andworks with a high performance digital signal processing (DSP) chip.
Dolby Headphone is effective not only for multichannel sources but
also for stereo programs.
On the AVP-A1HD, it is possible to output signals encoded in the Dolby
Headphone mode from the recording output terminal and record themon a separate recorder.

DTS-HD High Resolution Audio is an improved version of theconventional DTS, DTS-ES and DTS 96/24 signals formats, compatible
with sampling frequencies of 96 or 48 kHz and up to 7.1-channelsof discrete digital sound. High data bit rate performance provides
high quality sound. This format is fully compatible with conventional
products, including conventional DTS digital surround 5.1-channel
data.

Remote Control

Dolby Headphone

DTS-HD High Resolution Audio

Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #’s: 5,451,942;
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,226,616; 6,487,535 & other
U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS is a registeredtrademark and the DTS logos, Symbol, DTS-HD and DTS-HD
Master Audio are trademarks of DTS, Inc.© 1996-2007 DTS, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.

Playback

Dolby Pro Logic gx is a further improved version of the Dolby Pro Logic
g matrix decoding technology.
Audio signals recorded in 2-channels are decoded to achieve a naturalsound with up to 7.1-channels.
There are 3 modes: “Music” suited for playing music, “Cinema”
suited for playing movies, and “Game” which is optimized for playing
games.

DTS Digital Surround is the standard digital surround format of DTS,
Inc., compatible with a sampling frequency of 44.1 or 48 kHz and up
to 5.1-channels of digital discrete surround sound.

DTS 96/24 is a digital audio format enabling high sound quality
playback in 5.1-channels with a sampling frequency of 96 kHz and 24
bit quantization on DVD-Video.

Setup

Dolby Pro Logic gx

DTS Digital Surround

DTS 96/24

Connections

Dolby Pro Logic g is a matrix decoding technology developed by Dolby
Laboratories.
Regular music such as that on CDs is encoded into 5-channels toachieve an excellent surround effect.
The surround channel signals are converted into stereo and full bandsignals (with a frequency response of 20 Hz to 20 kHz or greater)
to create a “three-dimensional” sound image offering a rich sense ofpresence for all stereo sources.

DTS Surround

Getting Started

Dolby Pro Logic g

Getting Started
Connections
Setup
Playback

Timbre Matching™

THX Ultra2 Cinema

Boundary Gain Compensation

The human ear changes our perception of a sound depending on the
direction from which the sound is coming. In a movie theater, there
is an array of surround speakers so that the surround information is
all around you. In a home theater, only two speakers located to theside of your head are used. The Timbre Matching feature filters theinformation going to the surround speakers so that they more closely
match the tonal characteristics of the sound coming from the front
speakers. This ensures seamless panning between the front andsurround speakers.

THX Ultra2 Cinema mode plays 5.1 movies using all 8 speakers giving
you the best possible movie watching experience. In this mode, new
THX processing blends the side surround speakers and back surroundspeakers providing the optimal mix of ambient and directional surroundsounds.
DTS-ES (Matrix and 6.1 Discrete) and Dolby Digital Surround EX
encoded soundtracks will be automatically detected in Ultra2 Cinema
mode if the appropriate flag has been encoded.
Some Dolby Digital Surround EX soundtracks are missing the digitalflag that allows automatic switching. If you know that the movie thatyou are watching is encoded in Surround EX, you can manually selectthe THX Surround EX playback mode, otherwise THX Ultra2 Cinema
mode will apply processing to provide optimum replay.

If your chosen listening room layout (for practical or aesthetic reasons)results in the most of the listeners being close to the rear wall, theresulting bass level can be sufficiently reinforced by the boundarythat the overall sound quality becomes “boomy”. THX Ultra2 receivers
and controllers contain the BGC (Boundary Gain Compensation)
feature to provide an improved bass balance. BGC can be selectedby choosing “THX Ultra2 Subwoofer–Yes” from the “Boundary Gain
Compensation” section of the THX Audio setup menu.

Adaptive Decorrelation™

Remote Control

In a movie theater, a large number of surround speakers help create anenveloping surround sound experience, while in a home theater there
are usually only two speakers. This can make the surround speakers
sound like headphones that lack spaciousness and envelopment. The
surround sounds will also collapse into the closest speaker as you
move away from the middle seating position. Adaptive Decorrelationslightly changes one surround channel’s time and phase relationshipwith respect to the other surround channel. This expands the listening
position and creates—with only two speakers—the same spacious
surround experience as in a movie theater.

Multi-Zone

THX Ultra2™

Information
Troubleshooting

Before any home theater component can be THX Ultra2 certified,
it must incorporate all the features above and also pass a rigorous
series of quality and performance tests. Only then can a productfeature the THX Ultra2 logo, which is your guarantee that the Home
Theater products you purchase will give you superb performance formany years to come. THX Ultra2 requirements cover every aspectof the product including power amplifier performance, pre-amplifier
performance and operation, as well as hundreds of other parameters
in both the digital and analog domain.
In addition to improvements to the power amplifier with respect toprevious THX Ultra standards, three surround modes have been
added: the THX Ultra2 Cinema mode, THX Music Mode and THX
Games Mode.

80

THX Music Mode
For the replay of 5.1 multi-channel music the THX Music Mode should
be selected. In this mode new THX processing is applied to thesurround channels of all 5.1 encoded music sources such as DTS and
Dolby Digital to provide a wide stable rear soundstage.

THX Games Mode
For the replay of stereo and multi-channel game audio the THX Games
Mode should be selected. In this mode THX ASA processing is applied
to the surround channels of all 5.1 and 2.0 encoded game sources
such as analog, PCM, DTS and Dolby Digital. This accurately places all
game audio surround information, providing a full 360 degree playback
environment. THX Games Mode is unique as it gives you a smoothtransition of audio in all points of the surround field.

ASA (Advanced Speaker Array)
ASA is a proprietary THX technology which processes the sound fed to
2 side and 2 back surround speakers to provide the optimal surroundsound experience. When you set up your home theater system using
all eight speaker outputs (Left, Center, Right, Surround Right, Surround
Back Right, Surround Back Left, Surround Left and Subwoofer) placing
the two Surround Back speakers close together facing the front of theroom as shown in the diagram will provide the largest sweet spot. If
for practical reasons you have to place the Surround Back speakers
apart, you will need to go THX Audio Set-up screen and choose thesetting that most closely corresponds to the speaker spacing, which
will re-optimize the surround sound-field.
ASA is used in three new modes; THX Ultra2 Cinema, THX Music
Mode and THX Games Mode.

THX and Re-EQ, THX Timbre Matching, THX Adaptive Decorrelation,
and THX Advanced Speaker Array are trademarks of THX Ltd. THX
may be registered in some jurisdictions. All rights reserved.

THX™ Surround EX™
In 1999, a new surround system was launched simultaneouslywith the release of the movie “Star Wars Episode I”. “Dolby Digital
Surround EX” is a new movie sound track that greatly enhances
the sense of spatial expression and the positioning of the surroundchannel sound. The result is 360 degrees of movement and moving
sound effects that seem to pass right over the listener’s head. Thissystem was developed jointly by THX and Dolby Laboratories, fusing
THX’s idea of improving spatial expression and achieving a uniform 360
degree sound positioning with Dolby Laboratories’ matrix encoding
technology. Emphasis was placed on compatibility with the existing
system Dolby Digital 5.1 channel, and the new “surround back (SB)channel” was added to achieve improvements over the conventional
5.1 channel system in terms of the positioning of the sound at therear, the acoustic image of sound moving from the two sides to theback as well as sound moving from the front to the center rear withthe multi surround speaker systems used in movie theaters, thereby
enabling various types of surround sound. The surround back channel
signal is a matrix-encoded signal inserted into both the Dolby Digital
SL (surround left) and SR (surround right) channels. Upon playback, thesignals are decoded by a high precision digital matrix decoder within
the Dolby Digital decoder into the SL, SR and SB channels and output
as 6.1 channels of signals. With the AVP-A1HD, the signals further
undergo Home THX Cinema processing to achieve a THX SurroundEX system. Even without the proper environment for playing the SB
channel, Dolby Digital Surround EX signals are 100% compatible withexisting 5.1 channel playback systems, so they can be played as such.
In this case, the SB channel signal is produced as a monaural signal
from both the SL and SR channels, so none of the signal components
are missing. The effects specific to THX Surround EX (the sense of
spatial expression and the positioning of the sound), however, are thesame as with conventional 5.1 channel surround systems.

Audyssey MultEQ® XT

81

Troubleshooting

For more information, visit www.audyssey.com.

Information

Manufactured under license from Audyssey Laboratories. U.S. andforeign patents pending. Audyssey MultEQ® XT is a registeredtrademark of Audyssey Laboratories. Dynamic EQ™ is a trademarkof Audyssey Laboratories.

Multi-Zone

Equipped with “Advanced AL24 Processing” time axis region
information volume expansion
In addition to the existing “AL24 Processing Plus” bit expansion
technology, DENON has also developed “Advanced AL24 Processing”
that dramatically improves information volume in the time axis region
using high-speed signal detection and processing technology. In
addition to expanding original 16-bit digital data to 24 bits, “Advanced
AL24 Processing” uses data interpolation along the time axis or upconverted sampling to achieve natural interpolation without losing theoriginal data. A digital filter is used to further expand adaptability andperform optimum filtering calculations for ringing-free pulse response,
pulsive music data and attack sounds.
This results in the reproduction of such spatial information as thedelicate nuances in the music, the positions of the performers, andthe breadth, height, and depth of the concert hall. “Advanced AL24
Processing” is conducted for all channels and modes other than DSD
DIRECT.

Remote Control

Audyssey Dynamic EQ solves the problem of deteriorating soundquality as volume is decreased by taking into account human perception
and room acoustics. Dynamic EQ selects the best possible frequency
response and surround levels moment-by-moment as volume ischanged. The result is bass response, tonal balance and surround
impression that remain constant despite changes in volume. This is
the first technology to combine information from incoming source
levels with actual output sound levels in the room, a pre-requisite fordelivering a loudness correction solution. Audyssey Dynamic EQ works
in tandem with Audyssey MultEQ to provide well-balanced sound forevery listener at any volume level.

Advanced AL24 Processing MultichannelPlayback

Audyssey Dynamic EQ™

®, HDCD®, High Definition Compatible Digital® andMicrosoft® are either registered trademarks or trademarks ofMicrosoft Corporation, Inc. in the United States and/or othercountries. HDCD system manufactured under license fromMicrosoft Corporation, Inc. This product is covered by one or moreof the following: In the USA: 5,479,168, 5,638,074, 5,640,161,
5,808,574, 5,838,274, 5,854,600, 5,864,311, 5,872,531, and inAustralia: 669114. Other patents pending.

DENON LINK is a unique digital, balanced transfer type interface
developed by DENON. It offers high speed, high quality transfer ofdigital audio data with low signal loss. It can be used together with
DENON DVD players equipped with a special DENON LINK connector
using a single cable to enable playback with high sound quality.
It allows digital transfer of the 192 kHz/24 bit 2-channel digital signalsof DVD-Audio discs, PCM multi-channel signals, etc. Full-spec digitaltransfer of the audio contents of Super Audio CD is possible byconnecting a player equipped for DENON LINK 3rd Edition.

Setup

Audyssey MultEQ® XT is the first technology to properly measure soundinformation throughout a listening area, then combine this informationto accurately represent the acoustical problems in the room. Based onthese measurements, MultEQ XT calculates an equalization solutionthat corrects for both time and frequency response problems in every
seat. Audyssey MultEQ XT not only corrects frequency response
problem in a large listening area but also performs a fully automatedsurround system setup.
For a detailed description, see page 25.

HDCD® is an encoding/decoding technology that greatly reduces
the distortion that occurs upon digital recording while maintaining
compatibility with the conventional CD format, thus expanding the
dynamic range and achieving a high resolution.
Conventional CDs and HDCD compatible CDs are identified
automatically to select the optimum digital processing.

DENON LINK

Connections

Audyssey

HDCD®
(High Definition Compatible Digital®)

Getting Started

THX and Ultra2 are trademarks of THX Ltd. THX may be registeredin some jurisdictions. All rights reserved. Surround EX is atrademark of Dolby Laboratories. Used with permission.

Getting Started

HDMI(High-Definition Multimedia Interface)

Connections
Setup

HDMI is a digital interface standard for next generation TVs basedon DVI (Digital Visual Interface) standards and optimized for use in
consumer equipment.
Non-compressed digital video and multi-channel audio signals aretransmitted with a single connection.
HDMI is also compatible with HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Contents
Protection), a technology for protecting copyrights that encrypts digital
video signals in the same was as with DVI.

Surround Modes and Parameters
Signals and adjustability in the different modes
Channel output

Surround Mode

Parameter (default values are shown in parentheses)

Playback
Remote Control

Front L/R

Center

Surround
L/R

Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting

SB CH Out

CinemaEQ.

PURE DIRECT, DIRECT

S

A

A

A

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)DSD DIRECT

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

DSD MULTI DIRECT

S

D

D

D

D

A

A

A

S (0 dB)AS

MULTI CH DIRECT

S

D

D

D

D

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (ON)

S

STEREO

S

A

A

A

D

A

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)A

A

Deep Color

EXT. IN

S

D

D

D

A

D

A

A

A

A

S (NOTE6)S

D

D

Eliminates on-screen color banding, for smooth tonal transitions andsubtle gradations between colors.
Enables increased contrast ratio.
Can represent many times more shades of gray between black andwhite.
At 30-bit pixel depth, a four times improvement would be the minimum,
and the typical improvement would be eight times or more.

MULTI CH IN

A

D

D

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (ON)S

WIDE SCREEN

S

D

A

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)AS

S (OFF)HOME THX CINEMA
(2ch)

S

HOME THX CINEMA(5.1ch)

D

D

D

D

A

A

A

A

S

A

DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx

S

D

D

D

D

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (ON)

S

A

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)AAS

S (NOTE1)DOLBY PRO LOGIC g

S

D

D

A

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)AAS

S (NOTE2)DTS NEO:6

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)AAS

S (NOTE1)DOLBY DIGITAL

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)

S (ON)S

S (OFF)

Next-generation “xvYCC” color space supports 1.8 times as manycolors as existing HDTV signals.
Lets HDTVs display colors more accurately.
Enables displays with natural, vivid colors.

DTS SURROUND

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)

S (ON)S

S (OFF)

7CH STEREO

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)ASASUPER STADIUM

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)ASAROCK ARENA

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)AS

A

Lip Sync

JAZZ CLUB

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)

A

S

A

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)A

S

A

Because consumer electronics devices are using increasingly
complex digital signal processing to enhance the clarity and detail ofthe content, synchronization of video and audio in user devices has
become a greater challenge and could potentially require complex enduser adjustments. HDMI 1.3 incorporates an automatic video/audio
synching capability that allows devices to perform this synchronization
automatically with total accuracy.

CLASSIC CONCERTMONO MOVIE

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)ASA

VIDEO GAME

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)ASAMATRIX

S

D

D

D

D

S (OFF)S (Auto)S (0 dB)ASA

DOLBY HEADPHONE

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

xvYCC

“HDMI”, “HDMI logo” and “High-Definition Multimedia Interface”
are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing
LLC.

82

SurroundBack L/R

Su­b­­­­woofer

D. COMP
z1

DRC

LFE
z2

AFDM
z3

z1

S : Signal / Adjustable
A : No signal / Not adjustable
D :	Turned on or off by speaker configuration setting
NOTE1 :	This parameter is availabe when the GUI menu “Parameter” – “Audio” – “Surround Parameters” – “Mode” is set to “Cinema”(vpage 48).
NOTE2 :	This parameter is availabe when the GUI menu “Parameter” – “Audio” – “Surround Parameters” – “Mode” is set to “Cinema”
or “Pro Logic” (vpage 48).
NOTE6 :	This parameter can be used when GUI menu “Manual Setup”– “Audio Setup”– “ EXT. IN Setup”– “Mode” is set to “DSP”(vpage 32)
NOTE:
z1 :	When playing Dolby Digital and DTS signals.
z2 :	When playing Dolby True HD signal.
z3 :	When playing Dolby Digital, DTS, DVD-Audio and Super Audio CD.

Surround Mode
Mode

Decoder

Room Size

Effect Level Delay Time Subwoofer

PRO LOGIC g/gx MUSIC mode
only

EXT. IN only

CenterWidthCenterImage

Subwoofer
Att.

Input
ChannelDynamic
EQz

Tone

Night Mode

Room EQ

S (NOTE5) S (NOTE5)RESTORER

PURE DIRECT, DIRECT

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (OFF)DSD DIRECT

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

DSD MULTI DIRECT

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

MULTI CH DIRECT

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (OFF)

S (NOTE5) S (NOTE5)ASTEREO

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)S

EXT. IN

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

S (NOTE6)

A

A

A

A

A

MULTI CH IN

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)A

WIDE SCREEN

A

A

A

S (ON, 10)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)ADOLBY PRO LOGIC gx

S (Cinema)

A

A

A

A

A

S (OFF)

S (3)

S (3)

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)SDOLBY PRO LOGIC g

S (Cinema)

A

A

A

A

A

S (OFF)

S (3)

S (3)

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)SDTS NEO:6

S (Cinema)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0.3)AA

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)SDOLBY DIGITAL

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)ADTS SURROUND

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)A

7CH STEREO

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)S

SUPER STADIUMAA

S (Medium)S (10)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (NOTE3)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S

ROCK ARENAAA

S (Medium)S (10)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (NOTE4)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)S

JAZZ CLUBAA

S (Medium)S (10)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)S

CLASSIC CONCERTA

A

S (Medium)S (10)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)S

MONO MOVIEAAS (Medium)

S (0)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)S

VIDEO GAMEAA

S (Medium)S (10)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)S

MATRIXAA

AA

S (30 ms)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)SDOLBY HEADPHONE

A

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (0 dB)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)

S (OFF)S

Troubleshooting

A

Information

A

Multi-Zone

A

Remote Control

S

Playback

S (PLIIx C)

HOME THX CINEMA(5.1ch)Setup

HOME THX CINEMA(2ch)

Connections

Panorama Dimension

NEO:6
MUSIC
mode only

Getting Started

Signals and adjustability in the different modes
Parameter (default values are shown in parentheses)

S : Signal / Adjustable
A : No signal / Not adjustable
NOTE3 : BASS +6 dB, TREBLE 0 dB
NOTE4 : BASS +6 dB, TREBLE +4 dB
NOTE5 : Can be used according to the “Direct Mode” setting.
NOTE6 : “DSP” mode onlyz : Can be set when GUI menu “Parameter” – “Audio” – “Room EQ” (vpage 51) is set to “Audyssey”, “Audyssey Flat”, “Audyssey Byp.L/R”.

83Getting Started

Differences in Surround Mode Names Depending on the Input Signals
Input signals

ButtonSurround mode

Note

Connections

WMA(Windows
LINEARMedia Audio)
ANALOG PCM // MP3 /WAV
MPEG-4
AAC / FLACDTSDTS ESDSCRT(With Flag)DTS ES
MTRX(With Flag)DOLBY DIGITAL
DTS(5.1ch)

DTS
96/24

DOLBY
DIGITAL EX(With Flag)

DVD-AUDIO

DOLBY
DOLBY
DOLBY DOLBYDVDDIGITAL EX
DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL
Audio(With no(5.1/5/4ch) (4/3ch)(2ch)(multi ch)
Flag)

Super Audio CD

DVDAudio(2ch)

DSD(multi ch)

DSD
(2ch)

HOME THX CINEMA
z1

A

A

A

D

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

ES MTRX6.1 + THX

z1

A

A

A

A

D

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

THX SURROUND EX

z1

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

D

S

S

S

A

S

A

S

A

THX Ultra2 Cinema

z2

A

A

A

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

A

S

A

S

A

THX Music Mode

z2

A

A

A

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

A

S

A

S

A

THX Games Mode

z2

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

A

A

A

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

A

S

A

S

A

Remote Control

PLgx C + THX

z3

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

PLg C + THX

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

DOLBY PL + THX

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

NEO:6 + THX

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

MULTI CH 7.1 + THX

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S (7.1)A

A

A

Multi-Zone

MULTI CH 5.1 + THX

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

Setup

ES DSCRT6.1 + THX

Playback

THX Cinema

STANDARDDTS SURROUND
A

A

A

F D

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

z1

A

A

A

A

F D

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

DTS SURROUND

A

A

A

S

S

F

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

DTS 96/24

A

A

A

A

A

A

F

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

DTS ES MTRX6.1

DTS + PLgx CINEMA

z2

A

A

A

S

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Troubleshooting

z1

Information

DTS ES DSCRT6.1

DTS + PLgx MUSIC

z1

A

A

A

S

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

DTS + NEO:6

z1

A

A

A

A

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

DTS NEO:6 CINEMADTS NEO:6 MUSICNOTE:
z1: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “None”.
z2: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “1spkr” or “None”.
z3: For input signals other than 2 channel signals, this mode cannot be selected when surround back speaker is set to“1spkr” or “None”.

84

F : Mode selectable in initial status
D : Mode fixed when “AFDM” is “ON”
S : Selectable mode
A : Non-selectable mode

Surround mode

Note

DTS

DOLBY DIGITALDTS ESDSCRT(With Flag)DTS ES
MTRX(With Flag)

DTS(5.1ch)

DTS
96/24

DOLBY
DIGITAL EX(With Flag)

DVD-AUDIO

DOLBY
DOLBY
DOLBY DOLBYDVDDIGITAL EX
DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL
Audio(With no(5.1/5/4ch) (4/3ch)(2ch)(multi ch)
Flag)

Super Audio CD

DVDAudio(2ch)

DSD(multi ch)

DSD
(2ch)

STANDARDDOLBY SURROUNDDOLBY DIGITAL EX

z1

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

F

F

F

A

A

A

A

A
A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

F D

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

DOLBY DIGITAL + PLgx MUSIC

z1

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx CINEMA

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

F

A

S

A

S

DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx MUSIC

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx GAME

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

DOLBY PRO LOGIC g CINEMA

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

DOLBY PRO LOGIC g MUSIC

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

DOLBY PRO LOGIC g GAME

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

DOLBY PRO LOGIC

S

S

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

DOLBY HEADPHONEz4

MULTI CH IN
A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

F

A

F

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

MULTI IN + PLgx MUSIC

z1

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

MULTI CH IN 7.1

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

F D (7.1)

A

A

A

DIRECT

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

A

S

A

S

DSD DIRECT

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

DSD MULTI DIRECT

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

MULTI CH DIRECT

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

DIRECTM DIRECT + PLgx CINEMA

z2

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

M DIRECT + PLgx MUSIC

z1

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

A

A

M DIRECT 7.1

NOTE:
z1: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “None”.
z2: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “1spkr” or “None”.
z4: You can select this when the headphone plug is inserted into the headphone jack.

F : Mode selectable in initial status
D : Mode fixed when “AFDM” is “ON”
S : Selectable mode
A : Non-selectable mode

85

TroubleshootingA

z2

InformationA

MULTI IN + PLgx CINEMA

Multi-Zone

MULTI CH IN

Remote Controlz2

Playback

DOLBY DIGITAL + PLgx CINEMA

Setup

DOLBY DIGITAL

Connections

WMA(Windows
LINEARMedia Audio)
ANALOG PCM // MP3 /WAV
MPEG-4
AAC / FLAC

Getting Started

Input signals

ButtonInput signals

Getting Started

ButtonSurround mode

Note

LINEARANALOG PCM /WAVConnections

WMA(Windows
Media Audio)/ MP3 /
MPEG-4
AAC / FLACDTSDOLBY DIGITALDTS ESDSCRT(With Flag)DTS ES
MTRX(With Flag)

DTS(5.1ch)DTS
96/24

DVD-AUDIO

DOLBY
DOLBY
DOLBY
DOLBY DOLBYDVDDIGITAL EX DIGITAL EX
DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL
Audio(With Flag) (With no Flag) (5.1/5/4ch) (4/3ch)(2ch)(multi ch)

Super Audio CD

DVDAudio(2ch)

DSD(multi
ch)

DSD
(2ch)

PURE DIRECT

Setup

PURE DIRECT

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

A

S

A

S

DSD PURE DIRECT

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

DSD MULTI PURE

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

MULTI CH PURE DIRECT

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

Playback

M PURE D + PLgx CINEMA

z2

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

M PURE D + PLgx MUSIC

z1

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

A

A

A

M CH PURE DIRECT 7.1
DSP SIMULATION

Remote Control

7CH STEREO

z5

Multi-Zone

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

WIDE SCREEN

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

SUPER STADIUM

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

ROCK ARENA

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

JAZZ CLUB

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

CLASSIC CONCERT

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

MONO MOVIE

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

VIDEO GAME

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

MATRIX

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

STEREO

F

F

F

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

F

S

F

Information

STEREO

Troubleshooting

NOTE :
z1: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “None”.
z2: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “1spkr” or “None”.
z5:	If the surround back speaker setup is set to “None” and when using headphones, then “5CH STEREO” is displayed.
		 “9CH STEREO” is displayed when surround (A+B) and the surround back speaker are used.

86

F : Mode selectable in initial status
S : Selectable mode
A : Non-selectable modeWindows Media Player Ver.11

Wi-Fi®

IEEE 802.11b
This is one wireless LAN standard set by the 802 working groupthat establishes LAN technology standards at the IEEE (Institute ofElectrical and Electronics Engineers) of the United States. It uses the
2.4 GHz band usable freely without a radio frequency license (ISMband), enabling communications at a maximum speed of 11 Mbps.

“Infrastructure Communications” refers to networks using wireless
LAN access points.
This function can be used to connect to the Internet or a wired LAN
via a wireless LAN access point. Wireless LAN access points include
wireless broadband routers.

Ad-hoc Communications
Signal transfer through wireless interconnection of computers is referred
to as “ad hoc communications”. With such ad hoc communications
there is no connection to the Internet. Ad hoc communications are
suited for establishing simple temporary networks.

Network Names (SSID: Security Set Identifier)When forming wireless LAN networks, groups are formed to prevent
interference, data theft, etc. This grouping is done by “SSID” or“Security Set Identifiers”. For further security, a WEP key is set andsignal transfer is not possible unless the SSID and WEP key match.

WEP Key (Network Key)This is key information used for encrypting data when conducting
data transfer. On the AVP-A1HD, the same WEP key is used for dataencryption and decryption, so the same WEP key must be set on
both devices in order for communications to be established between
them.

The value indicated above is the maximum theoretical value for thewireless LAN standard, and does not indicate the actual data transfer
rate.

87

Troubleshooting

Wi-Fi Certification assures tested and proven interoperability by the
Wi-Fi Alliance, a group certifying interoperability among wireless LAN
devices.

Infrastructure Communications

Information• DLNA and DLNA CERTIFIED are trademarks and/or service marks ofDigital Living Network Alliance.
• Some contents may not be compatible with other DLNA CERTIFIED™
products.

About Wireless LAN

The value indicated above is the maximum theoretical value for thewireless LAN standard, and does not indicate the actual data transfer
rate.

Multi-Zone

DLNA• Content providers are using the digital rights management technology
for Windows Media contained in this device (WM-DRM) to protect
the integrity of their content (Secure Content) so that their intellectual
property, including copyright, in such content is not misappropriated.
This device uses WM-DRM software to play Secure Content (WMDRM Software). If the security of the WM-DRM Software in thisdevice has been compromised, owners of Secure Content (Secure
Content Owners) may request that Microsoft revoke the WM-DRM
Software’s right to acquire new licenses to copy, display and/or play
Secure Content. Revocation does not alter the WM-DRM Software’s
ability to play unprotected content. A list of revoked WM-DRM
Software is sent to your device whenever you download a license
for Secure Content from the Internet or from a PC. Microsoft may,in conjunction with such license, also download revocation list onto
your device on behalf of Secure Content Owners.

Remote Control

This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights ofNothing Else Matters Software and BridgeCo. Use or distribution ofsuch technology outside of this product is prohibited without a licensefrom Nothing Else Matters Software and BridgeCo or an authorizedsubsidiary.

• The PlaysForSure logo, Windows Media and the Windows logo aretrademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.

Playback

This is a free online contents server for Internet radio. Note that usage
fees are included in upgrade costs.
For inquiries about this service, visit the vTuner site below.
vTuner website: http://www.radiodenon.com• Windows Vista and the Windows logo are trademarks of theMicrosoft group of companies.

This is another wireless LAN standard set by the 802 working groupthat establishes LAN technology standards at the IEEE (Institute ofElectrical and Electronics Engineers) of the United States, and iscompatible with IEEE 802.11b. It also uses the 2.4 GHz band, but
enables communications at a maximum speed of 54 Mbps.

Setup

vTuner

A copyright-protected technology developed by Microsoft.

IEEE 802.11g

Connections

This is a media player distributed free of charge by Microsoft
Corporation.
It can be used to play playlists created with Windows Media Playerver. 11 as well as files in such formats as WMA, DRM WMA, MP3
and WAV.

Windows Media DRM

Getting Started

About Networks

Getting Started

WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)This is a security standard established by the Wi-Fi Alliance. In addition
to the conventional SSID (network name) and WEP key (network key),it also uses a user identification function and encrypting protocol forstronger security.

Connections

WPA2 (Wi-Fi Protected Access 2)This is a new version of the WPA established by the Wi-Fi Alliance,compatible with more secure AES encryption.

Setup

WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK (Pre-shared Key)

Playback

This is a simple authentication system for mutual authentication whena preset character string matches on the wireless LAN access pointand client.

Remote Control

Passphrase
This refers to the code key used for WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK authentication,a WPA authentication method.

TKIP (Temporal Key Integrity Protocol)

Multi-Zone

This is a network key used for WPA. The encryption algorithm is RC4,
the same as for WEP, but the security level is increased by changing
the network key used for encryption for each packet.

AES (Advanced Encryption Standard)Information
TroubleshootingThis is a next generation standard encryption method replacing thecurrent DES and 3DES, and because of its high security it is expected tobe applied widely to wireless LANs in the future. It uses the “Rijndael”
algorithm developed by two Belgian cryptographers to divide the data
into blocks of fixed lengths and encrypt each block. It supports data
lengths of 128, 192 and 256 bits and key lengths of 128, 192 and 256
bits as well, offering extremely high encryption security.

88

n MAIN ZONEVideo Convert

Monitor output
COMPONENTS-VIDEO

VIDEO

VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1

VIDEOz1 z5
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1A
ACOMPONENTz1
VIDEOz1 z5
A
COMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1

VIDEOz1 z5
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1A
ACOMPONENTz1
VIDEO z1 z5
VIDEO
COMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1

A : No output
b : Output according to “Resolution” setting (i/p Scaler : When “A to H” is set)z1 : The “Picture Adjust” setting can be made (“Contrast”, “Brightness”,(vpage 45).
“Chroma Level”, “Hue”).
: Wallpaper or set background color displayedz2 : The “Picture Adjust” setting can be made (“DNR”, “Enhancer”,: Output according to “Resolution” setting (i/p Scaler : When “H to H” is“Sharpness”).
set) (vpage 45).
z3 : Superimposed over video signal: GUI menu not displayedz4 :	Only displayed when the MENU button is pressedz5 : If the input signal is in SECAM format, it is converted to PAL for output• The MAIN ZONE video conversion function is compatible with the following formats: NTSC, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4,43, PAL -N, PAL -M and PAL -60.
• When SECAM signals of video input are up-converted, the signals are output in PAL format from the S-Video connector.
• If the input signal is a component 1080p signal, up-converting to HDMI is not possible.
• The GUI menu display cannot be superimposed when xvYCC signals and component 1080p signal, computer’s resolution (e.g. VGA) are input.

89

Troubleshooting

VIDEOz1 z5
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1A
ACOMPONENTz1
VIDEO z1 z5
VIDEO
COMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1
A
VIDEO z1 z5
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1A
ACOMPONENTz1
VIDEO z1 z5
VIDEO
COMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1

Information

VIDEOz1 z5
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1A
ACOMPONENTz1
VIDEO z1 z5
A
COMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1
A
VIDEO z1 z5
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1A
ACOMPONENTz1
VIDEO z1 z5
A
COMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOCOMPONENTz1

Multi-Zone

VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
A
VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1
S-VIDEOz1COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1
COMPONENTCOMPONENTz1
COMPONENTz1

Monitor output (when GUI menu displayed)
HDMI
COMPONENTS-VIDEO
VIDEO
z4
z4
z4
b z4
z
z
z
b VIDEO 3
VIDEO 3VIDEO 3VIDEOz3zzzb S-VIDEO 3
S-VIDEO 3
S-VIDEO 3
S-VIDEOz3b S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
z4
z4
z4
b z4
b COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3
A
A
z
z
z
b COMPONENT 3 COMPONENT 3 COMPONENT 3 COMPONENTz3zzb VIDEOz3
VIDEO 3VIDEO 3VIDEOz3b COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3
VIDEO
Ab COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3zzzb S-VIDEO 3
S-VIDEO 3
S-VIDEO 3
S-VIDEOz3
b COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
b COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3b S-VIDEO*3
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
b COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
b COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3z
HDMI 3A
A
A
HDMIz3
VIDEO
VIDEO
VIDEO
HDMIz3
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
HDMIz3
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
HDMIz3
COMPONENTAAzHDMI 3
COMPONENTA
A
HDMIz3
COMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENT
HDMIz3
COMPONENT
VIDEO
VIDEO
HDMIz3
COMPONENT
VIDEO
AHDMIz3
COMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTz
HDMI 3
COMPONENTS-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
HDMIz3
COMPONENTS-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
HDMIz3
COMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENTz
HDMI 3
COMPONENTS-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
HDMIz3
COMPONENTS-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
HDMIz3
COMPONENTCOMPONENTCOMPONENT
z4
z4
z4
A
VIDEOz3
VIDEOz3
VIDEOz3A
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
A
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
A
z
z
z4
4
4
A
COMPONENTz3AAACOMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3
Azz
VIDEO 3VIDEO 3VIDEOz3A
COMPONENTz3
VIDEO
A
A
COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3
A
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
S-VIDEOz3
A
COMPONENTz3
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEOA
COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3
Azz
S-VIDEO 3
S-VIDEO 3
S-VIDEOz3
A
COMPONENTz3
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEOA
COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3 COMPONENTz3
A

Remote Control

S : Signal present
A : No signal
480p ~ 720p : 480p / 576p / 1080i / 720p

HDMI
bb VIDEOz1b S-VIDEOz1b S-VIDEOz1
Ab COMPONENTz1
b COMPONENTz1
b VIDEOz1b COMPONENTz1
b COMPONENTz1b S-VIDEOz1b COMPONENTz1
b COMPONENTz1b S-VIDEOz1b COMPONENTz1
b COMPONENTz1
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
HDMIz2
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

Playback

Without HDMI
monitororwith HDMI
monitor off

VIDEO
A
S
A
S
A
A
A
S
S
S
A
A
A
S
S
S
A
S
A
S
A
A
A
S
S
S
A
A
A
S
S
S
A
S
A
S
A
A
A
S
S
S
A
A
A
S
S
S

Setup

With HDMI
monitorInput signal
COMPONENTS-VIDEO
A
A
A
A
A
S
A
S
S (1080p)
A
S (480p ~ 720p)
AS (480i/576i)
A
S (1080p)
A
S (480p ~ 720p)
AS (480i/576i)
A
S (1080p)
S
S (480p ~ 720p)
S
S (480i/576i)
S
S (1080p)
S
S (480p ~ 720p)
S
S (480i/576i)
S
A
A
A
A
A
S
A
S
S (1080p)
A
S (480p ~ 720p)
AS (480i/576i)
A
S (1080p)
A
S (480p ~ 720p)
AS (480i/576i)
A
S (1080p)
S
S (480p ~ 720p)
S
S (480i/576i)
S
S (1080p)
S
S (480p ~ 720p)
S
S (480i/576i)
S
A
A
A
A
A
S
A
S
S (1080p)
A
S (480p ~ 720p)
AS (480i/576i)
A
S (1080p)
A
S (480p ~ 720p)
AS (480i/576i)
A
S (1080p)
S
S (480p ~ 720p)
S
S (480i/576i)
S
S (1080p)
S
S (480p ~ 720p)
S
S (480i/576i)
S

Connections

ON

HDMI
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

Getting Started

Relationship Between Video Signals and Monitor Output

Getting Started

Video Convert

Connections
Setup

OFF

Input signal

Monitor output (Normally)

Monitor output (when GUI menu displayed)

Playback
Remote Control

HDMI

COMPONENTS-VIDEO

VIDEO

HDMI

COMPONENTS-VIDEO

VIDEO

HDMI

COMPONENTS-VIDEO

VIDEO

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

S

S

S

S

A

A

A

S

A

A

A

S (VIDEO)

S

S

S

S

A

A

S

A

A

A

S (S-VIDEO)

A

S

S

S

S

A

A

S

S

A

A

S (S-VIDEO)

S (VIDEO)

S

S

S

S

A

S

A

A

A

S (COMPONENT)

A

A

S

S

S

S

A

S

A

S

A

S (COMPONENT)A

S (VIDEO)

S

S

S

S

A

S

S

A

A

S (COMPONENT)S (S-VIDEO)

A

S

S

S

S

A

S

S

S

A

S (COMPONENT)S (S-VIDEO)

S (VIDEO)

S

S

S

S

S

A

A

A

S (HDMI)AAA

S (HDMI)z

A

A

A

S

A

A

S

S (HDMI)AA

S (VIDEO)

S (HDMI)z

A

A

A

S

A

S

A

S (HDMI)AS (S-VIDEO)A

S (HDMI)z

A

A

A

S

A

S

S

S (HDMI)AS (S-VIDEO)

S (VIDEO)

S (HDMI)z

A

A

A

S

S

A

A

S (HDMI)S (COMPONENT)A

A

S (HDMI)z

A

A

A

S

S

A

S

S (HDMI)S (COMPONENT)A

S (VIDEO)

S (HDMI)z

A

A

A

S

S

S

A

S (HDMI)S (COMPONENT)S (S-VIDEO)A

S (HDMI)z

A

A

A

S

S

S

S

S (HDMI)S (COMPONENT)S (S-VIDEO)

S (VIDEO)

S (HDMI)zAAAS : Signal present
A : No signal

S : Output present
A : No output
z : Superimposed over video signal

Multi-Zone

To display the GUI menu on an HDMI monitor, output with a resolution of 480p/576p.

n ZONE2

Information

Video Convert

Troubleshooting

ON

Input signal

Monitor output

COMPONENTS-VIDEOVIDEOCOMPONENTS-VIDEO

VIDEO

A
A
A
A
S (1080p)
S (480p ~ 720p)
S (480i / 576i)
S (1080p)
S (480p ~ 720p)
S (480i / 576i)
S (1080p)
S (480p ~ 720p)
S (480i / 576i)
S (1080p)
S (480p ~ 720p)
S (480i / 576i)

A
A
S
S
A
A
A
A
A
A
S
S
S
S
S
S

A
S
A
S
A
A
A
S
S
S
A
A
A
S
S
S

A
S (VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (COMPONENT)S (COMPONENT)S (COMPONENT)S (COMPONENT)z1
S (COMPONENT)z1
S (COMPONENT)z1
S (COMPONENT)z2
S (COMPONENT)z2
S (COMPONENT)z2
S (COMPONENT)z2
S (COMPONENT)z2
S (COMPONENT)z2

A
S (VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)

A
S (VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)A
A
S (COMPONENT)S (VIDEO)
S (VIDEO)
S (VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)A
A
S (COMPONENT)S (VIDEO)
S (VIDEO)
S (COMPONENT)S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)

S : Output present
A : No output
z1 :	With On-screen display, the VIDEO signal is superimposed output.
z2 :	With On-screen display, the S-VIDEO signal is superimposed output.
COMPONENT :		 When you operate the MENU button, on-screen display is displayed.

90

Monitor output

S-VIDEOVIDEOCOMPONENTS-VIDEO

VIDEO

OFF

–
–
–
Used
Not used–––
Used
Not used

A
A
A
A
A
S
S
S
S
S

A
A
S
S
S
A
A
S
S
S

A
S
A
S
S
A
S
A
S
S

A
A
A
A
A
S (COMPONENT)S (COMPONENT)z1
S (COMPONENT)z2
S (COMPONENT)z2
S (COMPONENT)z1

AA
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)–

A
S (VIDEO)
A
S (VIDEO)*2
S (VIDEO)AA
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)–

A
S (VIDEO)
A
S (VIDEO)*2
S (VIDEO)

Setup

COMPONENT

Connections

S-VIDEO
Monitor Out

Getting Started

Input signal

Video Convert

Playback

S : Output present
A : No output
z1 : With On-screen display, the VIDEO signal is superimposed output.
z2 : With On-screen display, the S-VIDEO signal is superimposed output.

Input signal

Monitor output
VIDEO
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S

VIDEO
A
S (VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
A
S (VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S (S-VIDEO)
S : Output present
A : No output

Multi-Zone
Information

S-VIDEO
A
A
S
S
A
A
S
S
S : Signal present
A : No signal

Remote Control

n ZONE3

Troubleshooting

91Getting Started

Symptom
Power turns off
suddenly andpower indicator
flashes red.

Troubleshooting

Connections
Setup

If a problem should arise, first check the following:
1. Are the connections correct?
2. Is the set being operated as described in the owner’s manual?
3. Are the other components operating properly?
If this unit does not operate properly, check the items listed in the table below. Should the problem persist,
there may be a malfunction.
In this case, disconnect the power immediately and contact your store of purchase.

Playback

GGeneralH

Remote Control

Symptom
Power does notturn on, or turns
off directly after it
was turned on.
No sound is
produced fromspeakers.

Multi-Zone
Information
Troubleshooting

Cause
Countermeasure• Connection of the power cord is • Check that the power plugs are
faulty.
securely inserted into the AVPA1HD’s AC inlet and the wall
power outlet.
• The connection with the input • Check the connections.
devices or power amp is faulty.
• Device you want to play and set • Select an appropriate input
input source do not match.
source.
• Master volume is turned too • Adjust the master volume to an
low.
appropriate level.
• Mute mode is set.
• Cancel the mute mode.
• Headphones are connected.
• Disconnect the headphones.
• No digital signals are being • Select an input source for which
input.
the digital input setting has beenmade.
• The connectors to which the • Set the input mode.
digital inputs are assigned andthe settable input modes do notmatch.
Display is off.
• The “Dimmer” setting is set to • Set to something other than“OFF”.
“OFF”.
• The PURE DIRECT mode is set. • Set a surround mode other than
the PURE DIRECT mode.
“DOLBY DIGITAL” • DVD player’s digital audio output • Check the DVD player’s audio
indicator does notsetting is not proper.
output setting. For details, readappear on display.
the DVD player’s operating
instructions.

92

Page
22

11
42
54
54
54
42 ~ 44

45

41
48
–

Cause
• Set is damaged.

Countermeasure• Turn off the power and contact a
DENON service center.

Page–

Countermeasure• Replace with new batteries.
• Operate within the specified
range.
• Remove the obstacle.

Page
3, 4
4

• Insert the batteries in theproper direction, following thepolarity marks in the battery
compartment.
• Move the set to a place in which
the remote control sensor will
not be exposed to strong light.

3, 4• Set the same remote IDs for themain unit and remote control
unit.

40, 69, 74

GRemote Control UnitH
Symptom
Cause
Set does not work • Batteries are worn.
properly when
• You are operating outside of theremote control
specified range.
unit operated.
• Obstacle between main unit andremote control unit.
• The batteries are not inserted in
the proper direction, as indicatedby the polarity marks in thebattery compartment.
• The set’s remote control sensor
is exposed to strong light (direct
sunlight, inverter type fluorescentbulb light, etc.).
• The remote ID of the main unit
and remote control unit do notmatch.

–

4SymptomNo sound is
produced from
center speaker.

46 ~ 48–• Adjust the subwoofer’s volume
to an appropriate level.
• Set to the “STANDARD” (Dolby/
DTS Surround) or “HOME THXCINEMA” mode.

–
46, 47

No pictureappears
with HDMI
connections.

–45• The connections between the
AVP-A1HD and monitor are
faulty.
• The monitor’s input setting iswrong.
• PURE DIRECT mode is set.
• The player is connected using thecomponent input connectors, themonitor is connected using thevideo (yellow) or S-Video output
connectors.

• Check the connections.

12, 13• The connections to the HDMI
connectors are faulty.
• HDMI input setting is improper.
• The monitor is not compatible
withcopyright
protection(HDCP).
• The HDMI format of the player
and monitor do not match.
• Input source does not matchrecorder’s video connection
connector (video or S-Video).

Picture cannot berecorded.

31
DVDs cannot be
copied on a VCR.

–

• Set properly.

–• Cancel the PURE DIRECT mode.
• High definition (1080i/720p) andprogressive (480p/576p) video
signals are not down-converted.
Set the player to interlace(480i/576i) signals.

48–• Check the connections.

12• Check the HDMI input setting.
• Connect a monitor that iscompatible
withcopyright
protection (HDCP).
• Match the HDMI format of theplayer and monitor.
• The video conversion function
does not work for the REC
OUT connectors. Match the
input source and recorderconnections.
• This is not a malfunction. Most
movie software includes copy
prevention signals and cannot be
copied.

43
12

1216, 17–93

Troubleshooting

–

Page
39

Information• Set the DVD player. For details,
refer to the DVD player’s
operating instructions.
• DVD player is not compatible • Use a DTS-compatible player.
with DTS sound playback.
• The
AVP-A1HD’s“Decode • Set to the “Auto” or “DTS”
Mode” setting is set to “PCM”.
mode.
• The “Manual Setup” – “HDMI • Set to “Amp”.
Setup” – “Audio” setting is set to“TV”.

Symptom
The on-screen
display does notappear.
No pictureappears.

Multi-Zone

11

Cause
Countermeasure• The format of the GUI and TV • Match the format of the GUI and(PAL or NTSC) do not match.
TV.

GVideoH28• Check the connections.

Page
31

Remote Control• Set to “Yes”.

28

Cause
Countermeasure• The “Manual Setup” – “HDMI • Set to “TV”.
Setup” – “Audio” setting is set to“Amp”.

Playback

HDMI audio
signals are not
output fromspeakers.

• Set to something other than“None”.
• Select a surround playbackmode.
• Turn on the subwoofer’s power.

46 ~ 48

Symptom
No sound is
output fromthe monitor
connected
with HDMI
connections.

Setup• Surround back speaker setting is
set to “None”.
• Surround mode not set to a modefor 6.1- or 7.1-channel playback.
• Subwoofer’s power not turnedon.
• The “Subwoofer” setting at“Speaker configuration” is set to“No”.
• The subwoofer is not properly
connected.
• The subwoofer’s volume isturned off.
No test tones are • Surround
mode
not
set
produced when
to “STANDARD” (Dolby/DTS
main remote
Surround) or “HOME THX
control unit’s TESTCINEMA” mode.
button is pressed.
DTS sound is not • DVD player’s audio output setting
output.
is not set to bitstream.

Page
46, 47

Connections

No soundis produced
from surroundspeakers.
No sound is
produced fromsurround backspeaker.
No sound is
produced fromsubwoofer.

Cause
Countermeasure• You are playing a monaural • The mode is set to something
source (TV, AM radio broadcast, other than “STANDARD” (Dolby/etc.) in the “STANDARD” (Dolby/ DTS Surround) or “HOME THXDTS Surround) or “HOME THX CINEMA” .
CINEMA” mode.
• The surround mode is set to • Set to a surround playback“STEREO”, “DIRECT” or “PURE mode.
DIRECT”.

Getting Started

GAudioH

Getting Started

GiPodH
Symptom
iPod cannot beplayed.

Cause

Countermeasure

Connections• The input source assigned to • Switch to the input source“iPod dock” is not selected.
assigned at “iPod dock”.
• Cable is not properly connected. • Reconnect.
• Control Dock for iPod’s AC • Plug the Control Dock for iPod’s
adapter is not connected to AC adapter into a power outlet.
power outlet.

Page
44
14
–

GNET/USBH

Setup
Playback
Remote Control

Symptom
When a USB
memory device
is connected,“USB” is not
displayed on the
GUI menu.

Multi-Zone
Information

Files on a USB
memory device
cannot be played.

Cause• The set cannot recognize a USB
memory device.
• A USB memory device notconforming to mass storage classor MTP standards is connected.
• The set port and the connected
port do not match.
• A USB memory device thatthe set cannot recognize isconnected.
• USB memory device is connected
via USB hub.
• USB memory device is in format
other than FAT16 or FAT32.

• USB memory device is divided
into multiple partitions.

Troubleshooting

The file names
are not displayed
properly (“...”, etc.).

94• Files are stored in a noncompatible format.
• You are attempting to play a filethat is copyright protected.
• Characters that cannot be
displayed are used.

Countermeasure• Check the connection.
• Connect a USB memory device
conforming to mass storage
class or MTP standards.
• Connect to the port set at “USB
Select”.
• This is not a malfunction. DENON
does not guarantee that all USB
memory devices will operate orreceive power.
• Connect the USB memory device
directly to the USB port.
• Set the format to FAT16 or
FAT32. For details, refer to the
USB memory device’s operating
instructions.
• When divided into multiple
partitions, only files stored in the
top partition can be played.
• Record the files in a compatible
format.
• Files that are copyright protectedcannot be played on this set.
• This is not a malfunction. On
this set, characters that cannot
be displayed are replaced with a“ . (period)”.

Page
19
–

46
–

–
–

–

57
57
–

SymptomInternet radio
cannot be played.

Cause
Countermeasure• Ethernet cable is not properly • Check the connection status.
connected
or
networkisdisconnected.
• Program is being broadcast in • Only Internet radio programs in
non-compatible format.
MP3 and WMA can be played on
this set.
• The computer’s or router’s • Check the computer’s or router’s
firewall is activated.
firewall settings.
• Radio station is not currently • Choose a radio station that is
broadcasting.
currently broadcasting.
• IP address is wrong.
• Check the set’s IP address.
Files stored on a
• Files are stored in a non- • Record in a compatible format.
computer cannot
compatible format.
be played.
• You are attempting to play a file • Files that are copyright protectedthat is copyright protected.
cannot be played on this set.
• Set and computer are connected • The set’s USB port cannot
by USB cable.
be used for connection to acomputer.
Server is not• The computer’s or router’s • Check the computer’s or router’sfound, or it isfirewall is activated.
firewall settings.
not possible to• Computer’s power is not turned • Turn on the power.
connect to theon.
server.
• Server is not running.
• Launch the server.
• Set’s IP address is wrong.
• Check the set’s IP address.
Cannot connect to • Radio station is not currently • Wait a while before trying again.
preset or favorite
broadcasting.
radio stations.
• Radio station is not currently in • It is not possible to connect toservice.
radio stations that are no longer
in service.
For some• Station is congested or not • Wait a while before trying again.
radio stations,currently broadcasting.
“Server Full”
or “Connection
Down” isdisplayed andstation cannot be
connected to.
Sound is broken• Network’s signal transfer speed • This is not a malfunction. When
during playback.
is slow or communications lines playing broadcast data with aor radio station is congested.
high bit rate, the sound may
be broken, depending on thecommunications conditions.
Sound quality is• File being played has a low bit • This is not a malfunction.
poor or playedrate.
sound is noisy.

Page
20

56, 57–59
36
56, 5756, 57
–

–
–
–
36
–
–

–

–

–

SymptomCannot connect
to network.

Page
34, 35–• Analog
		 Input sensitivity / Input impedance:
RCA Pre output (unbalanced) : 200 mV / 47 kΩ/kohms
			
XLR Pre output (balanced): 400 mV / 100 kΩ/kohms
10 Hz ~ 100 kHz +1, –3 dB (DIRECT mode)
		 Frequency response:
102 dB (IHF–A weighted, DIRECT mode)		 S/N:
0.005 % (20 Hz ~ 20 kHz) (DIRECT mode)
		 Distortion:
		 Rated output:
RCA Pre output (unbalanced) : 1.2 V
			
XLR Pre output (balanced): 2.4 V• Digital
Rated output — 2 V (at 0 dB playback)		 D/A output:			
Total harmonic distortion — 0.005 % (1 kHz, at 0 dB)
			
Dynamic range — 110 dB
Format — Digital audio interface
		 Digital input:• Phono equalizer (PHONO input — REC OUT)
2.5 mV		 Input sensitivity:±1 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz)		 RIAA deviation:
74 dB (A weighting, with 5 mV input)
		 S/N:
150 mV		 Rated output:
0.03 % (1 kHz, 3 V)
		 Distortion factor:

Playback
Remote Control–

n Audio section

Setup

–

Specifications

Connections

Played sound isinterrupted orsound cannot beplayed.

Cause
Countermeasure• The settings of the SSID • Match the network settings withand network key (WEP) are the AVP-A1HD’s settings.
incorrect.
• The reception is poor and the • Shorten the distance from thesignals cannot be received.
wireless LAN’s access point,
remove any obstacles andotherwise improve visibility, thentry reconnecting. Also installaway from microwave ovens
and the access points of othernetworks.
• There are multiple networks and • Set the access point’s channel
the usable channels overlap.
settings away from the channels
used for other networks.
Alternatively, connect using a
network cable.
• There are multiple networks and • Set the access point’s channel
the usable channels overlap.
settings away from the channels
used for other networks.
Alternatively, connect using a
network cable.

Getting Started

GWireless LANH

Multi-Zonen Video section
1 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms
5 Hz ~ 10 MHz — +0, –3 dB (when video convert set to “OFF”)

Information

Y (brightness) signal — 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms
C (color) signal — 0.3 (PAL) / 0.286 (NTSC) Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms
5 Hz ~ 10 MHz — +0, –3 dB (when video convert set to “OFF”)

Troubleshooting• Standard video connectors
		 Input / output level and impedance:
		 Frequency response:• S-Video connectors
		 Input / output level and impedance:					 Frequency response:• Color component video connector
		 Input / output level and impedance:								 Frequency response:

Y (brightness) signal — 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms
PB / CB signal — 0.7 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms
PR / CR signal — 0.7 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms
5 Hz ~ 100 MHz — +0, –3 dB (when video convert set to “OFF”)

95Getting Started

n Wireless LAN

Connections
Setup

		 Network type (wireless LAN standards) : Conforming to IEEE 802.11b
			Conforming to IEEE 802.11g
			(Conforming to Wi-Fi®)z		 Transfer rate:
DS-SS: 11 / 5.5 / 2 / 1 Mbps (Automatic switching)			
OFDM: 54 / 48 / 36 / 24 / 18 / 12 / 9 / 6 Mbps (Automatic switching)
SSID (Network name)		 Security:			
WEP key (network key) (64/128 bits)
			
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)			
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
2,412 MHz ~ 2,472 MHz
		 Used frequency range:
Conforming to IEEE 802.11b : 13ch (DS-SS) (Of which 1 channel used)		 No. of channels:
			Conforming to IEEE 802.11g : 13ch (OFDM) (Of which 1 channel used)

n General

Playback
Remote Control

		 Power supply:		 Power consumption:
					 Maximum external dimensions:		 Weight:

AC 230 V, 50 Hz
150 W
0.3 W (Standby)
434 (W) x 214 (H) x 485 (D) mm
27.5 kgn Main remote control unit (RC-1067)
		 Batteries:
		 Maximum external dimensions:		 Weight:

LR6/AA Type (two batteries)
63 (W) x 238 (H) x 31 (D) mm
190 g (including batteries)

Multi-Zonen Sub remote control unit (RC-1070)
		 Batteries:
		 Maximum external dimensions:		 Weight:

R03/AAA Type (two batteries)
49 (W) x 220 (H) x 24.5 (D) mm
114 g (including batteries)

Informationz: Wi-Fi® conformity indicates tested and proven interoperability by the “Wi-Fi Alliance”, a group certifying interoperability
among wireless LAN devices.
b For purposes of improvement, specifications and design are subject to change without notice.

Troubleshooting

96

List of preset codes / Liste von voreingestellten Codes / Liste de codes préréglés / Lista dei codici pre-regolati /Lista de códigos pre-ajustados / Lijst van vooringestelde codes / Förteckning över förinställda koder
G Galaxi

Denon Amp
D Denon

81001, 82001, 83001, 84001

Denon Tuner
D Denon (Analog)

52863, 52795, 52800, 52805

Denon Digital Tuner
D Denon (NET)62865, 62837, 62838, 62839

I
J

Denon iPodD Denon72815, 72816, 72817, 72818

Cable
A A-Mark

B

C
D

E
F

ABC
Accuphase
Acorn
ActionActiveADB
Aichi Denshi
Americast
AmstradArcher
Auna
Austar
BCC
Bell South
Bestlink
Birmingham Cable
Communications
British Telecom
Cable & WirelessCentury
CoshipDaehanDaeryung
Digeo
Director
DX Antenna
Emerson
Encon
FosgateFoxtelFrance Telecom
FreeboxFujitsuH

00008, 00144
00237, 00003, 00008
00003
00237
00237
00237
01230
01512
00899
01222
00237
01230
00276
00276
00899
00303
00276
00003
01068
00008
01462
00778
01877, 00877, 00477, 00008
01187
00476
01500
00303
00008
00276
01222
00817
01482
01497

K
L
M

GE
Gehua
General Instrument
Gibralter
GNI
GoldStar
Hitachi
Hongtian Jiangsu
HwalinInsight
Jerrold
Jiuzhou
KNC
LG
Macab
Madritel
MasproMatavMemorexMitsubishi
Motorola

N

O
P

MS
NEC
Noos
Nova VisionNovaplex
NTL
Oak
Ono
Optus
Pace
Panasonic
ParagonPenneyPhilips
PioneerQ
R
S

PulsarPVP Stereo Visual
Matrix
QuasarRadioShack
Regal
Runco
Sagem
SaloraSamsung
Scientific Atlanta

00008
00237, 00144
00476
00476, 00810, 00276, 00003
00003
01466
00144
00003, 00008
01462
00303
00476, 00810
00476, 00810, 00276, 00003
01445
00008
00144
00817
01230
01510
01082
00000
00003
01376, 00476, 00810, 00276,
01187
00303
01496
00817
00008
00008
00276, 00003, 01060, 01068
00303
01068
00276, 01060
01877, 00877, 00237, 00008,
01060, 01068, 01577
00000, 00008, 00144, 01488
00000, 00008, 00525
00000
01305, 00317, 00817
01877, 00877, 00144, 00533,
01500
00000
00003
00000
00303
00276
00000
00817
00000
00003, 00000, 00144, 00778,
00840, 01060, 01666
01877, 00877, 00477, 00237,
00003, 00000, 00008, 01510

T

U
V
Z

SkyworthSony
Sprucer
Starcom
StarHub
Sumitomo
Supercable
TaihanTCL
Telewest
Time Warner cable
TongKook
Torx
ToshibaTrans PXTS
United Cable
US Electronics
Videoway
Visiopass
Zenith01464
01006, 01460
00144
00003
00276
01500, 01504
00276
00778
01445
01068
01877
00840
00003
00000, 01509
00276, 00303
00003, 00303
00276, 00003
00276, 00003, 00008
00000
00817
00000, 00525, 00899

C

D

F
G

Cable/PVR Combination b1
00899
A Americast
01187
D Digeo
01482
F Freebox
G General Instrument 00810
00810
J Jerrold
01376, 00810, 01187
M Motorola
01877, 00237
P PaceS
T
Z

Pioneer
Scientific Atlanta
SonySupercable
Time Warner cable
Zenith01877, 00877
01877, 00877
01006
00276
01877
00899

H
I
J
K
L

CD Player
A Acoustic Research

B

Advantage
Aiwa
Arcam
Audio Research
Audiolab
Audiomeca
Audioton
AVI
Balanced Audio
Technology

40420
40032
40157
40157
40157
40157
40157
40157
40157
40157

M

Burmester
40420
Bush
40388
Cairn
40157
California Audio Labs 40029, 40303
Cambridge
40157
Cambridge Audio
40157
Cambridge
40157
Soundworks
Carver40157, 40179
CDC
40420
CEC
40420
Copland40393
Curtis Mathes
40032
Cyrus
40157
40873, 40003, 40766,
Denon[42867]z, 42868
DKK
40000
DMX Electronics
40157
Dual
40003
Dynaco40157
Dynamic Bass
40179
Fisher
40000, 40179
Garrard40393, 40420
Genexxa
40000, 40032, 40037, 40179
Goldmund
40157
Grundig
40157
Hafler40173
Harman/Kardon
40100, 40157, 40173
Hitachi
40032
Inkel
40157
Integra40101
Jerrold
40003
JVC
40032, 40072
40681, 40000, 40029, 40157,
Kenwood
40028, 40037, 40036, 40190
KLH
41318
Krell
40157
Linn
40157
Loewe
40157
Luxman
40393
LXI
40179
Magnavox
40157
Marantz
40029, 40157
Matsui
40157
MCS
40029
40000, 40032, 40179, 40420,
Memorex40468
Meridian
40157
Micromega
40157
Miro
40000
Mission40157

Modulaire

N
O

MTC
Musical Fidelity
Myryad
NAD
Naim
NSM
Onkyo
Optimus

P

Q
R

Orion
Panasonic
Parasound
PenneyPhilips
Pioneer
Polk Audio
ProceedProtonQED
Quad
QuasarRadiolaRadioShack
RCA
Realistic

S

RestekRevox
Roksan
Rotel
Royal
SAE
SaishoSansui
Sanyo
SAST
Sears
Sharp
Siemens
Silsonic
Simaudio
Sonic FrontiersSony

T

SugdenSylvania
TAG McLaren
Tandy

40000, 40032, 40087, 40179,
40420, 40468
40420
40393
40157
40000, 40721
40157
40157
40868, 40101
40000, 40032, 40037, 40087,
40179, 40393, 40420, 40468
40393
40029, 40303, 40388, 40752
40420
40029
40157
40032, 40101, 40468
40157
40420
40157
40157
40157
40029
40157
40000, 40032, 40179, 40420,
40468
40032, 40053, 40179, 40420,
40468
40000, 40032, 40087, 40179,
40420, 40468
40157
40157
40420
40157, 40420
40420
40157
40000
40000, 40157
40000, 40087, 40179
40157
40179
40037
40157
40036
40157
40157
40490, 40000, 40100, 41364,
40185
40157
40157
40157
40032

PRESET CODE



U
V
W

TascamTeac
Technics
TechwoodThomsonThorensThule Audio
Tokai
Universum
Victor
Wadia
Wards

Y

YamahaYorx

40393, 40420
40490, 40393, 40420
40029, 40303
40303
40053
40157
40157
40420
40157, 40053
40072
40393
40000, 40032, 40157, 40053,
40087, 40179
40490, 40868, 40032, 40036
40000

CD Recorder
D DenonJ JVC
R RCA
S SonyT TeacThomsonAkai
Arcam
Audiolab
CarverC
D DenonF Fisher
G Garrard

Genexxa
GoldStar
Grundig
Harman/Kardon
Inkel

H
I
J JVC
K Kenwood
L LG
M

O



LuxmanMagnavox
Marantz
MemorexMitsubishi
MyryadOnkyo
Optimus

Orion
Palladium
Panasonic
PhilipsPhonotrend
Pioneer

R
S

Polk Audio
Radiola
RCA
Revox
SansuiSanyo
Sharp
Sherwood
Sonic
Sony

40766, 42868
40072
40053, 40420
40000, 40100, 41364
40420
40053

Tape Deck
A AiwaP20029, 20197, 20200, 21315
20283, 20439
20076
20029
20029
20076, 20371, 21311,[22471]z
20074
20308, 20309, 20375, 20439
20439
20375
20029, 20375
20182, 20029, 21314
20070, 20071, 20337
20244, 20273, 20274, 20303,
20304, 20310, 21309
20070, 20071, 20092, 20233,
20234, 21364
20375
20308, 20309
20029
20029, 20009
20099
20283, 20439
20029
20135, 20136, 20282
20027, 20220, 20337, 20439

PRESET CODET

TaeKwang
Tandberg
Teac

U
V
W
Y

Technics
Technovox
Thorens
Universum
VictorWards
Wharfedale
Yamaha20308, 20309
20375
20229
20029, 20229
20337
20027, 20220, 20099, 20109,
21306, 21312
20029
20029
20027, 20220
20029
20029, 20009
20074
20231, 20371
20337
20375
20243, 20170, 20291, 20234,
21313
20439
20109
20280, 20283, 20289, 20308,
20309
20229
20229
20029
20375, 20439
20244, 20273, 20274
20027, 20029
20439
20097, 20094

HDTV Tuner b1
A ABS
C
D
E
G
H

I
L
M

N

Accurian
Alienware
CyberPowerD-LinkDgtec
Epson
Gateway
Hewlett Packard
Howard ComputersHP
Hush
iBUYPOWER
LG
LinksysMedia Center PC
Microsoft
Mind
Motorola
Niveus Media

01272
01653
01272
01272
01554
01363
01563
01272
01272, 01267
01272
01272, 01267
01272
01272
01415
01272, 01365
01272
01272, 01805
01272
01363
01272

P
R
S

T
V
X
Z

Northgate
Packard Bell
Panasonic
Pioneer
Ricavision
Samsung
Sensory Science
Sharp
SMC
Sony
Stack 9Sylvania
Systemax
Tagar Systems
ToshibaTouch
Viewsonic
Vizio
VoodooXbox
ZT Group

01272
01272
01120
01010
01272
01190, 01490
01126
01010
01456
01272, 01324, 01364
01272
01563
01272
01272
01272
01272
01272, 01329
01126
01272
01805
01272

Astacom
Aston
Astra
Astratec
Astro
Atlantic Telephone
Atsat
AtSky
Audioline
AuroraAustarB

Satellite Receiver
A @sat@Sky
A-Mark
ABsat
ADB
AGS
Aiwa
Akai
Alba
AllsatAlltechAllvision
AlphaStar
Amitronica
Amstrad
Anglo
AnkaroAntSatApolloArcon
Armstrong
Arnion
Asat
ASCI
ASLF
AssCom

01300
01334
00345
00123, 00713
00642, 01259, 01367, 01418,
01473, 01491
00710
01514
00200
00455, 00713, 01284, 01659,
01811
00200, 01043
00713
01232, 01334, 01412
00772
00713
00345, 00713, 00795, 00847,
00863, 00882, 01113, 01175,
01693, 01801
00713
00713
01083
00455
01043, 01075
00200
01300
00200
01334
00713
00853

Axiel
Axil
Axis
B@ytronic
Beko
Bell ExpressVu
Big SatBlack Diamond
BlaupunktBlue Sky
Boca
BostonBrainwave
British Sky
Broadcasting
Broco
BskyB
BT
Bubu Sat
Bush

C

Canal
Canal Digital
Canal Satellite
Canal+
Centrex
CGV
Chaparral
Cherokee
Chess
Chili
CityCom
Classic
Clatronic
CNS
Comag
CondorConia
ContecContinental Edison

00710
00142
00713
01743
00173, 00658, 01099, 01100,
01113
01333
01300
01334
01672
00642, 00879, 01333, 01433
00497, 00642, 00863, 00879,
01176, 01259
00710
01457, 01659
01111
01412
00455
00775
01457
01284
00173
00713
00713, 01232, 01366
00710, 01251
00658, 01672

D

00847, 01175, 01662, 01847
00713
00847, 01175, 01662
00710, 01296
00713
01284, 01645, 01672, 01743,
01811
00853
00853, 01622
00853, 01339, 01853
00853
01457
01413, 01567
00216
00123, 00710
00713, 01085, 01334, 01626
01718
00299, 00394, 00818, 01075,
01176, 01232
01672
01413
01367
01232, 01366, 01412, 01413
01700
01695
00394
01695

E

CoshipCrossdigital
Crown
Cryptovision
Cyfra+
Cyrus
D-box
Daewoo
Delfa
Deltasat
Dgtec
Digenius
Digiality
Digifusion
DigiLogic
DigiQuest
DigiSatDigisky
DigitAll World
Digiturk
Digiwave
Dijam
DiPro

01457
01109
01284
00455, 00795
01076
00200
00723, 00873, 01114
00713, 01111, 01296, 01743
00863
01075
01542, 01631, 01242
00299
01685
01645, 01743
01284
00863, 01300, 01457, 01473
01232
01457
01227
01076
01631
01296
01367, 01543
01377, 00392, 00566, 00639,
01639, 01142, 00247, 00749,
01749, 00724, 00819, 01856,
DirecTV
01076, 01108, 00099, 01109,
01414, 01442, 01609, 01392,
01640
Discovery
00710
Dish Network System 01505, 01005, 00775, 01775
Dishpro01505, 01005, 00775, 01775
Distratel
01283, 01704
DMT
01075
DNT
00200
Dream Multimedia 01237
DSE
01375
DSTV
00642, 00879, 01433
Durabrand
01284
DX Antenna
01530
01505, 01005, 00775, 00455,
00610, 00713, 00853, 00871,
Echostar
01086, 01200, 01323, 01409,
01418, 01473, 01775
Einhell00713
Elap
00713, 01567
Elsat
00713
Elta
00200, 01659
Emme Esse
00871
Energy Sistem
01631
Engel
00713, 01251
EP Sat
00455
Esat
00879
Eurieult
00882

F

G

H

Eurocrypt
EuroLine
EuropaEurophonEuroskyEurostar
Eutelsat
Expressvu
FennerFergusonFinlandia
FinluxFlair Mate
FMD
Force
Fortec Star

00455
01251
00863
00299
00262, 00299
00818
00713
00775, 01775
00713
00455, 01291, 01743
00455
00455
00713
01251, 01413, 01457
01101
01083
00455, 00497, 00795, 00879,
Foxtel
01162, 01176, 01356
Fracapro Planet
00871
Fracarro
00125, 00871
France Telecom
00871
Freesat
00882
FTE
00863
FTEmaximal
00713, 00863
00173, 00262, 00299, 00394,
Fuba
01214, 01251, 01801
Fugionkyo
00125
Funai
01377
00853, 00863, 01101, 01111,
Galaxis01557
Gardiner
00818
Garnet
01075
GbSAT
01214
GE
00392, 00566
Gecco
01412
General Instrument 00869
General Satellite
01176
GF Good Friends
01043
GF Star
01043
01251, 01334, 01412, 01429,
Globo
01626
GOD Digital
00200
GOI
00775, 01775
Gold Box
00853
Gold Vision
01631
Golden Interstar
01283
GoldStar
00394
Goodmans
00455, 01284, 01291
Gradiente
00887
Granada00455
00173, 00345, 00847, 00853,
Grundig
00879, 01291
Handan01622
Hanseatic
01099, 01100

Hauppauge
HB
HDT
Hills
Hirschmann
HisenseHitachiHomecast
HornetHoustonHTS
Hughes Network
Systems
Humax

I

J

K

Huth
HyundaiiCan
ID Digital
ILLUSION satiLo
Imperial
Indovision
IngelenInnovaInterstar
InVideo
ISkyB
Italtel
ITT Nokia
Jadeworld
JaegerJerrold
Jiuzhou
JOK
JVC
K-SAT
Kamm
Kaon
KaTelcoKathrein
KennexKenwood
Klap
Kocmoc TB
KoscomKosmosKreiling

01672
01214, 01801
01159
01232
00125, 00173, 00299, 00710,
00882, 01085, 01111, 01232,
01412
01535
00749, 00819, 00455, 01250,
01284, 01518, 01523, 01525
01214, 01680, 01700
01300
00775
00775, 01775

L

01142, 00749, 01749, 01442
00863, 01176, 01225, 01406,
01427, 01675, 01743, 01790,
01915
01075
01075, 01159
01367
01176
01557, 01631
01535
01334, 01429, 01672
00887
00882
00099
01214
00871
00887
00871
00455, 00723, 00873
00642
01334
00869
01450
00710
00775, 01507, 01531, 01775
00713
00713
01300
01111
00123, 00173, 00200, 00249,
00394, 00442, 00480, 00504,
00658, 00713, 00818, 01221,
01416, 01561, 01567
00125
00853
00710
01333
01043
00442, 01333
00249, 00658

M

Kreiselmeyer
Kross
L&S Electronic
Labgear
LaSAT
Lava
LegendLegrand
Lemon
Lenco
LenoxxLG
Lifesat
Lodos
Logik
Logix
Lorenzen
Luxor
M Electronic
M vision
Magnavox
ManataManhattan
Marantz
MasproMaster’s
MatsuiMaximum
McIntosh
MDSMediabox
Mediacom
MediaSa
MedionMedison
Mega
Memorex
Metronic
Metz
MiCO
Micro
Micro Elektronic
Micro Technology
Micromaxx
Microstar
Microtec
Mitsubishi
Morgan’sMotorola
MTEC
Muller

00173
01695
01043, 01334
01296
00173, 00299
01631
01718
01718
01334
00713
01611
01075, 01414
00299, 00713, 01043
01284
01284
01075
00299
00345, 00873
00818
01557
00724, 00722
00710, 00713
00455, 00710, 01083
00200
00173, 00713, 01530
00394
00173, 00710, 01284, 01743
01075, 01334, 01685
00869
01225
00853
01206
00853
00299, 00713, 01043, 01075,
01232, 01334, 01412, 01626
00713
00200
00724
00713, 00818, 01283, 01334,
01375, 01704
00173
01811
00713
00713
00713
00299
01075
00713
00749, 00455
00200, 00713, 01232, 01412
00869, 00856, 01473
01214
01695

Multibroadcast
MultichoiceN

Mx OndaMyryad
Mysat
MySky
NEC
NEOTION
NetgemNetsatNeuf TV
Neuhaus
Neuling
NeusatNevir
Next Level
Nikko
Noda Electronic
Nokia
Nordmende

O OctalTV
Okano
Omega
OpentelOptex

P

Optimus
Optus
Orbis
Orbitech
Origo
OSAT
P/Sat
Pace
Pacific
Packard Bell
PacksatPalcomPanarex
Panasat
Panasonic
Panda
PansatPatriot
PaysatpeeKTon00642, 00879
00642, 00879, 01333, 01433,
01559, 01560
01659
00200
00713
01693, 01848, 01850
01519
01334
01322
00099, 00887
01322
00713
01232
00713
01659
00869
00200, 00713, 00723
01704
00455, 00723, 00751, 00853,
00873, 01023, 01223, 01723
00455, 01611
01505
00442
00887
01232, 01412
00394, 00713, 01043, 01283,
01611
00724
00879
01232, 01334, 01412
01099, 01100
00497
00345
01232
00200, 00329, 00455, 00497,
00795, 00847, 00853, 00887,
01175, 01323, 01356, 01423,
01693, 01717, 01848, 01850
01284, 01375
01111
00710
00299, 01409
01159
00615, 00879, 01333, 01433
00247, 00701, 00455, 00847,
01304, 01404, 01508, 01526,
01527
00173, 00455
01159
00710
00724
01457

PhilipsPhonotrend
Pilotime
Pino
Pioneer

Q
R

PlanetPlasmatic
PMB
Polytron
Portland
Preisner
Premier
Prima
Primacom
Primestar
ProfilePromax
ProscanProtonQNS
QuadralQuelleRadiolaRadioShack
Radix
RCA

S

Rebox
Regal
RFT
Roadstar
RollmasterRover
Rownsonic
SAB
Saba
Sabre
Sagem
Samsung
Sat Control
Sat Team
SAT+
Satec
SatelcoSatplus01142, 00749, 01749, 00775,
00724, 00819, 01076, 00722,
00099, 00710, 00455, 00818,
00200, 00847, 00853, 00173,
01114, 00133, 01442, 01543,
01672
00863, 01200
01339
01334
01142, 00329, 00853, 01308,
01442
00871
00442
00713, 01611
00394
01296
00262, 01101, 01113, 01366
00723, 00853, 00873, 01429
00795
01111
00869
00710
00455
00392, 00566
01535
01367, 01402, 01404
00710
00299
00200
00566, 00775, 00869
00394, 00882, 01113, 01317
00392, 00566, 01142, 00775,
00855, 00143, 01291, 01392,
01442
01214
01251
00200
00713, 00853
01413
00713
01567
01251
00710, 00820
00455
00820, 01114, 01253, 01307,
01690
01377, 01142, 01276, 01108,
01109, 00853, 00863, 01206,
01442, 01458, 01570, 01609,
01700, 01916
01300
00713
01409
00713
01232
01100

PRESET CODE

Satstation
Schaub Lorenz
Schneider

01083
01214
00710, 01206, 01251
00394, 00504, 00863, 01075,
Schwaiger
01083, 01111, 01317, 01334,
01412, 01457
SCS
00299
Sedea Electronique 00125, 01206, 01283, 01626
SEG
01075, 01087, 01251, 01626
Seleco00871
Septimo
01375
Serd
01412
Serino00610
Servimat
01611
ServiSat
00713, 01251
Sharp
01517
Siemens00173, 01334, 01429
Silva
00299
Skantin
00713
SKR
00713
00856, 00099, 00847, 00887,
SKY
01014, 01175, 01662, 01693,
01847, 01848, 01850
SKY Italia
00853, 01693, 01847, 01848
Sky Television
01014
Sky XL01251, 01412
Sky+
01175
00713, 01075, 01085, 01200,
Skymaster
01334, 01409, 01567, 01611
Skymax00200
Skyplus01232, 01334, 01412
SkySat00713
Skyvision
01334
SL00299, 01672
SM Electronic00713, 01200, 01409
00713, 00882, 01101, 01113,
Smart
01232, 01404, 01413
00639, 01639, 00455, 00847,
Sony
00853, 01524, 01558, 01640
Star
00887
Star Choice00869
Star Trak
00772, 00869
Starland
00713
Starlite
00200
Stream01847, 01848
00125, 00713, 00820, 00853,
Strong00879, 01159, 01284, 01300,
01409, 01626
Sunkai
00123
Sunny
01300
Sunsat00713
Sunstar
00642
Supernova
00887
SVA
01455
Systec01334

PRESET CODE

T

TantecTarbs
TatungTBostonTeac
TecatelTechniSat
Technomate
TechnosonicTechnotrend
Techwood
Tele System
Electronic
Teleciel
TeleClubTelefunken
TelekaTelestar
Telesystem
Televes
Televisa
Telewire
TevionThomson
Thorn
Tiny
Tioko
Tivo
Tokai
Tonna
Topfield
Toshiba
TPS
Triax

U

Trio
TT-microTurnsatTwinner
UEC
UltimateTV
UnidenUnisatUnitedUniversum
US Digital
USDTV

00455
01225
00455
01659
01225, 01227, 01251, 01322
01200
00262, 00455, 00863, 01099,
01100, 01195, 01197, 01322
01283, 01610
01672
01429
01284, 01626

V

Visiosat

01251, 01409, 01611, 01801
01043
01367
00710
00262, 00442
01099, 01100, 01251, 01334,
01610, 01626
01801
00455, 01214, 01300, 01334
00887
01232
00713, 01409, 01622, 01672
00392, 00566, 00455, 00710,
00713, 00820, 00847, 00853,
01046, 01175, 01291, 01534,
01543, 01662
00455
01672
00394
01142, 01442
00200
00455, 00713, 01611
01206, 01208, 01545, 01783
00749, 01749, 00790, 00819,
00455, 01285, 01501, 01516,
01530
00820, 01253, 01307
00200, 00713, 00853, 01113,
01227, 01251, 01291, 01296,
01626
01075
01429
00713
00713, 01611
00879, 01162, 01333, 01356
01392, 01640
00724, 00722
00200
01251
00173, 00299, 01087, 01099,
01251
01535
01535

Variosat
Ventana
Vestel
VH SatViasatViewSat
Visionic
VisionNet

W

Viva
Vivid
Voom
VTech
Wavelength
Wewa
Wharfedale
Winbox
WintelWisi
Worldsat

X

Xcom
XMS
Xsat

Y
Z

XtremeYakumoYamadaYes
Zehnder
ZenithZeta Technology
Zodiac

00173
00200
01251
00299
01682
01232
00125, 01283
01557
00142, 00710, 00713, 01413,
01457, 01718
00856
01162
00869
00818
01232, 01413
00455
01284
01801
00299
00173, 00299, 00455
00123, 00710, 01214, 01251,
01543
00123
01075
00123, 00713, 00847, 01214,
01323
01300
01413
01718
00887
00394, 00504, 00818, 01075,
01232, 01251, 01334, 01412,
01413
00856, 01856
00200
01801

Satellite Receiver/
PVR Combination b1, b3

E
F
G
H

K
L
M

N
O
P

b1

A @satB

C
D

Allvision
AmstradAtsat
B@ytronic
British Sky
Broadcasting
BskyB
Bush
Canal Satellite
Comag
Digifusion
DigiQuest
Digiturk

01300
01412
01175
01300
01412

R

01175

S

01175, 01662
01645
01339
01412
01645
01300
01076

01377, 00392, 00639, 01142,
01076, 00099, 01392, 01442,
01640
Dish Network System 01505, 00775
Dishpro01505, 00775
DMT
01075
Dream Multimedia 01237
Echostar
01505, 00775, 00610
Expressvu
00775
Foxtel
01356
GbSAT
01214
Gecco
01412
Globo
01412
HDT
01159
Hirschmann
01412
Homecast
01680
Hughes Network
01142, 01442
Systems
Humax
01176, 01427, 01675
Huth
01075
Hyundai
01075, 01159
Kaon
01300
Kathrein00249, 00658, 01221, 01561
LG
01075
Maximum
01334
Mediacom
01206
Medion01412
Microstar
01075
Morgan’s
01412
Motorola
00869
MTEC
01214
Multichoice01333, 01559, 01560
MySky
01693, 01848, 01850
NEOTION
01334
Nokia
01023
Opentel
01412
Orbis
01412
Pace
01175, 01356, 01423, 01850
Panasonic
01304
Philips
01142, 00099, 01442
Pilotime
01339
Proscan
00392
Radix
01317
RCA
01392
Rebox
01214
Sagem
01253, 01307
Samsung
01206, 01442, 01570, 01609
Sat Control
01300
Schneider
01206
Schwaiger
01075, 01412
Sedea Electronique 01206
Serd
01412
SKY
01175, 01693, 01848, 01850
DirecTVT

X
Z

SKY Italia
Sky XLSkymaster
Skyplus
Sony
Star Choice
StrongSunnyTechniSat
ThomsonTopfield
TPS
XtremeZehnder

01848
01412
01075
01412
00639, 01640
00869
01300
01300
01195, 01197
01175, 01534, 01662
01206, 01545, 01783
01253, 01307
01300
01075, 01412

b3
Network
H Hughes
Systems
P Philips
S Samsung

20739
20739
20739

Television
1 888
A A-Mark
A.R. Systems
AccentAccuscanAccuscreen
Acoustic Research
ActionAcura
Addison
ADL
AdmiralAdventAdventuri
AdysonAEG
Agashi
Agna
Aiko
Aim
Aiwa

Akai

10264
10047, 10054, 10009
10037, 10352, 10374, 10455,
10556
10009, 10037
10047
10001
11269
10030, 10650
10009
10092, 10108, 10653
11217
10047, 10054, 10017, 10051,
10093, 10463, 10180, 10163,
10264, 10418
10761, 10783, 10815, 10817,
10842, 10876, 11933
10000
10217
11163, 11556
10217, 10264
10150
10092, 10009, 10035, 10037,
10217, 10264, 10361, 10371,
10433
10706, 10037, 10455, 10805
10264, 10701, 11904, 11911
10000, 10060, 10812, 10702,
10178, 10030, 10145, 10602,
10606, 10631, 10648, 10672,
10714, 10715, 11207, 11537,
11675, 11676, 11903, 10556,
10548, 10480, 10433, 10371,
10361, 10264, 10218, 10217,
10208, 10163, 10037, 10035,
10009

Akashi
Akiba
Akira
Akito
Akura
AlaronAlba
Albatron
AlfideAll-TelAlleronAllorgan
Allstar
Ambassador
America Action
American HighAmplivision
AmstradAmtronAnam
Anam National
Andersson
Anglo
Anhua
AnitechAnsonic
AOC
Aolinpike
Apex DigitalAR
Arc En Ciel
Arcam
Ardem
Aristocrat
Aristona
ART
Arthur Martin
ASA
Asberg
Asora
Astra
Asuka
ATD
Atlantic

10009, 10860
10037, 10218, 10455
10418
10037
10171, 10009, 10037, 10163,
10218, 10264, 10668, 10714,
11037, 11498, 11556, 11982
10170
10009, 10036, 10037, 10073,
10163, 10218, 10352, 10370,
10371, 10418, 10443, 10487,
10668, 10714, 11037
10700, 10843
10672
10865, 11269
10030, 10170
10217
10037
10150
10180
10000, 10060
10217, 10370
10000, 10171, 10009, 10011,
10037, 10163, 10218, 10264,
10362, 10371, 10433, 10648,
11037, 11982
10000, 10180
10250, 10180, 10009, 10037,
10700, 10861
10250, 10037, 10650
11149, 11163
10009, 10264
10051
10009, 10037, 10264
10009, 10037, 10163, 10370,
10374, 10668
10451, 10093, 10180, 10060,
10178, 10030, 10092, 10009,
10108
10264
10156, 10748, 10879, 10765,
10767, 11217, 11943
10352, 10556
10109
10217
10037, 10714
10163
10037, 10556
11037
10163
10070
10037
10009
10037
10217, 10218, 10264
10698
10001, 10037

Atori
AuchanAudinacAudiosonic
Audioton
Audiovox
Audioworld
AumarkAutovox
Aventura
AVP
Awa

B

Axion
Axxent
Baier
Baihe
Baile
Baird
Bang & Olufsen
Baohuashi
Baosheng
Barco
Basic Line
BastideBauer
Baur
Baysonic
Bazin
Beaumark
Beijing
Beko
Belcor
Bell & Howell
Belson
Belstar
BenQ
Beon
BerthenBest
BestarBestar-Daewoo
BinatoneBlack Diamond

10009
10163
10180
10009, 10037, 10109, 10217,
10218, 10264, 10370, 10374,
10486, 10714, 10715, 10820
10217, 10264, 10370, 10486
10451, 10180, 10092, 10623,
10802, 10875, 11937, 11951,
11952
10698
10060
10217
10171
10000
10451, 10009, 10011, 10036,
10108, 10217, 10264, 10374,
10606
11937, 11958
10009
10876
10009, 10264
10001, 10009, 10374, 10661
10037, 10073, 10109, 10208,
10217, 10343, 11196
10565
10264
10009, 10817
10163, 10556
10009, 10037, 10163, 10217,
10218, 10374, 10455, 10556,
10668, 11037, 11163
10217
10805
10037, 10195, 10361, 10455,
10512
10180
10217
10017, 10178, 10030
10812, 10001, 10009, 10208,
10226, 10264, 10374, 10661,
10817, 10821
10037, 10195, 10370, 10418,
10486, 10606, 10714, 10715,
10808, 11037
10030
10054, 10017, 10154, 10093
10698, 11191
11037
11032, 11756
10037, 10163, 10218, 10418
10668
10370
10037, 10370, 10374
10374
10217
10614, 10820, 10821, 11037,
11163, 11909

Blackway
BlaupunktBlue Sky
Boots
BPL
Bradford
BrandtBrinkmann
Brionvega
Britannia
Brockwood
Broksonic
Brother
BSR
BTC

Bush

C

Caihong
Cailing
CandleCantonCapehart
Capetronic
Capsonic
Carad
CarenaCarnivale
Carrefour
CarverCascadeCasio
CathayCCE
Celebrity
CeleraCelestial
CentrexCentrum
Centurion
CGE
Changcheng
Changfei
Changfeng
Changhai

10218
10036, 10170, 10195, 10200,
10327, 10455
10037, 10218, 10455, 10487,
10499, 10556, 10668, 10714,
10715, 11037, 11191, 11363
10009, 10217
10037, 10208
10180
10109, 10287, 10335, 10560,
10625, 10714
10037, 10418, 10486, 10668
10037, 10362
10217
10178, 10030
10236, 10463, 10180, 11911,
11938
10264
10163
10218
11900, 11556, 11037, 10778,
10714, 10698, 10668, 10661,
10614, 10556, 10487, 10374,
10371, 10361, 10335, 10264,
10218, 10217, 10208, 10163,
10037, 10036, 10009
10009, 10817
10748
10030
10218
10017, 10178, 10030, 10092,
10036
10030
10264
10610, 10668, 11037
10037, 10455
10030
10036, 10037, 10070
10054, 10170
10009, 10037
10037
10037, 10218
10037, 10217
10000
10765
10767, 10819, 10820, 10821
10780
11037
10037
10074, 10163, 10370, 10418
10051, 10001, 10009, 10264,
10374, 10661, 10817
10009, 10374, 10817
10264, 10817
10009, 10817

10156, 10765, 10009, 10264,
10508, 10767, 10783, 10817,
10819, 10820, 10821, 11008,
11156
Chengdu10009, 10817
Ching Tai
10092, 10009
10000, 10180, 10092, 10009,
Chun Yun
10700, 10843
Chunfeng
10009, 10264
Chung Hsin
10180, 10053, 10036, 10108
Chunsun10009, 10817
Cimline10009, 10218
Cinema10672
Cineral10451, 10092
Cinex
10648, 11556
Citek
10047
10054, 10000, 10451, 10463,
Citizen10180, 10060, 10030, 10171,
10092, 10001, 10035
City
10009
Clarion10180
Clarivox
10037, 10070, 10418
Classic
10030, 10092, 10499
10009, 10037, 10217, 10218,
Clatronic
10264, 10370, 10371, 10714
Clayton11037
CMS Hightec
10217
10047, 10054, 10017, 10060,
Colortyme
10178, 10030
Commercial Solutions 11447, 10047
Concorde
10009
10009, 10037, 10264, 10370,
Condor10418
Conia
10820, 10821, 11498
Conic
10178
Conrac10808
10156, 10145, 10009, 10264,
Conrowa
10698, 11156, 11170
Contec10180, 10009, 10036, 10037
Continental Edison 10109, 10287, 10487
Cosmel10009, 10037
Craig
10180, 10171
10054, 10000, 10180, 10030,
Crosley10171, 10074, 10163, 10370
10093, 10180, 10053, 10009,
10037, 10208, 10370, 10418,
Crown
10486, 10487, 10606, 10672,
10712, 10714, 10715, 11037
Crown Mustang
10672
CS Electronics
10218
CTX
11756
10047, 10054, 10154, 10000,
10051, 10451, 10093, 10180,
Curtis Mathes
10060, 10702, 10178, 10030,
10145, 10166, 10037, 10035,
11147, 11347
CXC
10180
Cybertron
10218
Cytronix
11298
D-Vision
10037, 10556, 11982
ChanghongD

DaewooDainichiDansai
DantaxDatsuraDawa
DaytekDaytonDaytronDayu
De Graaf
Decca
Degraff
Deitron
Dell
Denko
Denon
DenverDesmetDiamant
Diamond
Digatron
Digiline
Digital Life
Digitex
DigitorDigix Media
Dixi
DL
Domeos
Domland
DongdaDonghaiDream Vision
DSE
DTS
Dual
Dual Tec
DumontDurabrand
Dux
Dwin
Dynatech
Dynatron

10154, 10451, 10180, 10178,
10030, 10092, 11661, 10634,
10661, 10672, 10700, 10860,
10865, 10876, 10880, 11755,
11756, 11909, 10623, 10556,
10499, 10374, 10264, 10218,
10217, 10170, 10109, 10108,
10037, 10036, 10009
10218
10009, 10035, 10036, 10037,
10208, 10217
10370, 10486, 10714, 10715
10208
10009, 10037
10672, 11207
10092, 10009, 11207
10180, 10178, 10030, 10092,
10009, 10036, 10037, 10374
10374, 10661
10163, 10208, 10548
10037, 10217
10163, 10208
10374
11080, 11178
10264
10145, 10511
10037, 10587
10009, 10037
10037
10706, 10009, 10371, 10672,
10698, 10820, 10860
10037
10037, 10668
10872
10820
10037
10880
10009, 10037, 10217
10587, 10780, 10872
10668
10394
10009
10009
11164, 11704
10698, 10820, 11556
10009
10037, 10217, 10343, 10352,
10394, 11037, 11137
10217
10017, 10180, 10178, 10070,
10217
10463, 10180, 10178, 10171,
11034, 11463
10037
10093
10217
10037

PRESET CODE



E

F



Easy Living
Eaton
Ecco
ECE
Edison-Minerva

11248
10060
10773
10037
10487
10037, 10217, 10218, 10362,
Elbe
10610
Elcit
10163
Electroband
10000Electrograph
11755
10154, 10000, 10463, 10150,
Electrohome
10178, 10030, 10073
Elekta10009, 10264
Elfunk11037, 11208
ELG
10037
Elin
10009, 10037, 10361, 10548
Elite
10037, 10218
Elta
10009, 10264
Emerald
10178
10047, 10017, 10154, 10451,
10236, 10463, 10180, 10150,
10178, 10171, 11944, 11911,
Emerson11909, 10714, 10668, 10623,
10486, 10036, 10371, 10370,
10361, 10037, 10195, 10170,
10070, 10073
Envision
10030, 10813
Enzer
10860
Erae
11371
Erres
10037
ESA
10812, 10171, 11944
ESC
10037, 10217
Ether
10030, 10009
Etron
10001, 10009, 10163, 10820
Eurofeel
10217, 10264
Euroman
10037, 10217, 10264, 10370
Europa10037
Europhon10037, 10109, 10217
Evesham Technology 11248
Evolution
11756
Expert10163
Exquisit
10037
Feilang
10009
Feilu
10009, 10817
Feiyan10264
Feiyue10009, 10817
Fenner10009, 10374
Fer0
10335
10053, 10037, 10073, 10109,
10195, 10287, 10335, 10343,
Ferguson10443, 10548, 10560, 10625,
11037
10171, 10037, 10163, 10217,
Fidelity
10264, 10361, 10371, 10512
Filsai
10217
10163, 10208, 10346, 10361,
Finlandia
10548

PRESET CODE

FinluxFirstarFirstline
Fisher
Flint
Force
Formenti
Fortress
Fraba
Friac
FrontechFujimaro
FujitsuFujitsu General
Fujitsu Siemens
Funai

G

Furi
FurichiFutronic
Futuretech
Galaxi
GalaxisGanxinGateway
GBC
GE
GEC
GelosoGemini
GeneralGeneral Technic
GenesisGenexxa
Gericom
GevaltGiant
Gibralter
Go Video
Go Vision
Goldfunk
GoldStar

10037, 10070, 10163, 10217,
10346, 10480, 10556, 10631,
10714, 10715, 10808, 11556
10236, 10009
10009, 10037, 10208, 10217,
10361, 10374, 10556, 10668,
10714, 10808, 11037, 11191,
11363, 11371
10047, 10054, 10154, 10000,
10036, 10208, 10217, 10361,
10370
10037, 10218, 10264, 10455,
10610
11149
10037, 10163
10093
10037, 10370
10009, 10037, 10370, 10499,
10610
10009, 10163, 10217, 10264
10865, 11498
10009, 10217, 10352, 10683,
10809, 10853
10009, 10217, 10683
10808, 10809, 11163, 11298
10000, 10180, 10171, 10264,
10668, 11271, 11904
10145, 10264, 10817
10860
10264, 10860
10180
10037
10037, 10370
10817
11755, 11756
10009, 10163, 10218, 10374
11447, 10047, 11454, 10000,
10051, 10451, 10093, 10180,
10060, 10178, 10030, 10092,
11922, 11917, 11347, 11147,
10625, 10560, 10335, 10035
10037, 10163, 10217, 10361
10009, 10163, 10374
10047
10109, 10287
10009
10009, 10037
10009, 10037, 10163, 10218
10808, 10865, 10880, 11217,
11298
11371
10009, 10217
10017, 10000, 10030
10060, 10886
11937
10668
10047, 10054, 10154, 10178,
10030, 10715, 10714, 10606,
10455, 10361, 10217, 10163,
10109, 10073, 10037, 10036,
10009, 10001

Gooding

Goodmans

Gorenje
GPM
Gradiente
GraetzGran Prix
GranadaGrandin
GronicGrundig

H

GrundyGrunkelGrunpy
H&B
Haaz
Haier
HaihongHaiyanHalifax
Hallmark
HamptonHanimex
Hankook
Hanseatic
Hantarex
HantorHarley Davidson
Harman/Kardon
HarsperHarvard
Harwa
Harwood
Hauppauge
HavermyHCM
Heathkit
HeliosHello Kitty

10487
10000, 11909, 11900, 11163,
11037, 10880, 10808, 10714,
10668, 10661, 10634, 10625,
10587, 10560, 10556, 10499,
10487, 10480, 10374, 10371,
10343, 10335, 10264, 10218,
10217, 10037, 10036, 10035,
10011, 10009
10370
10218
10053, 10037, 10170
10163, 10361, 10371, 10487,
10714, 11163
10648
10036, 10037, 10108, 10163,
10208, 10217, 10226, 10343,
10548, 10560
10009, 10037, 10163, 10218,
10374, 10455, 10610, 10668,
10714, 10715, 10865, 10880,
11037, 11191
10217
10706, 10009, 10036, 10037,
10070, 10163, 10195, 10443,
10487, 10556, 10587, 10672,
10683, 11371
10180, 10195
11163
10180
10808
10706
11034, 10037, 10508, 10587,
10698, 11017
10009
10264, 10817
10217, 10264
10236, 10180, 10178
10217
10218
10180, 10178, 10030
10009, 10037, 10217, 10361,
10370, 10394, 10499, 10556,
10634, 10661, 10714, 10808
10009, 10037, 10865
10037
10000, 10180, 10060, 10178,
10030, 11904
10054
10865
10180
10773, 11196, 11269
10009, 10037, 10487
10037
10093
10009, 10037, 10217, 10218,
10264, 10418
10017
10865
10451

Hema
Hewlett Packard
HifivoxHighline
HikonaHikoneHinari
HisawaHisenseHitachi

Hitachi Fujian
Hitec
Hitsu
HoeherHome Electronics
Hongmei
HongyanHornyphon
HoshaiHP
Hua Tun
Huafa
Huanghaimei
HuangheHuanglong
Huangshan
HuanyuHuaqiang
Huari
Hugoson
HuodatejiHygashi
Hyper
Hypersonic
HypsonHyundaiI

IberiaICE
ICeS
Iiyama10009, 10217
11494, 11502
10109
10037, 10264
10218
10218
10009, 10036, 10037, 10163,
10208, 10218, 10264, 10352,
10443
10218, 10455, 10610, 10714
10156, 10748, 10145, 10009,
10208, 10508, 10556, 10780,
10821, 10860, 11022, 11156,
11170, 11208, 11363
10047, 10054, 10017, 10000,
11256, 10156, 10051, 10150,
10178, 10030, 11145, 10145,
10092, 10744, 10877, 10634,
11037, 11137, 11149, 11156,
11170, 11225, 11576, 11904,
11960, 10578, 10548, 10508,
10499, 10481, 10480, 10343,
10217, 10163, 10109, 10108,
10037, 10036, 10035, 10009
10150, 10108, 10860
10698
10009, 10218, 10455, 10610
10714, 10865, 11163, 11556
10606
10093, 10009, 10264, 10817
10264, 10817
10037
10218, 10455
11494, 11502
10009
10145, 10009
10009
10009, 10817
10009
10009, 10264, 10817
10217, 10264, 10374, 10817
10264
10145, 10264
11217
10051
10217
10009, 10217
10361
10037, 10217, 10264, 10455,
10486, 10556, 10668, 10714,
10715, 11037
10849, 10860, 10865, 10876,
11556
10037
10037, 10217, 10218, 10264,
10371
10218
10877, 11217

Ima
Imperial
Imperial Crown
Indiana
Infinity
InFocusIngelenIngersol
Inno Hit
InnovaInnowert
InotechInsignia
Inteq
Interbuy
InterfunkInternal
Intervision
Irradio
IsukaiITC
ITS
ITT
ITT Nokia

J

ITV
IX
JBL
JCB
JDV
Jean
JEC
JensenJiahuaJiaLiCai
JIL
Jinfeng
JinqueJinta
Jinxing
JMB
JNC
Jocel
JohnsonJubilee
Juhua
Jutan

10236, 10180, 10178
10037, 10074, 10370, 10418
10001, 10009, 10264, 10374,
10661
10037
10054
11164
10163, 10487, 10610, 10714
10009
10009, 10217, 10218, 11163
10037
10865, 11298
10773, 10820
10171, 11517
10017, 10145
10009, 10037, 10264
10037, 10109, 10163, 10200,
10327, 10361, 10512
10037, 11909
10009, 10037, 10217, 10218,
10264, 10394, 10455, 10486,
10487
10009, 10037, 10218, 10371
10037, 10218, 10455
10217
10037, 10218, 10264, 10371
10163, 10208, 10346, 10361,
10480, 10548, 10610
10070, 10163, 10195, 10208,
10346, 10361, 10480, 10548,
10606, 10610
10037, 10264, 10374
10877
10054
10000
11982
10156, 10051, 10236, 10092,
10009, 10036
10035
10761, 10815, 10817, 11933
10051
10009, 10264
10030
10051, 10208, 10226, 10817
10009, 10264, 10817
10009, 10264
10054, 10156, 10145, 10009,
10037, 10264, 10556, 10698,
10817, 10821, 11011
10443, 10499, 10556, 10634
10876
10712
10455
10556
10264, 10817
10030

JVC

K

Kaige
Kaisui
Kambrook
Kamp
KangliKangyi
KapschKarcher
Kathrein
Kawa
Kawasho
KB Aristocrat
KDS
KEC
Kendo
Kennedy
KennexKenwood
Khind
KIC
Kiota
Kioto
Kiton
KLH
KLL
Kloss
Kneissel
Kolin
Kolster
Kongque
Konichi
Konig
Konka
Kontakt
KorpelKorting
KosmosKoyodaKreisen
KTV
KuaileKulun
Kunlun10054, 10093, 10463, 10053,
10030, 10070, 10036, 10218,
10371, 10418, 10508, 10606,
10650, 10653, 10683, 10731,
11253, 11923
10009, 10264, 10817
10009, 10037, 10217, 10218,
10455
10217
10017, 10180, 10217
10001, 10009, 10264, 10374,
10661, 10817
10009, 10264
10163, 10361
10264, 10370, 10606, 10610,
10714, 10778, 11556
10556
10371
10030
10163
11498
10180, 10060
10037, 10362, 10370, 10610,
10648, 11037
10163
10668, 11037
10180, 10030
10706
10217
10001, 10371, 10455
10706, 10556
10037, 10668
10156, 10180, 10765, 10767,
11962
10037
10030
10037, 10362, 10370, 10374,
10499, 10556, 10610
10180, 10150, 10053, 10036,
10108, 11331
10037, 10218
10009, 10264, 10817
10009
10037
10180, 10037, 10218, 10371,
10418, 10587, 10641, 10714,
10817, 11084
10487
10037
10370
10037
10009
10876
10463, 10180, 10030, 10217
10009, 10264
10009
10051, 10208, 10226, 10264,
10374, 10661, 10817

L

KyoshuKyoto
L&S Electronic
Lark
LaSAT
Lavis
Leader
LecsonLegendLenco
Lenoir
Lexsor
Leyco

LG

Liesenk & Tter
Liesenkotter
Lifetec
Lihua
Lloyd’s
Local India TV
Local Malaysia TV
Lodos
Loewe
Logik
Logix
Longjiang
Luker
Luma
Lumatron
Lux MayLuxor

LXI

M M Electronic
MadisonMAG
Magnadyne
Magnafon
Magnasonic

10418
10163, 10217
10714, 10808, 10865
10154
10486
11037
10009
10037
10009
10037, 10374, 10587
10009
11196
10037, 10264
10054, 11265, 10060, 10178,
10030, 11758, 11637, 11191,
11178, 10856, 10715, 10714,
10700, 10698, 10556, 10370,
10361, 10217, 10163, 10109,
10108, 10037, 10009, 10001
10037
10037, 10327
10009, 10037, 10218, 10374,
10668, 10683, 10714, 11037,
11137
10817
10236, 10180, 10030, 10001,
10009, 11904
10009, 10208, 10602
10698
11037
10037, 10370, 10512, 10633,
10790
10236, 10180, 10060, 10001,
10009, 10011, 10371, 10698,
10773, 10880, 11037, 11217
10668
10264, 10817
11982
10009, 10163, 10362, 10374,
11037
10037, 10073, 10163, 10217,
10264, 10361, 10556
10009, 10037
10163, 10208, 10217, 10346,
10361, 10480, 10548, 10631,
11037, 11163
10047, 10054, 10017, 10154,
10000, 10156, 10051, 10093,
10060, 10053, 10178, 10030,
10171, 10166, 10037, 10036,
10035, 10001, 10208
10009, 10037, 10109, 10163,
10195, 10217, 10287, 10343,
10346, 10374, 10480, 10512,
10634, 10661, 10714
10037
11498
10054, 10163
10073
10054, 10000, 10156, 10093,
10030, 10092, 10109

Magnavox

MagnumMajestic
MandorManesthManhattan
Marantz
Mark
Master’s
MastroMasudaMatsuiMatsushita
Maxdorf
Maxent
Maxim
MCE
Meck
Mediator
MedionMegapower
Megas
Megatron
MEI
Meile
Memorex
MemphisMercury
Mermaid
MetronicMetz
MGA
MGN Technology
Micro Genius
Micromaxx
Microstar
MicroTEK
Midland
Mikomi

10047, 11454, 10054, 10154,
10000, 10250, 10051, 10180,
10060, 10030, 10171, 10092,
10706, 11944, 11904, 11755,
11254, 10802, 10780, 10011,
10035, 10037, 10036
10037, 10648, 10714, 10715
10017
10264
10035, 10037, 10217, 10264
10037, 10668, 10778, 10876,
11037, 11267
11454, 10054, 10030, 10037,
10556, 10704, 10855
10009, 10037, 10217, 10374,
10714, 10715
10499
10053, 10706, 10698, 10780
10009, 10037, 10217, 10218,
10264, 10371
11037, 10744, 10714, 10556,
10487, 10455, 10443, 10433,
10371, 10352, 10335, 10217,
10208, 10195, 10163, 10037,
10036, 10035, 10011, 10009
10250, 10051, 10650
10773
11755, 11756
11556, 11982
10009
10698
10037, 10556
10037, 10512, 10556, 10668,
10698, 10714, 10808, 10880,
11037, 11137, 11248, 11900
10700
10610
10047, 10178, 10145, 10009
11037
10264, 10817
10154, 10250, 10463, 10180,
10150, 10060, 10178, 10030,
10009, 10035, 10037, 10195,
10877, 11037, 11911
10009
10060, 10001, 10009, 10037
10037
10625
10037, 10195, 10367, 10388,
10447, 10587, 10668, 10746,
11163
10150, 10178, 10030, 10218,
10374
10178
10150
10037, 10668, 10714, 10808,
11037
10808
10820, 10860
10047, 10017, 10051
11037, 11149

MinatoMinerva
MinokaMirrorMitsubishi
Mivar
MonacoMonivision
Morgan’sMotorola
MTC
MTlogic
Mudan
Multitec
Multitech
MurphyMusikland
Mx OndaMyryadN NAD
NaikoNakimura
NanbaoNansheng
NaritaNAT
National

NEC

Neckermann
NEI
NeoviaNetsatNetTV
Neufunk
New Tech
New World
NewaveNikkaiNikkei
Nikko
Nikkodo10037, 10556
10070, 10108, 10195, 10487
10037
11900
10154, 10250, 10093, 10236,
10180, 11250, 10150, 10178,
10030, 11917, 11037, 10836,
10817, 10556, 10512, 10195,
10108, 10037, 10036, 10011
10217
10009
10700, 10843
10037
10054, 10051, 10093, 10150
10180, 10060, 10030, 10092,
10011, 10370, 10512
10714
10051, 10009, 10208, 10226,
10264, 10817
10037, 10486, 10668, 11037,
11556
10180, 10009, 10037, 10217,
10264, 10370, 10486
10163
10218
11498
10556
10156, 10178, 10166, 10037,
10361, 10866, 11156
10037, 10606, 11982
10037, 10374
10009, 10264
10264, 10817
11982
10226
10051, 10208, 10226, 10508
10047, 10154, 10156, 10051,
10053, 10178, 10030, 11704,
11270, 11170, 10817, 10704,
10661, 10653, 10508, 10499,
10455, 10374, 10264, 10217,
10170, 10036, 10011, 10009
10037, 10200, 10327, 10370,
10418, 10556
10037, 10163, 10371
10865, 10876, 11371
10037
11755
10009, 10037, 10218, 10556,
10610, 10714
10009, 10037, 10217, 10343,
10556
10218
10093, 10178, 10092, 10009
10009, 10035, 10036, 10037,
10163, 10217, 10218, 10264
10714
10178, 10030, 10092
10178, 10030, 10092

Nishi
NoblikoNogamatic
Nokia
Norcent
NordicNordmendeO

NormerelNovatronic
NTC
Nu-TecNyon
Oceanic
Odeon
Okano
Olevia
Omega
Omni
Onida
Onimax
Onwa
Opera
Optimus
OptomaOptonica
Orbit
Orcom
Orion
OrlineOrmond
Osaki
Osio
Oso
Osume
Otic
Otto Versand

P

Pace
Pacific
Palladium
Palsonic
PanamaPanashiba

10030
10070
10109
10163, 10208, 10346, 10361,
10374, 10480, 10548, 10606,
10610, 10631
10748, 10824
10217
10037, 10109, 10195, 10287,
10343, 10560, 10714
10037
10037, 10374
10092
10455, 10698, 10820
10000
10163, 10208, 10361, 10548
10264
10009, 10037, 10264, 10370
11144, 11240, 11331, 11610
10264
10748, 10698, 10780, 10872
10053, 11253
10714
10180, 10218, 10371, 10433,
10602
10037
10154, 10250, 10093, 10180,
10150, 10178, 10030, 10166,
10650
10887
10093
10037
11504
10017, 10236, 10463, 10180,
10178, 11463, 10011, 10037,
10264, 10443, 10556, 10714,
10880, 11196, 11911
10037, 10218
10668, 11037
10037, 10217, 10218, 10264,
10374, 10556
10037
10218
10036, 10037, 10218
11498
10093, 10036, 10037, 10109,
10195, 10217, 10226, 10343,
10361, 10512, 10556
10092
10037, 10443, 10556, 10714,
11037, 11137
10037, 10163, 10200, 10217,
10327, 10370, 10418, 10556,
10714, 11137
10001, 10037, 10217, 10218,
10264, 10418, 10698, 10773,
10778, 11196, 11269, 11904
10009, 10037, 10217, 10264
10001

PRESET CODE

PanasonicPanavision
Panda
Pathe Cinema
Pathe Marconi
Pausa
Paxonic
PCE
PenneyPerdioPerfekt
Petters
PhilcoPhilharmonic

Philips

PhocusPhoenix
Phonola
Pilot
Pioneer
Pionier
PlantronPlaysonic
Polaroid
Poppy
PortlandPowerpoint
Prandoni-Prince
Precision
PremierPresident
Prima
Princeton
Prinston
Prinz
Prism



10054, 10000, 10156, 10250,
10051, 10236, 10030, 11947,
11946, 11941, 11480, 11310,
11291, 11271, 10853, 10650,
10548, 10508, 10367, 10361,
10226, 10208, 10163, 10108,
10037, 10035
10037
10051, 10706, 10009, 10208,
10226, 10264, 10508, 10698,
10780, 10817, 10821
10163
10109
10009
10060, 10030

ProfexProfi
Profilo
Profitronic

10156, 10060
10047, 10000, 10156, 10250,
10051, 10060, 10178, 10030,
10035, 10036, 10037, 10070,
10108, 11347
10037, 10163
10037
11523
10054, 10451, 10463, 10180,
10178, 10030, 10145, 11661,
10037, 10074, 10163, 10370,
10418
10217
11454, 10054, 10017, 10000,
10051, 10178, 10030, 10171,
10092, 11961, 11756, 11254,
10690, 10556, 10512, 10374,
10361, 10343, 10200, 10108,
10037, 10009
10714
10037, 10163, 10370, 10486
10037, 10556
10051, 10060, 10178, 10030,
10706, 10011
10166, 10011, 10037, 10109,
10163, 10170, 10287, 10361,
10370, 10486, 10512, 10679,
10760, 10866, 11260
10370, 10486, 11556
10009, 10037, 10264
10037, 10217, 10714, 10715
10765, 10865, 11276, 11316,
11341, 11498, 11523
10009
10451, 10092, 10374
10037, 10487, 10698
10361
10236, 10180, 10217
10009, 10264
10860
10761, 10009, 10264, 10783,
10815, 10817, 11269, 11933
10700
11037
10361
10250, 10051

Proton10009, 10163, 10361
10009
11556
10037
10037, 10073, 10625, 10634,
11037
11447, 10047, 11347, 11922
10156
10037, 10217, 10370, 10371,
10374, 10668, 10714
10009, 10037, 10217, 10264
10009, 10037, 10217, 10264,
10418, 10486, 10668, 11037
10178, 10030, 10001, 10009

Proview

11498

ProVision
PulsarPulser
PvisionPye
Pymi

10037, 10556, 10714, 11037
10017, 10092
10178, 10092
10876, 11191
10037, 10374, 10556
10009
10051, 10208, 10226, 10264,
10817
10051, 10218
10150, 10178
10250, 10051, 10009, 10035,
10650, 10865
10011, 10037, 10070, 10074,
10109, 10195, 10200, 10327,
10361, 10512, 10668, 11037
10036
10036
10037
10047
10163, 10218
10037, 10217, 10556
10037
10047, 10154, 10180, 10150,
10178, 10030, 10037, 11904
10009, 10037, 10264, 10370,
10418, 10648, 10668, 11037
10070
10036, 10602
10070
11447, 10047, 11454, 10054,
10000, 10051, 10093, 10178,
10030, 10092, 11958, 11953,
11948, 11922, 11917, 11547,
11347, 11247, 11147, 11047,
10679, 10625, 10560, 10090
10047, 10154, 10180, 10150,
10178, 10030
10037, 10418
10037
10036, 10163, 10346, 10361,
10548
10037
10037, 10668, 11037
10865, 10876, 10877, 11207,
11298

PRESET CODE

ProlineProscan
ProscoProsonic
ProtecProtechQ Qingdao
QuadralQuartzQuasarQuelleR

QuestaQuestar
R-LineRabbitRadialva
RadiolaRadiomarelli
RadioShack
Radiotone
Rank
Rank Arena
RBM

RCA

Realistic
Recor
Rectiligne
Rediffusion
RedstarReflexRelisys

Remotec
Reoc
Revox
Rex
RFT
Rinex
RoadstarRolsonRover
Rowa
Royal Lux
Runco
Ruyi

S

Saba
Sagem
Saige
SaishoSaivodSakai
SakynoSaloraSalsa
Sampo

Samsung

SandraSanjianSanky
Sansui
SantonSanyo

Sanyong
SanyuanSaville10250, 10093, 10145, 10171,
10037
10714
10037
10163, 10264
10037, 10264
10773
10009, 10037, 10218, 10264,
10418, 10668, 10714, 11037,
11900
11371
10036, 10877
10748, 10009, 10037, 10264,
10587, 10698, 10712, 10817
10335, 10370
10017, 10060, 10030
10817
10250, 10109, 10163, 10287,
10335, 10343, 10361, 10498,
10548, 10560, 10625, 10714
10455, 10610, 10618
10009, 10817
10009, 10011, 10163, 10217,
10264
10037, 10668, 10712, 11037,
11163, 11556, 11982
10163
10455
10163, 10208, 10361, 10480,
10548, 10631
10335
10047, 10154, 10093, 10178,
10030, 10171, 10092, 10009,
10036, 10650, 10700, 11755,
11756
10047, 10054, 10017, 10154,
10156, 10093, 10060, 10812,
10702, 10178, 10030, 10092,
10814, 10766, 10718, 10618,
10587, 10817, 10821, 11060,
11249, 11312, 11903, 11959,
10556, 10371, 10370, 10362,
10264, 10226, 10217, 10208,
10163, 10090, 10037, 10036,
10035, 10009
10217
10264
10060, 10030
10463, 10060, 10030, 10706,
10037, 10371, 10455, 10602,
10714, 10861, 11371, 11537,
11904, 11911
10009
10047, 10054, 10154, 10000,
10156, 10463, 10180, 10145,
10171, 11755, 11208, 10704,
10508, 10370, 10264, 10217,
10208, 10170, 10163, 10108,
10088, 10037, 10036, 10011,
10009
10037
10093, 10009, 10817
10060

SBR
SceptreSchaub Lorenz
Schneider
ScotchScotland
Scott
Sears
SeawaySeelver
SEG
SEI
Sei-Sinudyne
SelecoSemivox
Semp
SencoraSentraSerinoShanchaShanghai
Shaofeng
Sharp
Shen Ying
Shencai
Sheng Chia
Shenyang
Sherwood
Shintoshi
ShivakiShow
SiaremSiemens
Siera
SiestaSignature
Silva
Silva Schneider
SilvanoSilverSilverCrest

10037, 10556
11217
10361, 10374, 10486, 10548,
10606, 10714, 11191
11982, 11904, 11137, 11037,
10714, 10668, 10648, 10556,
10394, 10371, 10361, 10352,
10343, 10218, 10217, 10163,
10070, 10037
10178
10163
10236, 10180, 10178, 10030
10047, 10054, 10017, 10154,
10000, 10156, 10051, 10093,
10060, 10053, 10178, 10030,
10171, 10166, 10035, 10036,
10037, 10001, 10208, 11904
10634
11037
10009, 10036, 10037, 10217,
10218, 10264, 10362, 10487,
10668, 11037, 11163
10037, 10163
10037
10163, 10264, 10346, 10362,
10371
10180
10156
10009
10035
10093, 10455, 10610
10264, 10817
10009, 10208, 10226, 10264,
10817
10145, 10817
10054, 10093, 10180, 10053,
10030, 10009, 10036, 10200,
10650, 10653, 10668, 11193,
11393, 11917
10092, 10009
10145, 10009, 10264
10093, 10236, 10009
10009, 10264, 10817
10009
10037
10178, 10037, 10374, 10443,
10556
10009, 10418
10163
10145, 10037, 10195, 10200,
10327
10037, 10556
10370
10047, 10093, 10030
10037, 10361, 10648
10037, 11556
10587
10036, 10361, 10455, 10715
11037

Simpson10178, 10030, 10011
10060, 10092, 10009, 10037,
Singer10335, 10371, 10433, 11537
Sinotec
10773
Sinudyne
10037, 10163, 10361
Skantic
10163
SKY
10037, 10880, 11504
Sky Brazil
10880
Sky-North
10037
Skygiant
10180
10748, 10009, 10037, 10264,
Skyworth
10698, 10805, 10817, 11115
Sliding10865, 10880
SLX
10668
Smaragd
10487
Soemtron
10865, 11298
Solar Drape
10000
Solavox10037, 10163, 10361, 10548
Sole
10813
Sonawa10218
Songba10009
Soniko10037
Sonitron10208, 10217, 10370
Sonneclair
10037
Sonoko10009, 10037, 10217, 10264
Sonolor10163, 10208, 10361, 10548
Sontec10009, 10037, 10370
10017, 10154, 11100, 10000,
10150, 10053, 10011, 10036,
Sony
10037, 10074, 10353, 10650,
11505, 11651, 11751, 11904
Sound & Vision
10218, 10374
Soundesign
10180, 10178
Soundwave
10037, 10418, 10715
Sova
11952
10156, 10051, 10060, 10178,
Sowa
10092, 10036, 10226
Soyea
10773
Spectra10009
Spectravision
10156, 10178
Spectroniq
11498
Squareview
10171
SR200010154, 10171
Ssangyong
10009
SSS
10180
Staksonic
10009
10009, 10037, 10217, 10218,
Standard
10374, 11037
Standard Components 10009, 10218
10236, 10180, 10009, 10037,
Starlite
10163, 10264
Stenway10218
Stern
10163, 10264
Stevison
11982
Strato10009, 10037, 10264

Strong
Studio Experience
Stylandia
Sunkai
SunstarSunwatt
Sunwood
SuperlaSuperscanSupersonicSuperTechSupraSupremeSusumuSutronSV2000
SVA
Svasa
Swisstec
SydneySylvania
Symphonic
Synco

T

Syntax
Sysline
T+A
TacicoTai YiTaishan
Tandberg
Tandy
Targa
TashikoTatung
TCL
TCM
Teac
Tec
Tech Line
Techica
Technica

11149, 11163
10843
10217
10218, 10455, 10487, 10610,
10865
10009, 10037, 10264, 10371
10455
10037
10217
10093, 10864, 11944
10009, 10208, 10455, 10805
10009, 10037, 10218, 10556
10178, 10009, 10374
10000
10218, 10287, 10335
10009
10054
10748, 10587, 10865, 10870,
10871, 10872
10455
10880, 11504
10217
10047, 10054, 10154, 10000,
10051, 10178, 10030, 10171,
10092, 10036, 10037, 10876,
11271, 11904, 11944
10000, 10180, 10178, 10171,
11904, 11944
10000, 10451, 10093, 10060,
10178, 10092, 10036
11144, 11240, 11331
10037
10447
10178, 10092, 10009
10009
10009, 10374, 10817
10109, 10361, 10367
10093, 10163, 10217, 10218
11371
10092, 10036, 10163, 10170,
10217, 10650
10054, 10154, 10000, 10156,
10051, 10060, 10037, 10036,
10011, 10009, 10217, 11156,
11191, 11248, 11254, 11371,
11556, 11756
10706, 10698, 11027, 11537
10714, 10808
10154, 10178, 10171, 10706,
11755, 11149, 11037, 10714,
10712, 10698, 10668, 10512,
10455, 10418, 10264, 10217,
10170, 10037, 10009
10009, 10037, 10163, 10217,
10335
10037, 10668, 11163
10218
11982

Technics
TechniSat
Technisson
TechnosonicTechnovox
Techview
Techwood
Tecnimagen
Teco
Tedelex
TeironTek
Teknika
Tele System
Electronic
Teleavia
Telecolor
Telecor

Telefunken

Telefusion
Telegazi
Telemeister
Telesonic
Telestar
Teletech
TeletonTelevideon
Teleview
TempestTennessee
TensaiTensonTera
TevionTexet
Texla
ThemeScene
ThomasThomsonThorn
Thorn-Ferguson

10054, 10250, 10051, 10226,
10556, 10650
10556, 11267
10714
10499, 10556
10030, 10217
10847
10250, 10051, 10060, 11163
10556
10051, 10093, 10178, 10092,
10009, 10036, 10218, 10264,
10653, 11040
10009, 10208, 10217, 10418,
10606, 10698, 11537
10009
10820
10054, 10463, 10180, 10150,
10060, 10178, 10092

Tiane
Tiny
TMK
TML
TNCi
Tobishi
Tobo
Tocom
Tokai
TokaidoTokyo
TomashiTongguang
TongtelTopline

10876
10287, 10343
10017
10037, 10163, 10217, 10218,
10394
10702, 11504, 10821, 10820,
10819, 10714, 10712, 10698,
10625, 10587, 10560, 10498,
10486, 10346, 10343, 10335,
10287, 10109, 10074, 10073,
10037
10037
10037, 10163, 10218, 10264
10037
10037
10009, 10037, 10556
10009, 10037, 10668, 11037
10036, 10217
10163
10037
10009, 10264, 10455
10037
10009, 10037, 10217, 10218,
10371, 10374, 10715, 11037
10009
10030, 10092
10037, 10556, 10648, 10668,
10714, 10808, 11037, 11137,
11248, 11298, 11498, 11556
10009, 10217, 10218, 10374
10780
10887
10047, 10178, 10001, 11904
11447, 10047, 10037, 10109,
10287, 10335, 10343, 10560,
10625
10035, 10036, 10037, 10073,
10074, 10109, 10163, 10264,
10335, 10343, 10361, 10499,
10512
10073, 10335, 10343, 10499

Toshiba

Totevision
TowadaToyodaToyomenka
TraktonTrans Continens
TRANS-continents
Transonic
Triad
Trident
Trio
TristarTriumphTruetone
TuntexTVS
TVTEXT 95

U UherUltra
Ultravox
Unic Line
UnitedUniversal

Universum

10093, 10817
11269
10236, 10180, 10178
11756
10017
10218
10748, 10009, 10264
10156
10009, 10037, 10163, 10217,
10374, 10668, 11037
11037
10035
10218
10264
10587, 10780
10668, 11037
10154, 11256, 10156, 10150,
11265, 10060, 11145, 10145,
10166, 11037, 11156, 11163,
11164, 11356, 11508, 11556,
11656, 11704, 11945, 11971,
10845, 10821, 10718, 10650,
10618, 10508, 10264, 10217,
10195, 10109, 10070, 10036,
10035, 10011, 10009
10051
10217
10009, 10264, 10371
10178
10217, 10264
10037, 10217, 10668, 11037
10556, 10865
10009, 10037, 10264, 10418,
10455, 10512, 10587, 10698,
10712, 10780
10218, 10556
10217
11498
10218, 10264
10037, 10346, 10556
10250, 10051
10030, 10092, 10009
10463
10556
10037, 10370, 10374, 10418,
10480, 10486
10092
10037, 10163, 10374
10037, 10455
10037, 10587, 10714, 10715,
11037, 11982
10047, 10037
11163, 11037, 10668, 10631,
10618, 10512, 10480, 10418,
10370, 10362, 10361, 10346,
10327, 10264, 10217, 10200,
10195, 10170, 10109, 10074,
10070, 10037, 10036, 10011,
10009

V

UnivoxV
V2max
V7 Videoseven
Vector Research
VestelVexa
VictorVideoconVideologic
Videologique
Videomac
VideoSystem
Videotechnic
Videoton
VidikronVidtechViewpia
Viewsonic
Viking
Viore
VisionVizio
VortecVoxsonW Waltham
Wards

Warumaia
WatsonWatt Radio
WayconWega
WegavoxWeipai
Welltech
Weltblick
Welton
Weltstar
Westinghouse
Wharfedale
White
Westinghouse
WindsorWindy Sam
WintelWorld

10037, 10163
10864, 10885, 11755, 11756
10865
10880, 11217, 11755
10030
10037, 10217, 10668, 11037,
11163
10009, 10037
10250, 10053, 10036, 10650,
10653
10508
10218
10217, 10218
10009
10037
10217, 10374
10163
10054
10178, 10036
10876
10857, 10864, 10885, 11330,
11578, 11627, 11755
10060
11207
10037, 10217, 10264
10864, 10885, 11755, 11756,
11758
10037
10178, 10037, 10163, 10418
10037, 10109, 10217, 10418,
10443, 10668, 11037
10047, 10054, 10017, 10154,
10000, 10156, 10051, 10093,
10236, 10180, 10060, 10178,
10030, 10166, 11347, 11156,
11147, 10866, 10195, 10001,
10037, 10035
10374, 10661
10009, 10037, 10163, 10218,
10394, 10668, 10714, 11037
10163
10156
10036, 10037
10009
10009
10714
10217
10178
11037
10000, 10451, 10885, 10889,
11282, 11577
10037, 10556, 10860, 11556
10451, 10236, 10463, 10037,
10623, 10889, 11909
10668, 11037
10556
10714
10451, 10236, 10463, 10180

World-of-Vision

X

Worldview
X-View
XeniusXiahuaY

Xianghai
Xiangyang
Xiangyu
Xihu
XingfuXinghai
XLogicXocecoXoro
XR-1000
XryptonYamahaYamishiYapsheYingge
Yokan
Yoko

Z

Yonggu
Yorx
Youlanasi
YousidaYuhang
ZanussiZenith
ZhuHai

10865, 10877, 10880, 11217,
11298
10455
11191
10634, 10661
10009, 10264, 10698, 10773,
10817
10009
10264
10009
10264, 10817
10009
10264
10698, 10860
11064
11196, 11217
10154, 10180, 10171
10037
10030, 10650, 11576
10037, 10217, 10218, 10455
10250
10009
10037
10009, 10037, 10217, 10218,
10264, 10370
10009
10030, 10218
10817
10009
10009
10163, 10217, 10264
10047, 10017, 10000, 10093,
10463, 11265, 10812, 10178,
10030, 11145, 10145, 10171,
10092, 10037, 11904, 11909,
11911
10009, 10374

TV/DVD Combination b2, b4
b2

A Advent

B
C
D

Akai
Akura
Alba
AmstradApex Digital
Audiovox
Axion
Black Diamond
BushCentrum
Crown
D-Vision
Denver

11933
11675
11982
11037
11982
11943
11937, 11951, 11952
11937, 11958
11037
10698, 11037, 11900
11037
11037
11982
10587

PRESET CODE



E
F
G
H
J
K
L

M

N
P

R
S

T

U
V

ElfunkFerguson
FinluxGoodmans
Hitachi
JDV
Jensen
KLH
Lenco
Logik
Luker
Luxor
Matsui
Maxim
MedionMirrorNaiko
NaritaPanasonic
Philips
Powerpoint
Prima
RCA
Roadstar
SaivodSamsung
Schneider
SEG
Sova
Stevison
Sylvania
Teac
Technica
Telefunken
ThomsonTransonic
UnitedVestel

11037
11037
11556
10587, 11037, 11900
11960
11982
11933
11962
10587
11037
11982
11037
11037
11982
11900
11900
11982
11982
11941
11454, 10556, 11961
10698
11933
11948, 11958
11900
11982
11903
11982
11037
11952
11982
10171
10698
11982
10698
10625
10587
10587, 11037, 11982
11037

b4

A Akai

B
C
D

Akura
Alba
AmstradApex Digital
Black Diamond
Broksonic
BushCentrum
CitizenCrown
D-Vision

30695
31367
30695, 30884
31367
30830
30713, 30884
30695
30713, 30884
30713
30695
30713
31367

10 PRESET CODE

E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
R
S

T
U
V

DMTechElfunkEmerson
ESA
Ferguson
Funai
Goodmans
GrandinGrundig
HitachiInsignia
JDV
JNC
Konka
Logik
Luker
Luxor
Magnavox
MatsuiMaxim
Naiko
NaritaNeoviaOrion
Pacific
Panasonic
Philips
RCA
SaivodSamsung
SansuiSchneider
SEG
Sliding
Stevison
Sylvania
Technica
ThomsonToshiba
UnitedUniversum
Vestel

31271
30713, 30884
30675, 31268
31268
30695, 30713, 30884
31268
30713
30713
30539, 30695
31247
31268
31367
31271
31192
30713, 30884
31367
30713
31268
30713, 30884
31367
31367
31367
31271
30695
30695
31490
30539, 30854, 31260
31022
31367
30899
30695
31367
30713, 30884
31115
31367
30630, 30675, 31268
31367
30551
30695
30713, 30884, 31367
30713
30884

C
D
E
F

G GE

H
I
J
L
M
O
P

Q
R

T

b2

A

B

11904, 11911
10180
10171
10180
10486
11909

GoldStar
Goodmans
Grundig
Harley Davidson
Hinari
HitachiInternal
JVC
LG
Lloyd’s
Magnavox
MemorexMitsubishi
Orion
Palsonic
Panasonic
PenneyPhilips
QuasarRadiolaRadioShack
RCAS

TV/VCR Combination b2, b3, b4
Aiwa
America Action
AmstradAudiovox
Beko
Black Diamond

Broksonic
Bush
Curtis Mathes
DaewooEmersonFergusonFidelity
Funai

W
Z

Saba
Samsung
SansuiSchneider
Sears
Sharp
SiemensSony
Sylvania
Symphonic
Teac
Technics
ThomasThomsonToshibaWhite
Westinghouse
Zenith10463, 11911
11556
10051
11909
10236, 10463, 11909, 11911
10073, 10625
10171
11904
10047, 10051, 10093, 11917,
11922
10037
10374, 11909
10037, 10195, 10556
11904
10036
11904
11909
11923
10178
11904
10054, 11904
10250
10093, 10556, 11917
10463, 11911
11904
10250, 10051
10051
10037, 10556
10250, 10051
10556
11904
10047, 10051, 10093, 11917,
11922
10625
11959
10463, 11904, 11911
10037, 10556, 11904
11904
10093, 11917
10037
10000, 11505, 11904
10054
11904
10178, 10171
10556
11904
10625
11971
11909
11904, 11909, 11911b3

A Aiwa20000, 20352, 20479, 20742,
21137

B

C
D
E
F

Akai
Alba
America Action
AmstradAudiovox
Beko
BestarBlue SkyBPL
Broksonic
Bush
CitizenCurtis Mathes
DaewooDantaxEmersonFergusonFidelityFirstline
Funai

G GE

H

I
J
K
L
M

GoldStar
Goodmans
GrandinGrundig
Hanimex
Harley Davidson
Hinari
HitachiHypsonInternal
JBL
JMB
Kambrook
KneisselLG
Lloyd’s
Loewe
Magnasonic
Magnavox
MagninMatsui
MedionMemorexO

MGA
Mitsubishi
Optimus
Orion

P

Pace
Pacific

20352
20352
20278
20000
20278
20104
20278
20278, 20352, 20742
20046
20002, 20479, 21479
20352, 20742
20278, 21278
20035, 21035
20278, 20637, 21278
20352
20002, 20278, 20479, 20637,
21278, 21479
20000, 20278
20000
20278
20000
20060, 20035, 20048, 20240,
20807, 21035, 21060
20037, 20480, 21237
20278, 20352, 20637
20278, 20742
20081, 20347, 20352, 20742
20352
20000
20352
20000
20037
20278, 20637
20278
20352
20037
20278, 20352
20037, 20480, 21237
20000
20037
20278, 21278
20081, 20000, 21781
20240
20352, 20742
20352
20162, 20037, 21162, 21237,
21262
20240
20048, 20081, 20043, 20807
20162, 21162, 21262
20002, 20352, 20479, 20742,
21479
20352
20742

Palsonic
Panasonic
PenneyQ
R

PhilipsPortlandQuasarRadiolaRadioShack
RCA

S

T

U
W
Z

Saba
Samsung
Sansui
Sanyo
SavilleSchneider
Sears
SEG
Sharp
ShivakiSiemens
SinudyneSony
Supra
Sylvania
Symphonic
Tatung
Teac
Technics
Technosonic
Telefunken
ThomasThomsonToshiba
UnitedWhite
Westinghouse
Zenith20000
20035, 20162, 21035, 21162,
21262
20035, 20037, 20240, 21035,
21237
20081
20637
20035, 20162, 21035, 21162
20081
20000
20060, 20035, 20048, 20240,
20807, 21035, 21060
20320
20240, 20432, 21014
20000, 20479, 21479
20240
20352
20081, 20000
20037, 20000, 21237
20637
20037, 20048, 20807
20037
20081
20352
20032, 20000, 21232
20348
20081, 21781
20000
20352
20037, 20000, 20637, 20642
20081
20352
20278
20000
20278
20352, 20432, 20845, 21145
20742
20278, 20637
20000, 20479, 20637, 21479

b4

T

Thomson30551

TV/VCR/DVD Combinationb2, b3, b4

b2

A AkaiB Broksonic
E Emerson
ESA

M Magnavox
P Panasonic
R RCA

11903
11938
11944
11944
11944
11946, 11947
11953

S
T

Sharp
Sylvania
Symphonic
Toshiba

11917
11944
11944
11945

b3

S

Sharp

20807

b4

A AkaiE Emerson

M
P
R
S

T

ESA
Magnavox
Panasonic
RCA
Sharp
SuperscanSylvania
Symphonic
Toshiba

B

30899
30821
30821
30821
31362, 31462
31132
30630
30821
30821
30821
31045

VCR
A A-MarkABS
AdmiralAdventura
Aiko
Aim
Aiwa
Akai
Akura
Alba
Alienware
AllegroAllorgan
AllstarAmerica Action
American High
Amoisonic
AmstradAnam
Anam National
Ansonic
Aristona
ASA
Asha
Astra
Asuka

20037, 20240, 20000, 20278,
20046
21972
20060, 20048, 20039, 20047,
20104, 20121, 20209, 20479
20037, 20240, 20000
20278
20278, 20348, 20642
20037, 20032, 20000, 20209,
20041, 20348, 20352, 20479,
20742, 21137
20037, 20240, 20041, 20106,
20315, 20348, 20352, 20642
20041
20081, 20000, 20209, 20278,
20315, 20348, 20352
21972
20039, 21137
20240
20081
20278
20035, 20081
20479
20000, 20278
20162, 20037, 20240, 20278,
20226, 20480
20162, 20226, 21162, 21562
20000
20081
20037, 20081
20240
20035, 20240
20037, 20081, 20000, 20038

C

20081
20278
20037, 20278, 20038
20000
20000, 20352
20037, 20043, 20278, 20642
20000, 20104, 20041, 20278,
Baird
20046, 20106
Basic Line20104, 20278, 20046
Beaumark
20240
Beko
20104
20035, 20048, 20039, 20000,
Bell & Howell20104, 20046, 20479
Bestar20278
Black Diamond
20642
Black Panther20278
Blaupunkt
20162, 20081, 20226
20037, 20209, 20278, 20348,
Blue Sky
20352, 20480, 20642, 20742,
21137
BPL
20046
Brandt20041, 20320
Brandt Electronique 20041
Brinkmann
20209, 20348
20184, 20121, 20209, 20002,
Broksonic
20348, 20479, 21479
20081, 20000, 20209, 20278,
Bush
20315, 20348, 20352, 20642,
20742
Calix
20037
Candle20037, 20038
Canon
20035
Capehart
20002
Carena20081, 20209
Carrefour
20045
Carrera20240
Carver20035, 20081
Casio
20000
Cathay
20278
CCE
20278
CGE
20000, 20041
Changhong20048, 20081
Cimline20209
Cineral20278
CineVision
21137
20035, 20037, 20240, 20000,
Citizen20209, 20278, 20479, 21278
Classic
20037
Clatronic
20000, 21593
Colortyme
20060, 20035, 20045, 20278
Colt
20000
Combitech20352
Condor20278
Craig
20037, 20047, 20240
Criterion
20000

Crosley
Crown

Audiolab
Audiosonic
Audiovox
Avis
AVP
Awa

Curtis Mathes
Cybernex
CyberPowerCyrus

D Daewoo
Dansai
DantaxDaytronDe Graaf
Decca
Degraff
DeitronDell
Denon
Derwent
Diamant
Diamond
DigitorDirecTV
Domland
DSE
Dual

E

DumontDurabrand
Dynatech
ElbeElectrohome
Electrophonic
Elin
Elta
Emerald
EmerexEmersonESA
ESC
EuroLineF

FergusonFidelity
Finlandia
Finlux20035, 20081, 20000
20037, 20278, 20480
20060, 20035, 20162, 20240,
20000, 20041, 20278, 20432,
21035
20240
21972
20081
20037, 20045, 20104, 20209,
20278, 20046, 20352, 20637,
20642, 21137, 21278
20278
20352
20037, 20278
20048, 20081, 20042, 20104,
20046
20081, 20000, 20067, 20209,
20041, 20352
20048, 20081, 20042, 20104
20278
21972
20081, 20042
20041
20037
20348
20642
20739
20209
20642
20081, 20000, 20041, 20278,
20348
20081, 20000, 20104
20039, 20038, 20642
20240, 20000
20278, 20038
20060, 20037, 20240, 20000,
20043, 20209
20037
20240
20278
20184, 20121
20032
20035, 20037, 20184, 20039,
20240, 20045, 20000, 20121,
20043, 20209, 20002, 20278,
20348, 20479, 20637, 21278,
21479, 21593
21137
20240, 20278
21593
20000, 20041, 20278, 20320,
20348
20240, 20000, 20352, 20432
20037, 20048, 20081, 20000,
20042, 20104, 20043, 20046,
20106, 20226
20081, 20000, 20042, 20104

Firstline
Fisher

G

Flint
Fuji
FujitsuFujitsu General
Funai
Galaxi
GalaxisGarrard
GatewayGE
GEC
Gemini
GeneralGeneral Technic
Genexxa
Go Video
GoldStar
Goodmans
GPX
Gradiente
GraetzGranadaGrandinGrundig

H HaazHanimex
Hanseatic
HaojieHarley Davidson
Harman/Kardon
Headquarter
Hewlett Packard
HI-Q
Hinari
HisawaHischito
Hitachi
HoeherHornyphon
Howard ComputersHP

20037, 20045, 20042, 20043,
20209, 20278, 20348, 20480,
21137
20039, 20047, 20000, 20104,
20046
20209, 20348
20035, 20033
20037, 20045, 20000
20037
20037, 20000, 20278, 21593
20000
20278
20000
21972
20060, 20035, 20048, 20240,
20000, 20226, 20320, 20807,
21035, 21060
20081
20060
20045
20348
20037, 20000, 20104, 20278
20240, 20432, 20614, 21137
20035, 20037, 20039, 20000,
20209, 20278, 20038, 20225,
20226, 20480, 21137, 21237
20037, 20081, 20240, 20000,
20209, 20278, 20348, 20352,
20637, 20642, 20742
20037
20000
20240, 20104, 20041
20035, 20037, 20048, 20081,
20240, 20000, 20042, 20104,
20046, 20226
20037, 20000, 20209, 20278,
20742
20081, 20226, 20320, 20347,
20348, 20352, 20742
20348
20352
20037, 20081, 20209, 20038
20240
20000
20081, 20038
20046
21972
20035, 20047, 20000
20240, 20209, 20041, 20278,
20352
20209, 2035
20045
20035, 20037, 20081, 20240,
20045, 20000, 20042, 20041,
20046, 20089
20278, 20642
20081
21972
21972

Hughes Network
Systems
Humax
Hush
HypsonI

Hytek
iBUYPOWER
Imperial
Ingersol
Interbuy
InterfunkInternal
International
Intervision
Irradio
ITTJ

ITT Nokia
ITV
JaneilJBL
Jensen
JMB
Joyce
JVC

K

Kambrook
Karcher
KEC
Kendo
Kenwood
KIC
Kimari
Kneissel

L

Kodak
Kolin
Kolster
KTV
Kuba
Kuba Electronic
Lenco
LG
Lifetec
Linksys
Lloyd’s
Loewe
Logik
Lumatron
Lunatron

20042, 20739
20739
21972
20037, 20000, 20209, 20278,
20352, 20480
20047, 20000
21972
20000
20240, 20209
20037
20081, 20104
20278, 20637
20037, 20278, 20642
20037, 20000, 20209, 20278,
20348
20037, 20081, 21137
20240, 20104, 20041, 20046,
20106
20240, 20104, 20041, 20106
20037, 20278
20240
20278
20067, 20041
20209, 20348, 20352, 20742
20000
20184, 20081, 20045, 20067,
20041, 21162
20037
20081, 20278, 20642
20037, 20278
20037, 20209, 20278, 20106,
20315, 20348, 20642
20067, 20041, 20038, 20046
20000
20047
20037, 20209, 20278, 20348,
20352
20035, 20037
20043, 20041
20209
20000
20047
20047
20278
20037, 20240, 20045, 20000,
20042, 20209, 20278, 20038,
20225, 20480, 21137, 21237
20209, 20348
21972
20240, 20000, 20038
21062, 20162, 20037, 20081,
21262, 21562
20240, 20000, 20209, 20106
20278, 21137
21137

PRESET CODE

11

LuxorLXI

M M Electronic
Magnadyne

Magnasonic
Magnavox
MagninMagnumManesthMarantz
Mark
Marta
MastecMaster’s
MatsuiMatsushita
Media Center PC
Mediator
MedionMEI
Memorex
MetronicMetz
MGA
MGN Technology
Micormay
Micromaxx
Microsoft
Midland
Migros
Mind
Minolta
Mitsubishi

N

Motorola
MTC
MTX
Multitec
Multitech
MurphyMyryad
NAD
Naiko
NAP
National

20048, 20047, 20104, 20043,
20046, 20106, 20315
20037, 20000, 20042, 20067
20037, 20240, 20000, 20038
20081
20037, 20240, 20000, 20278,
21278
20035, 20037, 20048, 20039,
20081, 20240, 20000, 20226,
20618, 20642, 21593, 21781
20240
20642
20081, 20045, 20209
20035, 20081, 20209, 20038
20000, 20278
20037
20642
20278
20037, 20240, 20209, 20278,
20348, 20352, 20742
20035, 20162, 20081, 20226,
21162
21972
20081
20209, 20348, 20352, 20642
20035
20035, 20162, 20037, 20048,
20039, 20047, 20240, 20000,
20104, 20209, 20278, 20046,
20348, 20479, 21162, 21237,
21262
20081
21062, 20162, 20037, 20081,
20226, 20347, 20836, 21162,
21262, 21562
20060, 20240, 20043
20240
20348
20209
21972
20240
20000
21972
20042
20060, 20048, 20047, 20081,
20000, 20042, 20067, 20043,
20041, 20480, 20642, 20807
20035, 20048
20240, 20000
20000
20037
20039, 20000
20000
20081
20240, 20104
20348, 20642
20039
20226

12 PRESET CODE

Nebula Electronics
NEC
Neckermann
Nesco
NeufunkNewaveNikkai
Nikko
NikkodoNishi
Niveus Media
Noblex
Nokia
Nordmende
Northgate
Nu-TecO Oceanic
Okano
Olympus
OnimaxOnkyo
Optimus
Orion

P

Orson
Osaki
Otake
Otto Versand
Pace
Pacific
Packard Bell
Palladium
Palsonic
PanamaPanasonic
Pathe Cinema
Pathe Marconi
PenneyPentax
PerdioPhilco20033
20035, 20037, 20048, 20104,
20067, 20041, 20278, 20038,
21137
20081, 20041
20000
20209
20037
20278
20037, 20278
20037, 20278
20240
21972
20240
20048, 20081, 20240, 20042,
20104, 20041, 20278, 20046,
20106, 20315
20067, 20041, 20320
21972
20209
20048, 20081, 20000, 20104,
20041, 20046, 20106
20209, 20278, 20315, 20348
20035, 20162, 20104, 20226
20642
20222
21062, 20035, 20162, 20037,
20048, 20047, 20240, 20000,
20104, 20432, 21162, 21262
20184, 20240, 20000, 20104,
20121, 20209, 20002, 20278,
20348, 20352, 20479, 20742,
21479
20000
20037, 20000
20209
20081
20352
20000, 20348, 20642, 20742
21972
20037, 20209, 20041, 20348
20000, 20642
20035
21062, 20035, 20162, 20000,
20225, 20226, 20614, 20616,
20836, 21035, 21162, 21262,
21562
20043
20041
20035, 20162, 20037, 20047,
20081, 20240, 20000, 20042,
20067, 20038, 21035, 21237
20042
20000, 20209
20035, 20081, 20000, 20209,
20038, 20226, 20479

PhilipsQ

Phoenix
Phonola
Pilot
Pioneer
Polk Audio
PortlandPresidianPrinz
Profitronic
ProlineProscan
ProscoProsonic
ProtecProtechProVision
PulsarPulserPye
Qisheng
Quarter
QuartzQuasarR

QuelleRadialva
RadiolaRadionette
RadioShack
Radix
RandexRank
Rank Arena
RCA
Realistic
Reoc
ReplayTV
Rex
Ricavision
Rio
Roadstar

S

Runco
Saba
SaishoSalora20035, 20162, 20048, 20081,
20045, 20000, 20209, 20226,
20616, 20618, 20739, 21081,
21181
20278
20081
20037
20162, 20081, 20042, 20067
20081
20278, 20637
21593
20000
20081, 20240
20000, 20278, 20320, 20642
20060, 21060
20278
20209, 20278
20000
20081
20278
20039, 20240, 20278
20240
20081, 20000
20060
20046
20035, 20047, 20046
20035, 20162, 20002, 20278,
20226, 21035, 21162
20081
20037, 20048, 20081
20081
20037, 21137
20035, 20162, 20037, 20048,
20047, 20240, 20000, 20104,
20046, 21162
20037
20037
20041
20041
20060, 20035, 20048, 20240,
20045, 20000, 20042, 20106,
20226, 20320, 20807, 20880,
21035, 21060
20035, 20162, 20037, 20048,
20047, 20240, 20000, 20104,
20121, 20278, 20046, 21162
20348
20614, 20616
20041
21972
21137
20037, 20081, 20240, 20278,
20038, 20742
20039
20041, 20278, 20320
20209, 20348
20104, 20043, 20046, 20106

Sampo
Samsung
SamtronSanky
Sansei
Sansui
Sanyo
SavilleSBR
ScanSonic
Schaub Lorenz
Schneider
Scott
Sears
SeawaySEG
SEI
Sei-Sinudyne
SelecoSemp
SentraSharp
ShincoShintom
Shivaki
ShogunSiemens
Siera
Signature
Silva
SilverSilverCrest
SingerSinudyne
Smaragd
Sonic Blue
Sonographe
Sonolor
SontecSonwa
Sony20037, 20048
20060, 20240, 20045, 20000,
20038, 20432, 20739, 21014
20240
20048, 20039
20048
20240, 20000, 20067, 20209,
20041, 20002, 20106, 20348,
20479, 21479
20048, 20047, 20240, 20000,
20104, 20067, 20209, 20046,
20348, 20479, 21137
20240, 20278, 20352
20081
20240
20000, 20104, 20041, 20106,
20315, 20348
20037, 20081, 20240, 20000,
20042, 20278, 20348, 20352,
20642, 21137
20184, 20045, 20121, 20043
20060, 20035, 20162, 20037,
20048, 20039, 20047, 20033,
20045, 20000, 20042, 20104,
20067, 20043, 20209, 20041,
21237, 20046
20278
20081, 20240, 20278, 20637,
20642
20081
20081
20037, 20041
20045
20278
20037, 20048, 20047, 20032,
20000, 20209, 20807
20000
20039, 20240, 20000, 20104
20037
20240
20037, 20081, 20104, 20046,
20320, 20347
20081
20060, 20035, 20037, 20048,
20000, 20046, 20479
20037
20278
20642
20037, 20240, 20045, 20348
20081, 20209, 20352
20348
20614, 20616, 21137
20046
20048, 20046
20037, 20278
20642
20035, 20048, 20047, 20032,
20033, 20000, 20067, 20046,
20106, 20226, 20636, 21232,
21972

SoundmasterSoundwave
Stack 9Standard
Stern
STS
Sunkai
Sunstar
Suntronic
Supra
SusumuSV2000
SVA
Sylvania

T

Symphonic
Systemax
T+A
Tagar Systems
TaishoTandberg
Tandy
TashikoTatungTchiboTCM
Teac
Technics
TechniSat
Technosonic
Teco
TedelexTeknika
Teleavia
Telecorder
Telefunken
Telerent
Telestar
TeletechTensai
TevionTexetThomasThomsonThorn
Tisonic
Tivo
TMK

20000
20037, 20209, 20348
21972
20278
20278
20042
20209, 20278, 20348
20000
20000
20037, 20278, 20348
20037
20000
20000
20035, 20081, 20000, 20043,
21593, 21781
20240, 20000, 20002, 21593
21972
20162
21972
20209
20278
20000, 20104
20037, 20048, 20081, 20240,
20000
20048, 20081, 20045, 20000,
20067, 20043, 20209, 20041,
20348, 20352
20348
20348
20037, 20000, 20067, 20041,
20278, 20637, 20642, 21593
20035, 20162, 20037, 20081,
20000, 20226, 21162
20348
20352
20035, 20037, 20048, 20041,
20038
20037, 20209, 20348, 20642
20035, 20037, 20000
20041
20240
20209, 20041, 20278, 20320,
20642
20226
20037
20000, 20278
20037, 20000, 20278
20209, 20348, 20479, 20642
20278
20000, 20002
20060, 20067, 20041, 20278,
20320
20037, 20104, 20041, 20320
20278
20618, 20636, 20739, 21996
20240, 20000

TNIX
Tocom
Tokai
ToplineToshibaU

Tosonic
Totevision
Touch
ToyodaTradex
Triad
Trix
Uher
Ultra
Ultravox
UnitechUnitedUniversum

V

VectorVector Research
VictorVideo Concepts
Video Technic
VideomagicVideosonic
Viewsonic
Villain
VoodooW Wards

X
Y
Z

WatsonWeltblickWharfedale
White
Westinghouse
World
XR-1000
YamahaYamishiYoko
ZenithZT Group
ZX

20037
20240
20037, 20104, 20041
20348
20081, 20240, 20045, 20000,
20042, 20067, 20043, 20209,
20041, 20352, 20432, 20742,
20845, 21008, 21145, 21972,
21996
20278
20037, 20240
21972
20278
20081
20278
20037
20240
20045, 20278
20278
20240
20348, 20742, 21593
20037, 20081, 20240, 20000,
20104, 20209, 20106, 20348,
21137
20045
20184, 20038
20067, 20041
20045
20000
20037
20240, 20000
21972
20000
21972
20060, 20035, 20037, 20048,
20039, 20047, 20081, 20033,
20240, 20045, 20000, 20042,
20043, 20041, 20038, 20046,
20479
20081, 20352, 20642
20037
20642
20000, 20209, 20278, 20479,
20637
20209, 20002, 20348, 20479
20035, 20240, 20000
20041, 20038
20278
20037, 20240
20037, 20039, 20033, 20000,
20209, 20041, 20278, 20479,
20637, 21137, 21479
21972
20209, 20348, 20352

PVR b3
A ABS
C
D
G
H

I
L
M
N
P
R
S

T

V
Z

Alienware
CyberPowerDell
DirecTV
Gateway
Go Video
Hewlett Packard
Howard Computers
HP
Hughes Network
Systems
Humax
Hush
iBUYPOWER
LinksysMedia Center PC
Microsoft
Mind
Niveus Media
Northgate
Panasonic
Philips
RCA
ReplayTVSamsung
Sonic BlueSony
Stack 9Systemax
Tagar Systems
TivoToshibaTouch
Viewsonic
VoodooZT Group

21972
21972
21972
21972
20739
21972
20614
21972
21972
21972

A

3D LAB
4Kus
A-Trend
Acoustic Solutions
AEG
AFK
Aim
Airis
Aiwa

Akashi
AKI
Akira
Akura
Alba
Alco
Alize
All-TelAllegroAltacom
AmitechAmoi
Amphion Media
Works
AmstradAMW
Anam
Ansonic

20739
20739
21972
21972
21972
21972
21972
21972
21972
21972
20614, 20616
20618, 20739
20880
20614, 20616
20739
20614, 20616
20636, 21972
21972
21972
21972
20618, 20636, 20739
21008, 21972, 21996
21972
21972
21972
21972

DVD Player
1

Akai

30503, 30539
31158
30714
30713, 30730, 31228
30770, 30788, 30790, 31923
31051, 31152, 31923
30672, 30699, 30833
30672, 31005, 31224, 31250,
31321, 31345
30533, 30641

Apex Digital

B

Aristona
Arrgo
ASCOMTEC
Asono
Aspire Digital
AtacomAudiosonic
Audiovox
Audioworld
Autovox
Auvio
Awa
Axion
Base
Basic Line
Baze
BBK
Beep
Bellagio
BelsonBinatoneBlack Diamond
Blaupunkt
Blu:sens
Blue Nova
InternationalBlue Parade

30690, 30695, 30705, 30770,
30788, 30790, 30884, 30898,
30899, 31115, 31205, 31233,
31695
30838
31005
30699, 31321
30898, 31051, 31140, 31233,
31367
30672, 30539, 30717, 30695,
30699, 30713, 30730, 30783,
30884, 31140, 31530, 31695
30790
31151
31451
30869
31224
30784, 30770, 30850
30852

C

30872
30713, 30770, 31151, 31367
30872
31913
30759, 30774, 30831
30533, 30672, 30717, 30755,
30794, 30796, 30797, 30830,
31004, 31020, 31056, 31061
30539, 30646
31023
31923
31224
31168
31224
30690, 31923
30717, 30790
30790
30713
30843
30730, 30872
30730
31451
30713
30898
30862, 31224
31163
31004
31086, 31923
31923
30713, 30833, 30884
30717
31233, 31321
31321
30571

30672, 30651, 30695, 30699,
30713, 30790, 30843, 31423
Boghe
31004
Boman
30783, 30898, 31005
Bose
32023
Brainwave
30770, 31115
Brandt30503, 30651, 30551
Broksonic
30695
30672, 30717, 30690, 30699,
30713, 30723, 30730, 30831,
Bush
30833, 30884, 31051, 31140,
31483, 31695, 31832
Byd:sign
30872
C-Tech30798, 31152
California Audio Labs 30490
Cambridge Audio
30751, 31109
Cambridge
30690
Soundworks
Campomatic Digital 31051
Cat
30699, 30789, 31421, 31923
CCE
30730
Celestial
31020
cello
31730
Centrex30672, 31004
30713, 30789, 31005, 31227,
Centrum
31923
CGV
30751, 31115
Changhong30627, 31061
Cinea
30831, 30841
Cinetec
30713, 30872
cineULTRA
30699
CineVision
30833, 30869, 31483
Citizen30695
Clairtone
30571
Classic
30730, 31730
Clatronic
30672, 30675, 30788, 31233
Clayton30713
30730, 30852, 31086, 31321,
Coby
31923
Codex
31233
Commax31321
Conia
30672, 30852, 31321
Contel30788
Continental Edison 30831, 30872
Craig
30831
Creative
30503, 30539
Crown
30690, 30713, 30770, 31115
Crypto31228
Curtis Mathes
31087
Cybercom
30831
30714, 30816, 30874, 31023,
CyberHome
31024, 31117, 31129, 31502
Cytron30651, 30705, 30774, 31347
D-Vision
31115, 31367
Daenyx30872
Blue SkyD

DaewooDaltonDansai
Dantax
DaytekDayton
DCE
Decca
Denon
DenverDenzelDesay
Dgtec
Diamond
Digihome
DigiLogic
digiRED
Digitech
DigitorDigitrex
DiK
Dinamic
DisneyDiViDo
DK Digital
DMTechDragonDreamX
DSE
Dual

E

Durabrand
DVD2000
DVX
E:max
EagleTec
eBenchECC
EclipseElfunkElin
Elite
EllionElta
Eltax
EmersonEnterprise

30490, 30784, 30705, 30714,
30770, 30833, 30869, 30872,
31172, 31483, 31906
31036
30770, 30783, 31115, 31695
30539, 30713, 30723, 30790
30872, 31005
30872
30831
30770, 31115
30490, 30634, 31634,[32134]z
30672, 30699, 30788, 30898,
31056, 31104, 31321, 31923
30665
30843, 31212
30672
30651, 30751, 30768, 30790
30713
30713
30717
31832
30651, 30690, 30833, 31005,
31423
30672, 31004, 31056
30831
30788
30675, 30831, 31270
30705
30831
30783, 31271
30831
31151
30833, 31152, 31730
30651, 30665, 30675, 30713,
30730, 30783, 30790, 30831,
31023
30713, 30831, 31023, 31502
30521
30768
31233, 31321
30714
31152
30730
30723, 30751
30713, 30850, 30884
30770
31152
30850, 31421
30672, 30690, 30770, 30788,
30850, 31051, 31115, 31151,
31233
31233, 31321
30591, 30675, 30705, 30821,
31268
30591

PRESET CODE

13

F

EntivoEnzer
ESA
EuroLine
FennerFerguson
FinluxFirstlineG

Fisher
Funai
FusionGatewayGE
General Electric
Germatic
Global Link
Global Solutions
Global Sphere
Go Video
GoldStar
Goodmans
GP Audio
GPX
Gradiente
GraetzGran Prix
GrandinGreenhill
Grundig
Grunkel

H H&B
Haaz
Haier
Hanseatic
Harman/Kardon
HCM
HDT
HE
Henss
HiMAX
Hitachi
Hiteker
Hoeher30503, 30539
30784, 30770, 31228
30821, 31268
30675, 30788, 31115, 31233
30651
30651, 30695, 30713, 30884,
30898, 31695, 31730
30672, 30591, 30741, 30751,
30770, 30783
30651, 30713, 30843, 30869,
31530
30670
30675, 30695, 31268
30862
31158
30522, 30815, 30717
30717
31051
31224
30768
31152
30573, 30744, 30717, 30715,
30741, 30783, 30833, 30869,
31044, 31075, 31099, 31158,
31483, 31730
30591, 30741, 30869
30651, 30690, 30713, 30723,
30730, 30783, 30790, 30833,
31004, 31140, 31423, 31530,
31730, 31923
31140
30699, 30741
30490, 30651
30665
30831, 30898
30713, 31233
30717
30539, 30651, 30551, 30670,
30686, 30695, 30705, 30713,
30775, 30790, 31004, 31036,
31695, 31730, 31832, 31920
30770, 30790, 30831
30713, 30841, 30850, 31233,
31421
30751, 31152
30843
30741, 30783, 30790
30582, 30702
30788
30705
30730, 31163, 31923
30713
30843
30573, 30664, 30665, 30713,
31247, 31920
30672, 31923
30651, 30713, 30831, 31004,
31224

14 PRESET CODE

I

J

K

L

Home Electronics
30730, 30770
Home Tech Industries 31224
Hoyo
30665
Humax
30646
Hyundai
30783, 30850, 31061, 31228
iLo
31348
Ingelen
30788
Ingersol
31023
Initial30839, 30717
Inno Hit
30713
Insignia
31268
Integra30571, 30627, 31634
Irradio30869, 31115, 31224, 31233
IRT
30783
ISP
30695
Jamo
31036
Jaton
30665
JBL
30702
JDB
30730
JDV
31367
Jeken
30699
Jepssen
31250
JMB
30695
JNC
30672, 31271
JSI
31423
30503, 30539, 30558, 30623,
JVC
30867, 31164, 31597, 31860
jWin
31051
Kansas Technologies 31233, 31530
Karcher
30783
Kawasaki
30790
Kendo
30672, 30699, 30713, 30831
Kennex30713, 30770, 30898
Kenwood30490, 30534
Kiiro
30770
Kiss
30665, 30841, 31523
KLH
30815, 30717, 30790, 31020
Kloss
30533
Koda
31230
Konka
31192
Koss
30651, 31061, 31423
Kreisen
31421
KXD
31321, 31923
Lasonic
30627, 30798, 30789
Lawson30768
Lecson31533
Leiker30872
30651, 30699, 30713, 30770,
Lenco
30774
Lenoir31228
Lenoxx30690, 30838
Lexia
30699, 30768

LG
Lifetec
Limit
LiteOn
Lodos
Loewe
Logik
Logix
Luker
Lumatron

M

Lunatron
LuxmanLuxor
Magnasonic
MagnatMagnavox
MagnexMajestic
Manhattan
MarantzMark
Marquant
MatsuiMaxdorf
Maxent
Maxim
Maya
MBO
McIntosh
MDS
Mecotek
MedionMEI
Memorex
Metronic
Metz
MiCO
Micromaxx
Micromedia
Micromega
Microsoft
Microstar
MinatoMinax
Minerva
MinokaMintekMirror30591, 30741, 30790, 30869,
31906
30651, 30831, 31347
30768, 31104
31058, 31158
30713
30539, 30511, 30741, 30885
30713, 30884
30705, 30783
31367
30695, 30705, 30713, 30741,
30833, 31115, 31321, 31832
30741
30573
30713, 31004, 31695, 31730
30651, 30675
31923
30503, 30539, 30646, 30675,
30713, 30821, 30885, 31140,
31268
30723
31345
30705, 30713
30503, 30539, 30675
30713
30770
30672, 30651, 30695, 30713,
30884, 31004, 31695, 31730
30788
31347
30713, 30872, 31367
31345
30690, 30730, 31730
31533
30713
30770
30651, 30630, 30774, 30783,
30831, 31006, 31270, 31345,
31347, 31423
30790
30690, 30695, 30831, 31270
30690
30525, 30571, 30713
30723, 30751, 31223
31695
30503, 30539
30539, 31005
30522, 31708
30831
30752
30713
30705
30770, 31115
30839, 30717
30752

N

O

Mitsubishi
MizudaMonykaMPX
MustekMx Onda
MystralNAD
Naiko
NaritaNEC
Neovia
Nesa
Neufunk
Nevir
NexxTechNikkai
Nintaus
Niro
Norcent
Nordmende
NorikoNova
Nowa
Nu-Tec
Okano
Olidata
Omni

P

Onix
Onkyo
Oopla
Oppo
Optim
Optimus
Orbit
Orion
OritronOrmondP&B
Pacific
Packard Bell
Palladium
Palsonic
Panasonic
Panda
peeKTon
PhilcoPhilips

31521, 30521, 30713, 31403
30770, 31451
30665
30843
30730, 31730
30651, 30751, 31223
30831
30741
30770, 31004, 31367
31367
30741, 30869, 31404
31271
30717
30665
30770, 30831, 31197
31402
31923
31051, 31202
32024
30872, 31923
30774, 30831
30752
31923
30843
31228
30752
30672
30690, 30833, 30838, 30862,
31104, 31832
30838
30503, 30627
31158
31224
30843
30525, 30571
30872
30695, 31233, 31695
30651
30713
31451
30695, 30713, 30759, 30768,
30790, 30831
30831
30695, 30713, 31906, 31920
30672, 30852, 31056, 31321
30503, 30490, 30571, 30703,
31362, 31462, 31490, 31579,
31762, 31834, 31905, 31908
30717, 30789, 31203
30898, 31224
30690, 30862
30503, 30539, 30646, 30675,
30854, 30885, 31158, 31260,
31267, 31340, 31354

Philo
Phonotrend
PianoDisc
Pioneer
Plu2
Pointer
Polaroid
Polk Audio
PortlandPowerpoint
Presidian
Prima
Prinz
Prism
Pro2
ProCasterProceed
ProlineProscanProson
Prosonic
ProVisionPye

Q QONIXR

QwestarRadionette
RadioShack
Raite
RCA
Realistic
REC
RedstarRelisys
Reoc
Revoy
Rex
Richmond
Rio
RoadstarS

Rocksonic
Ronin
Rotel
Rowa
Rownsonic
Saba
Sabaki
Saivod

31345
30699
31024
30490, 30525, 30571, 30631,
31965
30850
30784
31020, 31061, 31086
30539
30770
30872, 31005
30675
31228
30831
30705, 30831
31345
31004
30672
30672, 30651, 30686, 30833,
31004, 31483
30522
30713
30699, 30752
30699, 30730, 31163, 31321,
31923
30539, 30646
31051
30651
30741, 30869, 31906, 32024
30571
30665
30522, 30571, 30717, 30790,
30822, 31022, 31132, 31769,
31913, 31965
30571
30490
30759, 30763, 30770, 30788,
30898, 31345, 31923
31347
30752, 30768
30699, 30841
30838
31233
30869
30672, 30690, 30699, 30713,
30730, 30833, 30898, 31051,
31227
30789
30872
30558, 30623
30717, 30759, 30872, 31004
30789
30651, 3055
30798
30759, 30831, 31367

SaloraSampo
Samsung
SansuiSanyo
Scan
ScanMagic
ScanSonic
Schaub Lorenz
Schneider
Schwaiger
Scientific Labs
Scott
Seeltech
SEG
Sensory Science
Shanghai
Sharp
Sharper Image
Sherwood
ShincoShinsonic
Siemssen
Sigmatek
Siltex
Silva
Silva Schneider
SilverCrest
SimaudioSingerSistemas
Skantic
Skymaster
Skyworth
Sliding
Slim ArtSM Electronic
Smart
Sonai
Sonashi
Sonic BlueSony
Sound ColorSoundmaster

30741
30752, 31321, 31347
30490, 30573, 30744, 30199,
30820, 30899, 31044, 31075,
31635, 31932
30784, 30695, 30751, 30763,
30768, 31051, 31228, 31230,
31695, 31832
30670, 30675, 30695, 30713,
30873, 31228
30705, 30850
30730, 31730
31695
30770, 30788, 31115, 31151
30539, 30646, 30651, 30705,
30713, 30774, 30783, 30788,
30790, 30831, 30869, 31367
30752
30768
30672, 30651, 31005, 31036,
31233, 31423
31224, 31451
30798, 30665, 30713, 30763,
30872, 30884, 31483, 31530
31158
30672
30630, 30675, 30713, 30752,
31256, 32015, 32024
31117
30717, 30741, 30770
30717
30533, 30839
31382
31005, 31224
31224
30788, 30898
30831, 30898
31152
30885
30690, 30751, 30768
30672
30539, 30713
30730, 30768
30898
31115
30784
30690, 30730, 30768, 31152
30705, 30713
30755
30831
30573, 30715, 30783, 30869,
31099
30533, 31533, 30864, 30573,
30630, 30772, 31033, 31070,
31431, 31433, 31536, 31633,
31769, 31981, 32043
31233
30768

Soundmax
Soundwave
SpectraStandard

T

Star Clusters
Starlogic
Starmedia
Stevison
StrongSunkai
Sunstech
Sunwood
SuperscanSupervision
SVA
Sylvania
Symphonic
Synn
Tandberg
Tangent
Targa
TatungTchibo
TCL
TCM
Teac
Tec
Technica
Technics
Technika
Technisson
Technosonic
Techwood
Tedelex
Telefunken
TeletechTensai
TevionTheta Digital
ThomsonTivo
Tokai
Tom-Tec
Top SuxessToshiba
TRANS-continents
Transonic

30768
30783
30872
30651, 30768, 30788, 30831,
30898
31152, 31227
31005
31005, 31224
31367
30713
30770, 30850
30831
30788, 30898
30821
30768, 31152
30672, 30717, 30752, 31105
30630, 30675, 30821, 31268
30675, 30821, 31268
30768
30713, 31695
31321
31227
30770, 31695
30741
31180
30741, 30790
30571, 30717, 30675, 30741,
30759, 30768, 30790, 30833,
31006, 31197, 31227
30898
31367, 31695
30490, 30703, 31905
30770, 30831, 31115, 31695
31115
30730, 31051, 31115
30713, 31530
30690, 30768, 31004, 31228
30789, 30790, 30833, 31483,
31832, 31923
30713, 30768
30651, 30690, 30770
30651, 30798, 30768, 30833,
30898, 31036, 31227, 31347,
31382, 31483, 31730, 31923
30571
30522, 30511, 30551
31503
30784, 30665, 30788, 30790,
30898
30789
31224
30503, 30573, 30539, 30695,
31045, 31154, 31503, 31510,
31769
30831, 30872, 31321, 31327
30730

U

Tredex
TruVision
Tsinghua Tongfang
TSM
Umax
UnimaxUnitedUniversum

V

W

Uptek
upXus
Urban Concepts
US Logic
Venturer
VestelVictorVieta
Viewmaster
Voxson
Vtrek
WaitecWalkvision
Waltham
WelkinWellington
Weltstar
WesderWharfedale

X

Y

WilsonWindsorWindy SamWIZE
WoxterXbox
XeniusXLogicXMS
Xoro
YakumoYamadaYamahaYamakawa
Yukai

Z

Zenith
Zeus

30843
31451
31205
31224
30690, 31151
30770
30675, 30695, 30699, 30713,
30730, 30788, 30884, 31115,
31152, 31228, 31367, 31832
30591, 30713, 30741, 30790,
30869, 31227, 31530, 31913
30763
31345
30503, 30539
30839
30790
30713, 30884, 31530
31597
30705
30862, 31224
30690, 30730, 30774, 30831
31228
31151, 31224, 31233
30717
31530
30831
30713
30713
30699
30686, 30751, 30752, 30790,
31832
30831, 31233
30713
30573
31115
31005, 31151, 31224
30522, 31708
30790
30768, 31152, 31228
30770, 30788
31183, 31250
31004, 31056
30872, 31004, 31056, 31151,
31158
30490, 30539, 30646, 30545,
31354
30665, 30872, 31104
30730, 31730
30503, 30591, 30741, 30869,
31906
30784

DVD Recorder
1

4Kus

31158

A Airis

B
C

D

E

F
G

H
I
J
K
L

M

31321
Akira
31321
Alba
31530
Apex Digital
31056
Aristona
30646
Aspire Digital
31168
Belson
31086
Cat
31421
cello
31730
Centrum
31227
Classic
31730
Coby
31086
Commax
31321
Conia
31321
CyberHome
31129, 31502
Cytron
31347
Denon
30490
Denver
31056
Digitrex
31056
DSE
31730
Durabrand
31502
E:max
31321
Ellion
31421
Eltax
31321
Emerson30675
Ferguson
31730
Firstline
31530
Funai
30675
Gateway31158
Go Video
30741, 31158, 31730
Goodmans
31530, 31730
GPX
30741
Grundig
31730
H&B
31421
Humax
30646
iLo
31348
JVC
31164, 31597
Kansas Technologies 31530
Kreisen
31421
KXD
31321
LG
30741
Lifetec
31347
LiteOn
31158
Loewe
30741
Lumatron
31321
Luxor
31730
Magnavox
30646, 30675
Matsui31730
Maxent
31347
MBO
31730
Medion
31347
MiCO
30751

N
O
P

R
S

Mitsubishi
MustekNEC
Oopla
Palsonic
Panasonic
Philips
Pioneer
Polaroid
ProVision
Pye
RCA
Relisys
Roadstar
Sampo
Samsung
ScanMagic
Schneider
SEG
Sensory Science
Sharp
Sony

T

U
V
W
Y

Z

Star Clusters
Sylvania
Tangent
Targa
Teac
Techwood
TevionThomsonToshiba
Universum
VestelVictorWalthamYakumoYamadaYamahaYukai
Zenith

31403
31730
31404
31158
31056, 31321
30490, 31579
30646, 31158
30631
31086
31321
30646
30522
31347
31227
31347
30490, 31635
31730
30646
31530
31158
30630, 30675
31033, 31070, 31431, 31433,
31536
31227
30675
31321
31227
31227
31530
31227, 31347, 31730
30551
31510
31227, 31530
31530
31597
31530
31056
31056, 31158
30646
31730
30741

PRESET CODE

15

DVD preset codes
DVD-Voreinstellungscodes
Codes préréglés DVD
Codici di preselezione DVD
Códigos de preajuste de DVD
DVD-voorkeuzecodes
Förinställda DVD-kodereModel No.
Modellnr
Modéle numéro
Modello No
Nº de modelo
Modelnr
Modellnr

32134

DVD-550
DVD-700
DVD-900
DVD-1000
DVD-1400
DVD-1500
DVD-1710
DVD-1910
DVD-1930
DVD-2200
DVD-2800

DVD-2800g
DVD-2900
DVD-2910
DVD-2930
DVD-3800
DVD-3910
DVD-3930
DVD-A11
DVD-A1
DVD-A1XV

30490

DVD-800
DVD-1600
DVD-2000
DVD-2500
DVD-3000
DVD-3300[ ]z: Preset codes set upon shipment from the factory.
[ ]z: Sie Voreinstellungscodes wurden vor der Auslieferung werkseitig eingestellt.
[ ]z: Les codes préréglés diffèrent en fonctiom des livraison de l’usine.
[ ]z: I codici di presettaggio sono impostati in fabbrica prima della consegna.
[ ]z: Los códigos vienen preprogramados de fábrica.
[ ]z: Vooringestelde codes bij hey verlaten van de fabriek.
[ ]z: Förinställda koder har ställts in vid transporten från fabriken.

16 PRESET CODEb1 : These preset codes can be recorded in the SAT/CBL mode.
b1 : Diese voreingestellten Codes können im SAT/CBL-Modus aufgenommen werden.
b1 : Ces codes de présélection peuvent être enregistrés en mode SAT/CBL.
b1 : I codici preimpostati possono essere registrati nel modo SAT/CBL.
b1 : Es posible guardar estos códigos preajustados en el modo SAT/CBL.
b1 : Deze voorkeuzecodes kunnen worden opgenomen in de SAT/CBL-modus.
b1 : Dessa förinställningskoder kan lagras i SAT/CBL-läget.
b2 : These preset codes can be recorded in the TV mode.
b1 : Diese voreingestellten Codes können im TV-Modus aufgenommen werden.
b1 : Ces codes de présélection peuvent être enregistrés en mode TV.
b1 : I codici preimpostati possono essere registrati nel modo TV.
b1 : Es posible guardar estos códigos preajustados en el modo TV.
b1 : Deze voorkeuzecodes kunnen worden opgenomen in de TV-modus.
b1 : Dessa förinställningskoder kan lagras i TV-läget.
b3 : These preset codes can be recorded in the VCR mode.
b1 : Diese voreingestellten Codes können im VCR-Modus aufgenommen werden.
b1 : Ces codes de présélection peuvent être enregistrés en mode VCR.
b1 : I codici preimpostati possono essere registrati nel modo VCR.
b1 : Es posible guardar estos códigos preajustados en el modo VCR.
b1 : Deze voorkeuzecodes kunnen worden opgenomen in de VCR-modus.
b1 : Dessa förinställningskoder kan lagras i VCR-läget.
b4 : These preset codes can be recorded in the DVD mode.
b1 : Diese voreingestellten Codes können im DVD-Modus aufgenommen werden.
b1 : Ces codes de présélection peuvent être enregistrés en mode DVD.
b1 : I codici preimpostati possono essere registrati nel modo DVD.
b1 : Es posible guardar estos códigos preajustados en el modo DVD.
b1 : Deze voorkeuzecodes kunnen worden opgenomen in de DVD-modus.
b1 : Dessa förinställningskoder kan lagras i DVD-läget.

www.denon.com
Denon Brand Company, D&M Holdings Inc.
00D 511 4289 071